CTM77

COMPONENT
TECHNICAL
MANUAL
Deere Power Systems Group
CTM77 (30OCT00)
LITHO IN U.S.A.
ENGLISH
Alternators and
Starter Motors
Introduction
IFC,CTM77 1918SEP001/1
Foreword
This manual is written for an experienced technician.
Essential tools required in performing certain service
work are identified in this manual and are
recommended for use.
Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the
introduction of this manual and the cautions presented
throughout the text of the manual.
CAUTION: This is the safety-alert symbol.
When you see this symbol on the machine
or in this manual, be alert to the potential for
personal injury.
This Component Technical Manual (CTM) contains the
latest available instructions necessary to repair engine
alternators and starter motors. It includes theory of
operation, and diagnostic and testing procedures to
help troubleshoot and understand potential failure
modes.
The information is organized in sections and groups by
various suppliers. At the beginning of each repair
group are summary listings of all applicable essential
tools, service equipment and tools, other materials
needed to do the job, service parts kits, specifications,
wear tolerances, and torque values.
Component Technical Manuals are concise service
guides for specific components. They are written as
stand-alone manuals covering multiple machine
applications.
Fundamental service information is available from
other sources covering basic theory of operation,
fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance,
and basic types of failures and their causes.
This manual covers alternator and starter motor
applications for all John Deere diesel engines
both older 300/400/500-Series and newer
POWERTECH
2.9 L12.5 L engines. This manual

covers components for both Deere OEM engines
and Deere machine engine applications.
NOTE: Remanufactured alternators and starter motors
are available for replacement on most
applications listed in this manual. Refer to
John Deeres Remanufactured Components
catalogs to cross-reference your original
equipment part number and obtain a suitable
remanufactured replacement starter or
alternator.
POWERTECH is a registered trademark of Deere & Company.
CTM77 (30OCT00) Alternators and Starter Motors
103000
PN=2
Introduction
OUO1004,0000B49 1915SEP001/1
John Deere Dealers
IMPORTANT: Please copy this page listing changes
and route it through your service
department.
This CTM is a complete revision of CTM77, Alternators
and Starter Motors, dated 15 MAR 97.
This manual covers alternators and starter motors on
most John Deere applications manufactured since 1972,
except 40, 50 and 55 Series Utility Tractors.
New information added to this manual includes:
Section 45Leece-Neville Alternators
Section 50Prestolite Alternators
Revised information includes:
1. Updated specifications for all current alternators and
starter motors, including those adopted since the 15
MAR 97 edition.
2. Added new applications and specifications for all
current alternators and starter motors.
103000
PN=3
Introduction
103000
PN=4
Contents
05
SECTION 05Introduction and Safety Information SECTION 40Magneton Alternators
Group 05Magneton Alternator Theory of Group 05Safety
Group 10General Information Operation
Group 10Magneton Alternator Repair Group 15Electrical System Basic Information and
Wiring Diagrams
10
SECTION 45Leece-Neville Alternators
SECTION 10Delco-Remy Alternators
Group 05Leece-Neville Alternator Theory of
Group 05Delco-Remy Alternator Theory of
Operation
Operation
Group 10Leece-Neville Alternator Repair
Group 10Delco-Remy (Delcotron) 10SI, 12SI and
15SI Alternator Repair
SECTION 50Prestolite Alternators
Group 15Delco-Remy (Delcotron) 21SI Alternator
Group 05Prestolite Alternator Theory of Operation
Repair
Group 10Prestolite Alternator Repair
SECTION 15Motorola Alternators
SECTION 60Delco-Remy Starter Motors
Group 05Motorola Alternator Theory of Operation
Group 05Starting Circuit Theory of Operation
Group 10Motorola 8E-Series Alternator Repair
15
Group 10Delco-Remy 10/20/22/25/27/28MT
Group 15Motorola HC-, MA-, MR-Series
Starter Motor Repair
Alternator Repair
Group 15Delco-Remy 30MT, 35MT, 37MT Starter
Group 20Motorola A-, RA-, 8AR-Series Alternator
Motor Repair
Repair
Group 20Delco-Remy 40MT, 41MT, 42MT, 50MT
Group 25Motorola SA-Series Alternator Repair
Group 30Motorola TA-Series Alternator Repair
SECTION 65John Deere/Denso Starter Motors
SECTION 20Niehoff Alternators
Group 05Niehoff Alternator Theory of Operation
Group 10John Deere/Denso Conventional Starter
Group 10Niehoff 12-Volt, 110-Amp Alternator
Motor Repair
Repair
20
Group 15John Deere/Denso Gear Reduction
Repair
SECTION 70Robert Bosch Starter Motors
SECTION 25Denso Alternators
Group 05Denso Alternator Theory of Operation
Group 10Robert Bosch Starter Motor Repair
Group 10Denso Alternator with Add-On Regulator
Repair
SECTION 75Iskra Starter Motors
Group 15Denso Alternator with Built-In Regulator
Repair
Group 10Iskra Starter Motor Repair
SECTION 30Robert Bosch Alternators
25
Group 05Robert Bosch Alternator Theory of
SECTION 80Valeo Starter Motors
Operation
Group 10Robert Bosch Alternator Repair
Group 10Valeo Starter Motor Repair
SECTION 35Valeo Alternators
Group 05Valeo Alternator Theory of Operation
Group 10Valeo Alternator Repair
Group 15Valeo A13N-Series Alternator Repair
All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on
the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is
reserved to make changes at any time without notice.
30
COPYRIGHT

2000
DEERE & COMPANY
Moline, Illinois
All rights reserved
A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION
Manual
Previous Editions
Copyright

1994, 1997
35
40
45
50
CTM77 (30OCT00) i Alternators and Starter Motors
103000
PN=1
Contents
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
CTM77 (30OCT00) ii Alternators and Starter Motors
103000
PN=2
Contents
60
65
70
75
80
INDX
CTM77 (30OCT00) iii Alternators and Starter Motors
103000
PN=3
Contents
60
65
70
75
80
INDX
CTM77 (30OCT00) iv Alternators and Starter Motors
103000
PN=4
05
Section 05
Introduction and Safety Information
Contents
Page
Group 05Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-05-1
Group 10General Information
Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw Torque
Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-10-1
Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values . . . .05-10-2
Group 15Electrical System Basic Information and
Wiring Diagrams
Electrical Circuit Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-15-1
High Resistance Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-15-2
Open Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-15-3
Grounded Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-15-5
Shorted Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-15-7
Seven Step Electrical Test Procedure . . . . . . . .05-15-8
Multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-15-10
CTM77 (30OCT00) 05-1 Alternators and Starter Motors
103000
PN=1
Contents
05
103000
PN=2
Group 05
Safety
05
05
1
DX,FLAME 1929SEP981/1
Handle Fluids SafelyAvoid Fires
T
S
2
2
7
U
N
2
3
A
U
G
8
8
When you work around fuel, do not smoke or work near
heaters or other fire hazards.
Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not
incinerate or puncture pressurized containers.
Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease, and debris.
Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn
spontaneously.
DX,SPARKS 1903MAR931/1
Prevent Battery Explosions
T
S
2
0
4
U
N
2
3
A
U
G
8
8
Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from
the top of battery. Battery gas can explode.
Never check battery charge by placing a metal object
across the posts. Use a volt-meter or hydrometer.
Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm
battery to 16C (60F).
DX,FIRE2 1903MAR931/1
Prepare for Emergencies
T
S
2
9
1
U
N
2
3
A
U
G
8
8
Be prepared if a fire starts.
Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,
hospital, and fire department near your telephone.
CTM77 (30OCT00) 05-05-1 Alternators and Starter Motors
103000
PN=9
Safety
05
05
2
DPSG,OUO1004,2758 1911MAY001/1
Handling Batteries Safely
T
S
2
0
4
U
N
2
3
A
U
G
8
8
T
S
2
0
3
U
N
2
3
A
U
G
8
8
CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep
sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a
flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.
Never check battery charge by placing a metal
object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or
hydrometer.
Always remove grounded () battery clamp
first and replace it last.
CAUTION: Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is
poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin, eat
holes in clothing, and cause blindness if
splashed into eyes.
Avoid the hazard by:
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.
2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is
added.
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Using proper jump start procedure.
If you spill acid on yourself:
1. Flush your skin with water.
2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize
the acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 1530
minutes. Get medical attention immediately.
If acid is swallowed:
1. Do not induce vomiting.
2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do
not exceed 2 L (2 quarts).
3. Get medical attention immediately.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.
103000
PN=10
Safety
05
05
3
DX,WEAR 1910SEP901/1
Wear Protective Clothing
T
S
2
0
6
U
N
2
3
A
U
G
8
8
Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment
appropriate to the job.
Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment
or loss of hearing.
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as
earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or
uncomfortable loud noises.
Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of
the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones
while operating machine.
DX,CLEAN 1904JUN901/1
Work in Clean Area
T
6
6
4
2
E
J
U
N
1
8
O
C
T
8
8
Before starting a job:
Clean work area and machine.
Make sure you have all necessary tools to do your job.
Have the right parts on hand.
Read all instructions thoroughly; do not attempt
shortcuts.
DX,LOOSE 1904JUN901/1
Service Machines Safely
T
S
2
2
8
U
N
2
3
A
U
G
8
8
Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie,
scarf, loose clothing, or necklace when you work near
machine tools or moving parts. If these items were to get
caught, severe injury could result.
Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical
shorts and entanglement in moving parts.
103000
PN=11
Safety
05
05
4
DX,AIR 1917FEB991/1
Work In Ventilated Area
T
S
2
2
0
U
N
2
3
A
U
G
8
8
Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is
necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove
the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe
extension.
If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the
doors and get outside air into the area
DX,LIGHT 1904JUN901/1
Illuminate Work Area Safely
T
S
2
2
3
U
N
2
3
A
U
G
8
8
Illuminate your work area adequately but safely. Use a
portable safety light for working inside or under the
machine. Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage.
The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite
spilled fuel or oil.
DX,LIFT 1904JUN901/1
Use Proper Lifting Equipment
T
S
2
2
6
U
N
2
3
A
U
G
8
8
Lifting heavy components incorrectly can cause severe
injury or machine damage.
Follow recommended procedure for removal and
installation of components in the manual.
103000
PN=12
Safety
05
05
5
DX,PAINT 1922OCT991/1
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating
T
S
2
2
0
U
N
2
3
A
U
G
8
8
Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated
by welding, soldering, or using a torch.
Remove paint before heating:
Remove paint a minimum of 76 mm (3 in.) from area to
be affected by heating.
If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or
paint stripper containers and other flammable material
from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes
before welding or heating.
Do all work in an area that is ventilated to carry toxic
fumes and dust away.
Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
103000
PN=13
Safety
05
05
6
DX,SERV 1917FEB991/1
Practice Safe Maintenance
T
S
2
1
8
U
N
2
3
A
U
G
8
8
Understand service procedure before doing work. Keep
area clean and dry.
Never lubricate, service, or adjust machine while it is
moving. Keep hands, feet , and clothing from
power-driven parts. Disengage all power and operate
controls to relieve pressure. Lower equipment to the
ground. Stop the engine. Remove the key. Allow machine
to cool.
Securely support any machine elements that must be
raised for service work.
Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed. Fix
damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts.
Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris.
On self-propelled equipment, disconnect battery ground
cable (-) before making adjustments on electrical systems
or welding on machine.
On towed implements, disconnect wiring harnesses from
tractor before servicing electrical system components or
welding on machine.
DX,REPAIR 1917FEB991/1
Use Proper Tools
T
S
7
7
9
U
N
0
8
N
O
V
8
9
Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift tools and
procedures can create safety hazards.
Use power tools only to loosen threaded parts and
fasteners.
For loosening and tightening hardware, use the correct
size tools. DO NOT use U.S. measurement tools on
metric fasteners. Avoid bodily injury caused by slipping
wrenches.
Use only service parts meeting John Deere specifications.
103000
PN=14
Safety
05
05
7
DX,DRAIN 1903MAR931/1
Dispose of Waste Properly
T
S
1
1
3
3
U
N
2
6
N
O
V
9
0
Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the
environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used
with John Deere equipment include such items as oil, fuel,
coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.
Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use
food or beverage containers that may mislead someone
into drinking from them.
Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into
any water source.
Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can
damage the Earths atmosphere. Government regulations
may require a certified air conditioning service center to
recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.
Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste
from your local environmental or recycling center, or from
your John Deere dealer.
DX,BYPAS1 1929SEP981/1
Prevent Machine Runaway
T
S
1
7
7
U
N
1
1
J
A
N
8
9
Avoid possible injury or death from machinery runaway.
Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals.
Machine will start in gear if normal circuitry is bypassed.
NEVER start engine while standing on ground. Start
engine only from operators seat, with transmission in
neutral or park.
DX,LIVE 1925SEP921/1
Live With Safety
T
S
2
3
1
1
9
0
7
O
C
T
8
8
Before returning machine to customer, make sure
machine is functioning properly, especially the safety
systems. Install all guards and shields.
103000
PN=15
Safety
05
05
8
103000
PN=16
Group 10
General Information
05
10
1
DX,TORQ1 1901OCT991/1
Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values
T
O
R
Q
1
A
U
N
2
7
S
E
P
9
9
Top, SAE Grade and Head Markings; Bottom, SAE Grade and Nut Markings
Grade 1 (No Mark) Grade 2
a
(No Mark) Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2 Grade 8 or 8.2
Size Lubricated
b
Dry
c
Lubricated
b
Dry
c
Lubricated
b
Dry
c
Lubricated
b
Dry
c
Nm(lb-ft) Nm(lb-ft) Nm(lb-ft) Nm(lb-ft) Nm(lb-ft) Nm(lb-ft) Nm(lb-ft) Nm(lb-ft)
1/4 3.8 (2.8) 4.7 (3.5) 6 (4.4) 7.5 (5.5) 9.5 (7) 12 (9) 13.5 (10) 17 (12.5)
5/16 7.7 (5.7) 9.8 (7.2) 12 (9) 15.5 (11.5) 19.5 (14.5) 25 (18.5) 28 (20.5) 35 (26)
3/8 13.5 (10) 17.5 (13) 22 (16) 27.5 (20) 35 (26) 44 (32.5) 49 (36) 63 (46)
7/16 22 (16) 28 (20.5) 35 (26) 44 (32.5) 56 (41) 70 (52) 80 (59) 100 (74)
1/2 34 (25) 42 (31) 53 (39) 67 (49) 85 (63) 110 (80) 120 (88) 155 (115)
9/16 48 (35.5) 60 (45) 76 (56) 95 (70) 125 (92) 155 (115) 175 (130) 220 (165)
5/8 67 (49) 85 (63) 105 (77) 135 (100) 170 (125) 215 (160) 240 (175) 305 (225)
3/4 120 (88) 150 (110) 190 (140) 240 (175) 300 (220) 380 (280) 425 (315) 540 (400)
7/8 190 (140) 240 (175) 190 (140) 240 (175) 490 (360) 615 (455) 690 (510) 870 (640)
1 285 (210) 360 (265) 285 (210) 360 (265) 730 (540) 920 (680) 1030 (760) 1300 (960)
1-1/8 400 (300) 510 (375) 400 (300) 510 (375) 910 (670) 1150 (850) 1450 (1075) 1850 (1350)
1-1/4 570 (420) 725 (535) 570 (420) 725 (535) 1280 (945) 1630 (1200) 2050 (1500) 2600 (1920)
1-3/8 750 (550) 950 (700) 750 (550) 950 (700) 1700 (1250) 2140 (1580) 2700 (2000) 3400 (2500)
1-1/2 990 (730) 1250 (930) 990 (730) 1250 (930) 2250 (1650) 2850 (2100) 3600 (2650) 4550 (3350)
a
Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 6 in. (152 mm) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6 in. (152 mm) long,
and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length.
b
"Lubricated" means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings.
c
"Dry" means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication.
DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start
procedure is given for a specific application. Torque values listed are thread engagement. This will prevent them from failing when
for general use only. Check tightness of fasteners periodically. tightening.
Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts to approximately
replace shear bolts with identical grade. 50 percent of the dry torque shown in the chart, applied to the nut,
not to the bolt head. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the
full torque value.
Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher grade. If
higher grade fasteners are used, these should only be tightened to
the strength of the original.
103000
PN=17
General Information
05
10
2
DX,TORQ2 1901OCT991/1
Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values
T
O
R
Q
2
U
N
0
7
S
E
P
9
9
Top, Property Class and Head Markings; Bottom, Property Class and Nut Markings
Class 4.8 Class 8.8 or 9.8 Class 10.9 Class 12.9
Size Lubricated
a
Dry
b
Lubricated
a
Dry
b
Lubricated
a
Dry
b
Lubricated
a
Dry
b
Nm(lb-ft) Nm(lb-ft) Nm(lb-ft) Nm(lb-ft) Nm(lb-ft) Nm(lb-ft) Nm(lb-ft) Nm(lb-ft)
M6 4.7 (3.5) 6 (4.4) 9 (6.6) 11.5 (8.5) 13 (9.5) 16.5 (12.2) 15.5 (11.5) 19.5 (14.5)
M8 11.5 (8.5) 14.5 (10.7) 22 (16) 28 (20.5) 32 (23.5) 40 (29.5) 37 (27.5) 47 (35)
M10 23 (17) 29 (21) 43 (32) 55 (40) 63 (46) 80 (59) 75 (55) 95 (70)
M12 40 (29.5) 50 (37) 75 (55) 95 (70) 110 (80) 140 (105) 130 (95) 165 (120)
M14 63 (46) 80 (59) 120 (88) 150 (110) 175 (130) 220 (165) 205 (150) 260 (190)
M16 100 (74) 125 (92) 190 (140) 240 (175) 275 (200) 350 (255) 320 (235) 400 (300)
M18 135 (100) 170 (125) 265 (195) 330 (245) 375 (275) 475 (350) 440 (325) 560 (410)
M20 190 (140) 245 (180) 375 (275) 475 (350) 530 (390) 675 (500) 625 (460) 790 (580)
M22 265 (195) 330 (245) 510 (375) 650 (480) 725 (535) 920 (680) 850 (625) 1080 (800)
M24 330 (245) 425 (315) 650 (480) 820 (600) 920 (680) 1150 (850) 1080 (800) 1350 (1000)
M27 490 (360) 625 (460) 950 (700) 1200 (885) 1350 (1000) 1700 (1250) 1580 (1160) 2000 (1475)
M30 660 (490) 850 (625) 1290 (950) 1630 (1200) 1850 (1350) 2300 (1700) 2140 (1580) 2700 (2000)
M33 900 (665) 1150 (850) 1750 (1300) 2200 (1625) 2500 (1850) 3150 (2325) 2900 (2150) 3700 (2730)
M36 1150 (850) 1450 (1075) 2250 (1650) 2850 (2100) 3200 (2350) 4050 (3000) 3750 (2770) 4750 (3500)
a
"Lubricated" means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings.
b
"Dry" means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication.
DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start
procedure is given for a specific application. Torque values listed are thread engagement. This will prevent them from failing when
for general use only. Check tightness of fasteners periodically. tightening.
Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts to approximately
replace shear bolts with identical property class. 50 percent of the dry torque shown in the chart, applied to the nut,
not to the bolt head. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the
full torque value.
Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher property class.
If higher property class fasteners are used, these should only be
tightened to the strength of the original.
103000
PN=18
Group 15
Electrical System Basic Information and Wiring Diagrams
05
15
1
DPSG,OUO1004,785 1919APR991/1
Electrical Circuit Malfunctions
T
7
7
1
3
A
D
1
9
2
7
F
E
B
9
2
ABattery CSwitch DLight EGround
BFuse
1. There are four common circuit malfunctions.
High-Resistance Circuit
Open Circuit
Grounded Circuit
Shorted Circuit
2. Three sections in a simple circuit where these
malfunctions can occur:
Before the controlling switch (C).
Between the controlling switch and before the
component, light (D).
After the component.
Component malfunctions can easily be confused with
circuit malfunctions. Therefore, care must be exercised
when isolating the cause of a problem.
Example: Light does not operate or is dim when switch
is turned ON, until switch connector is disconnected
and reconnected.
Reason: High resistance caused by a dirty switch
connector, caused a voltage drop which prevented the
proper amount of current from flowing to the light.
103000
PN=19
05
15
2
DPSG,OUO1004,660 1915MAR991/1
High Resistance Circuit
T
7
7
1
3
A
G
1
9
2
6
F
E
B
9
2
ABattery DSwitch Terminal FHarness Connector HLight
BFuse EHigh Resistance GLight Terminal IGround
CSwitch
A high resistance circuit can result in slow, dim or no
component operation.
Examples: Loose, corroded, dirty or oily terminals.
Wire size too small. Strands broken inside the wire.
Poor ground connection to frame.
To locate the cause of high resistance:
With switch (C) ON, check for battery voltage between
switch and ground (I) at an easily accessible location,
like harness connector (F).
If less than battery voltage is indicated, check again
closer to switch.
If battery voltage is indicated, check closer to ground
to locate point of voltage drop. The example shows
high resistance (E) between switch and harness
connector.
Repair circuit as required. In the example, strands
were broken inside the wire. Replace that section of
wire.
Repeat check-out procedure after repair.
103000
PN=20
05
15
3
DPSG,OUO1004,661 1915MAR991/2
Open Circuit
T
7
7
1
3
A
F
1
9
2
7
F
E
B
9
2
ABattery DSwitch Terminal FOpen Circuit HLight
BFuse EHarness Connector GLight Terminal IGround
CSwitch
An open circuit will result in no components operating.
Fuse may or may not be blown.
Example: Broken wire, disconnected component
terminal, pins inside a connector not making contact,
blown fuse, open circuit breaker, failed switch or
component, or a disconnected ground wire.
To locate an open circuit:
Check fuse. If blown, replace and operate circuit. If
fuse blows a second time, continue check.
With switch (C) ON, check for battery voltage at switch
terminal (D).
If no voltage is indicated, check switch, fuse and wiring
to battery.
If battery voltage is indicated, check for voltage closer
to ground at harness connector (E).
If no voltage is indicated, wire may be broken between
switch and connector.
If battery voltage is indicated, inspect connector pins. If
pins are OK, check for voltage at light terminal (G).
In the example, zero voltage will be indicated at light
terminal, indicating a broken wire between harness
connector and light terminal.
If battery voltage had been indicated, the next check
for voltage would be at ground connection (I).
Normal indicated voltage at a ground connection
should be 0.0 to 0.5 volts.
103000
PN=21
Continued on next page
05
15
4
DPSG,OUO1004,661 1915MAR992/2
If battery voltage is indicated, poor connection to frame
or broken wire is indicated.
When problem is located, repair as needed, then
repeat last check.
103000
PN=22
05
15
5
DPSG,OUO1004,662 1915MAR991/2
Grounded Circuit
T
7
7
1
3
A
E
1
9
2
7
F
E
B
9
2
ABattery DSwitch GHarness Connector JLight
BFuse ESwitch Terminal HGrounded Circuit KGround
CFuse Terminal FHarness Connector ILight (Component) Terminal
If no component operates, the fuse is blown and
replacement fuses blow immediately or the circuit
breaker is open and reopens when reset, a grounded
circuit exists. (Example: power wire contacting frame
or other metal component). A wire may be pinched or
insulation may be worn from a wire. To isolate the
location of a grounded circuit:
If circuit is grounded between battery and fuse, wire
will be burned and circuit will be open. Fuse will not be
blown.
If fuse is blown, remove fuse from circuit, disconnect
circuit near its center, such as harness connector (F).
Turn switch (D) ON and check for continuity to ground
at harness connector (F). This will check harness from
harness connector to fuse.
If continuity to ground is indicated, there is a pinched
or bare wire between fuse terminal (C) and harness
connector (F).
If continuity to ground does not exist, disconnect
ground (K) from frame. Measure continuity to ground
at harness connector (G). This checks harness from
harness connector to ground terminal. In the example,
continuity to ground will exist because circuit is
grounded (wire is pinched) at (H).
If continuity exists, disconnect circuit at light terminal
(I) and measure continuity to ground on light terminal.
This checks harness from light to ground terminal. In
the example, continuity will not exist, indicating a
grounded circuit between the light and harness
connector (G).
103000
PN=23
05
15
6
DPSG,OUO1004,662 1915MAR992/2
103000
PN=24
05
15
7
DPSG,OUO1004,664 1915MAR991/2
Shorted Circuit
T
7
7
1
3
A
H
1
9
2
7
F
E
B
9
2
ABattery ESwitch Terminal IHarness Connector LLight
BFuse FSwitch JLight MGround
CFuse GHarness Connector KLight Terminal NGround
DSwitch HShorted Circuit
A shorted circuit causes components in separate
circuits to operate when a switch in either circuit is
turned ON. (Example: two harnesses rubbing together
until insulation is worn through, allowing bare wires to
touch). Components can also become shorted.
However, shorted components will usually blow the
fuse.
To locate a shorted circuit:
Turn switch (F) ON then OFF. Turn switch (D) ON
then OFF. Both lights (J and L) will be ON when either
switch (D or F) is ON.
Turn switch (F) ON. Both lights (J and L) will be ON;
only light (L) should be ON.
Disconnect wire from switch of component that should
not be ON. In the example, disconnect wire from
terminal (E) at switch (D). Light (J) remains ON.
Disconnect circuit at convenient places like harness
connectors (G) and (I) and light terminal (K) until light
(J) goes OFF.
The short circuit will be between the last two places
the circuit was disconnected. In the example, it is
between harness connectors (G and I). Light (J) will go
OFF when harness connector (I) is disconnected.
Inspect harness between connectors (G and I).
103000
PN=25
05
15
8
DPSG,OUO1004,664 1915MAR992/2
Repair or replace wires and harnesses as needed.
Install tie bands and clamps on harnesses as required
to prevent future problems.
DPSG,OUO1004,666 1915MAR991/2
Seven Step Electrical Test Procedure
T
7
7
1
9
A
A
1
9
0
5
M
A
R
9
2
ABattery Ground DFuse or Circuit Breaker GBattery Side of Component IGround Side of Component
BBattery EComponent Side of Fuse or Terminal Terminal
CBattery Side of Fuse or Circuit Breaker HLight (Component) JComponent Ground
Circuit Breaker FSwitch
103000
PN=26
05
15
9
DPSG,OUO1004,666 1915MAR992/2
Step 1Switch ON
Check battery side of circuit breaker (C) for battery voltage. Battery voltage normal, go to Step 2.
Low voltage, repair high resistance. Open circuit from battery.
Step 2Switch OFF
Check component side of circuit breaker (E) for battery voltage. Battery voltage normal, go to Step 4.
Low voltage, repair high resistance.
No voltage, go to Step 3.
Step 3Switch OFF
Check component side of circuit breaker (E) for continuity to ground. Continuity to ground, repair grounded circuit at or before switch.
No continuity to ground, replace circuit breaker.
Step 4Switch ON
Check component side of circuit breaker (E) for battery voltage. Battery voltage normal, go to Step 6.
Low voltage, repair high resistance.
No voltage, go to Step 5.
Step 5
a
Disconnect wire at battery side of component (G). Switch ON. Check Battery voltage, repair component.
wire at (G) for battery voltage. No voltage, repair grounded or open circuit at or after switch.
Step 6Switch ON
Check lead to component at (G) for battery voltage. Battery voltage normal, go to Step 7.
Low voltage, repair high resistance in circuit between fuse and
component.
No voltage, repair high resistance or open circuit between fuse and
component.
Step 7Switch ON
Check ground wire of component at (I) for voltage. No voltage, good continuity to ground, repair component.
Voltage, poor continuity to ground, repair high resistance or open
ground circuit.
a
A multimeter will not apply a load to the circuit at Step 5. The multimeter result is tested as a voltage condition in the result column.
103000
PN=27
05
15
10
DPSG,OUO1004,665 1915MAR991/1
Multimeter
T
8
0
7
4
A
A
1
9
0
3
S
E
P
9
3
ADisplay
BVoltage AC (Alternating Current)
CVoltage DC (Direct Current)
DResistance
EDiode Test/Continuity
FCurrent AC (Alternating Current)
GCurrent DC (Direct Current)
HVoltage, Resistance, Diode/Continuity (Red Lead
Input)
IGround (Black Lead Input)
JCurrent/Amps (Red Lead Input)
The multimeter is an autoranging digital display that
allows very accurate readings to be taken.
103000
PN=28
Section 10
Delco-Remy Alternators
Contents
10
Page Page
Group 05Delco-Remy Alternator Theory of
Slip Ring End Housing Assembly . . . . . . . . . .10-15-13
Operation
Final Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-15-19
Delco-Remy (Delcotron) Alternator
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-05-1
Delco-Remy (Delcotron) Regulator
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-05-1
Group 10Delco-Remy (Delcotron) 10SI, 12SI and
15SI Alternator Repair
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-1
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-2
Delco-Remy (Delcotron) 10SI, 12SI, and
15SI Charging Circuit Repair
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-2
Delco-Remy (Delcotron) 10SI, 12SI, and
15SI Charging Circuit Test Specifications . . .10-10-3
Remove Pulley Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-4
Separate Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-5
Remove Front Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-6
Install Front Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-7
Remove and Install Rear Bearing . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-8
Test Rotor for Grounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-8
Test Rotor for Open Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-9
Test Rotor for Short Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-9
Repair Slip Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-10
Inspect Stator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-10
Test Stator for Grounds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-11
Test Stator for Short Circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-11
Test Brush Assembly for Grounds. . . . . . . . . .10-10-12
Test Diode Trio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-12
Test Rectifier Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-13
Regulator Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-13
Assemble the Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-14
Group 15Delco-Remy (Delcotron) 21SI Alternator
Repair
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-15-1
Delco-Remy (Delcotron) 21SI Charging
Circuit Repair Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-15-2
Circuit Test Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-15-3
Disassemble Delco-Remy 21SI Alternator . . . . .10-15-4
Disassemble Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-15-5
Slip Ring End Housing and Components. . . . . .10-15-6
Drive End Frame and Components . . . . . . . . .10-15-11
Assemble Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-15-13
103000
PN=1
Contents
10
103000
PN=2
Group 05
Delco-Remy Alternator Theory of Operation
10
05
1
RG,RG34710,2025 1915MAR971/1
Delco-Remy (Delcotron) Alternator Operation
R
W
1
0
1
0
L
U
N
0
7
A
P
R
8
9
Delco-Remy (Delcotron) Alternator
ADiode
BSwitch
CBattery
DDiode Trio
ERegulator
FRotor (Field)
GStator
HRectifier Bridge
The drawing at right shows alternator circuitry. Schematic
of regulator (E) has been simplified. The regulator is a
non-adjustable, sealed, solid-state unit mounted inside the
alternator.
NOTE: To prevent battery run-down, R3 resistor has
extremely high resistance. It still allows a constant
drain on battery but this is insignificantly small. R3
and R4 are needed to provide voltage differential
for turning on transistors.
An alternator (unlike a generator) uses a rotating magnetic
field with stationary windings. The magnetic field is
externally excited. This means that it requires an outside
current source. The rotor (F) consists of two interlocking
soft iron sections and a wire coil wrapped around an iron
core. When current is passed through the wire coil, the
rotor becomes an electromagnet.
The rotating magnetic field induces an alternating current
in the stator windings (G). This is converted to direct
current by six diodes in the rectifier bridge (H).
A capacitor inside rear housing protects rectifier bridge
and diode trio (D) from voltage surges. It also suppresses
radio interference.
This alternator uses an A field circuit with regulator
located after field. Full output is obtained by grounding
field.
RG,RG34710,2026 1918OCT001/4
Delco-Remy (Delcotron) Regulator Operation
The solid-state regulator is mounted inside the alternator.
It controls output by controlling current through field. In
operation, regulator has the following three phases.
103000
PN=31
10
05
2
RG,RG34710,2026 1918OCT002/4
R
W
1
0
1
0
7
L
U
N
2
9
N
O
V
8
9
Phase IAlternator Stopped
ADiode
BKey Switch
CBattery
DDiode Trio
ERegulator
FRotor (Field)
GStator
HRectifier Bridge
(Phase 1 also applies when alternator is running but only
if not running fast enough for output to exceed battery
voltage.)
1. Current flows from battery through key switch (B) and
diode (A) to terminal 1.
2. From there, current flows through resistor R1 to
transistor TR1 and turns it on.
3. Transistor TR1 then provides a path to ground so
current can flow through field, enabling alternator to
generate electricity.
4. Zener diode D2 prevents flow of current from terminal
2 to transistor TR2. A Zener diode is a special type of
diode which will not permit current to pass until voltage
reaches a certain preset level. If voltage exceeds that
level, current can pass through the Zener diode.
103000
PN=32
10
05
3
RG,RG34710,2026 1918OCT003/4
R
W
1
0
1
0
8
L
1
9
2
8
N
O
V
8
9
Phase IIGenerating Electricity
1. The diode trio, key switch, rectifier bridge, and terminal
1 all have equal voltage. Therefore no current flows
through diode.
2. Current, now coming from diode trio, still flows through
resistor R1 to turn on transistor TR1.
3. Transistor TR1 still provides a path to ground so
4. Since the field is rotating, it does generate electricity.
Alternating current is included in the stator windings.
The rectifier bridge converts it to direct current,
providing current to run electrical accessories and
charge batteries.
5. Output voltage still has not reached critical voltage of
Zener diode D2, so no current can flow from terminal 2
to transistor TR2.
103000
PN=33
10
05
4
RG,RG34710,2026 1918OCT004/4
R
W
1
0
1
3
1
L
1
9
2
8
N
O
V
8
9
Phase IIIShut-Off
Phase IIIShut-Off
1. Output voltage reaches critical voltage of Zener diode
D2.
2. Current can now pass through Zener diode D2 to turn
on transistor TR2.
3. Transistor TR2 now provides a direct path to ground
for any current coming through resistor R1.
4. This cuts off the current to transistor TR1, turning it off.
There is now no path to ground for current through
field.
5. Current through field is shut off instantly, and alternator
stops generating electricity.
6. Phase II and III are repeated many times per second
to maintain voltage at proper level.
103000
PN=34
Group 10
Delco-Remy (Delcotron) 10SI, 12SI and 15SI Alternator Repair
10
10
1
OUO1004,0000B4E 1921SEP001/4
Essential Tools
NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the
U.S. SERVICEGARD Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
OUO1004,0000B4E 1921SEP002/4
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
Digital Multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT05791
Test electrical components for voltage, resistance, or
current flow. It is especially good for measuring low
voltage or high resistance circuits.
OUO1004,0000B4E 1921SEP003/4
R
2
6
5
2
8
U
N
3
1
J
A
N
8
9
JD306A
Alternator Pulley Tool Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JD306A
Remove and install alternator pulley retaining nut.
103000
PN=35
10
10
2
OUO1004,0000B4E 1921SEP004/4
R
G
1
1
1
6
2
U
N
2
1
S
E
P
0
0
D01045AA
Bushing, Bearing and Seal Driver Set . . . . . . D01045AA
Remove front bearing.
OUO1004,0000B50 1921SEP001/1
Other Material
Number Name Use
(U.S.) Delco-Remy Lubricant No. 1948791 Lubricate alternator bearings.
(U.S.) 400-Grit Silicon Carbide Paper or 00 Polish slip rings.
Sandpaper
OUO1004,0000B51 1921SEP001/1
Delco-Remy (Delcotron) 10SI, 12SI, and 15SI
Charging Circuit Repair Specifications
Item Measurement Specification
Delco-Remy Model 12SI Alternator Torque 100 Nm (75 lb-ft)
Pulley Nut
Delco-Remy Model 10SI and 15SI Torque 80 Nm (60 lb-ft)
Alternator Pulley Nut
103000
PN=36
10
10
3
RG,RG34710,2031 1908SEP001/2
Delco-Remy (Delcotron) 10SI, 12SI, and 15SI
Charging Circuit Test Specifications
Field Current Rated (Hot) Output
Cold Output
@27C (80F) at Rated Speed
John
Deere Delcotron
Part No. Model No. Series Type Amps Volts Amps RPM Amps RPM Amps
AR54793 1100490 10SI 106 4.04.5 12 25 2500 65 5000 72
AR54796 1104901 10SI 106 4.04.5 12 25 2000 51 5000 55
30
22
AR56728 1102359 10SI 106 4.04.5 12 22 2000 33 5000 37
AR84305 1102926 10SI 116 4.05.0 12 30 2000 57 5000 61
AR84306 1102932 10SI 116 4.05.0 12 25 2000 65 5000 72
AR93445 1103124 10SI 116 4.05.0 12 30 2000 57 5000 61
AR93446 1103128 10SI 116 4.05.0 12 25 2000 65 5000 72
AT117390 1105539 15SI 116 4.05.0 12 56 2000 110 5000 105
AT130930 1101285 10SI 100 1.21.6 24 25 2600 41 7000 40
AT142267 10479850 12SI 100 4.05.0 12 51 2000 81 7000 78
AT157177 10480058 10SI 116 4.05.0 12 51 2000 81 7000 78
AT157178 10480060 10SI 116 1.21.6 24 25 2600 41 7000 40
AT58321 1102936 10SI 116 4.05.0 12 30 2000 57 5000 61
AT64718 1103131 10SI 116 4.05.0 12 28 2000 42 7000 42
RE13797 1105175 10SI 116 4.05.0 12 25 2000 65 5000 72
RE13966 1105068 10SI 116 4.05.0 12 30 2000 57 5000 61
RE17379 1105422 10SI 116 4.05.0 12 32 2000 60 5000 63
RE20034 1105510 10SI 116 4.05.0 24 25 2600 41 7000 40
RE27109 1101268 12SI 100 4.25.0 12 30 1600 75 6500 75
RE31694 1101345 12SI 100 4.25.0 12 30 1600 78 6500 78
RE501112 12 105
Regulator Temperature
a
Voltage
29C (85F) 13.814.9 volts
41C (105F) 13.614.7 volts
52C (125F) 13.414.6 volts
63C (145F) 13.214.4 volts
a
Measured 25.4 mm (1.0 in.) from regulator.
103000
PN=37
10
10
4
RG,RG34710,2031 1908SEP002/2
Stator Winding Field Resistance
37-amp, 12-volt 0.23 ohm
RG,RG34710,2032 1915MAR971/1
Remove Pulley Nut
R
W
6
0
3
6
U
N
1
5
D
E
C
8
8
Remove Pulley Nut
A15/16 in. Socket
BJD306A-1 Alternator Pulley Nut Tool
CJD306A-2 Alternator Pully Nut Tool
NOTE: Pulley nut need not be removed if you are certain
that front bearing is in good condition. Separate
housing as described and leave rotor in front
housing.
1. Install a 15/16 in. socket (A) on JD306A-1 Alternator
Pulley Nut Tool (B) to hold nut.
2. Install JD306A-2 (C) on hex shaft of JD306A-1 to hold
rotor shaft.
3. Hold rotor and remove nut.
103000
PN=38
10
10
5
RG,RG34710,2033 1915MAR971/3
Separate Housing
R
W
1
0
6
5
7
U
N
1
6
N
O
V
8
9
Separate Housing
AWasher
BPulley
CFan
DCollar
EChalk mark
FNut
GThrough Bolts
1. Remove washer (A), pulley (B), fan (C), and collar (D).
2. Before separating, make a chalk mark (E) across
separation between front and rear housings for
alignment when reassembling. Housings can be
indexed any one of four ways.
RG,RG34710,2033 1915MAR972/3
R
W
6
0
1
1
U
N
2
2
F
E
B
9
0
Separate Front and Rear Housing
AThrough Bolts (4 Used)
3. Remove four through bolts (A).
4. Separate front and rear housings. If necessary, pry
carefully with two screwdrivers on opposite sides to
force housings apart.
103000
PN=39
10
10
6
RG,RG34710,2033 1915MAR973/3
R
W
6
0
1
2
U
N
2
2
F
E
B
9
0
Lift Out Rotor
AAlternator Rear Housing
BAlternator Front Housing
CRotor
5. Set alternator on rear housing (A) and slide front
housing (B) off. Lift out rotor (C).
6. Place a piece of masking tape over rear bearing to
keep trash out.
RG,RG34710,2034 1915MAR971/1
Remove Front Bearing
R
W
6
0
1
3
U
N
2
2
F
E
B
9
0
Remove Bearing Retainer and Bearing
ABearing Retainer
BBearing
Remove bearing retainer (A) and bearing (B).
NOTE: If bearing must be pressed in or out of housing,
carefully support housing near bearing diameter.
A 1-3/4 in. socket makes a suitable support. Use
disk No. 27494 from D01045AA Bushing Driver
Set to press on inner diameter of bearing. Press
from outside to inside.
103000
PN=40
10
10
7
RG,RG34710,2035 1915MAR971/2
Install Front Bearing
R
W
6
0
1
3
U
N
2
2
F
E
B
9
0
Install Front Bearing
ABearing Retainer
BBearing
Bearing may be reused if not damaged.
1. Clean bearing and fill it 1/4 full with Delco-Remy
Lubricant No. 1948791 before assembly. Do not
overfill.
NOTE: Lubrication is not required on sealed bearings.
2. Install bearing (B).
RG,RG34710,2035 1915MAR972/2
R
W
6
0
1
4
U
N
2
2
F
E
B
9
0
Replace Retainer
ARetainer Plate
BBeraing
CFelt Seal
3. Fill cavity between retainer plate (A) and bearing (B)
with Delco-Remy No. 1948791 Lubricant.
4. If felt seal (C) is hardened or worn, replace seal and
retainer.
103000
PN=41
10
10
8
RG,RG34710,2036 1918OCT001/1
Remove and Install Rear Bearing
R
W
6
0
1
5
U
N
2
2
F
E
B
9
0
Rear Bearing
ARear Bearing
BSupport Housing
1. Replace rear bearing (A) if defective or its grease
supply is exhausted. Do not relubricate.
2. Support housing (B) near bearing diameter with a
1-1/4 in. socket and press bearing to inside.
3. Press new bearing in until flush with housing.
NOTE: If seal is separate from bearing, install a new seal
whenever bearing is replaced. Install seal with lip
of seal toward rotor when assembled. Coat seal
lip with oil when installing rotor shaft.
RG,RG34710,2038 1915MAR971/1
Test Rotor for Grounds
R
W
6
0
1
7
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
AOhmmeter
BRotor Shaft
CSlip Ring
1. Use an ohmmeter (A) or test lamp to test for continuity.
2. Attach ohmmeter to rotor shaft (B) and each slip ring
(C).
3. Replace rotor if test shows continuity.
103000
PN=42
10
10
9
RG,RG34710,2039 1915MAR971/1
Test Rotor for Open Circuit
R
W
6
0
1
8
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Test Rotor for Open Circuit
AOhmmeter
BSlip Ring
CSlip Ring
1. Use ohmmeter (A) (or test lamp) to test for continuity
from one slip ring (B) to the other (C).
2. If test does not show continuity, replace rotor.
RG,RG34710,2040 1918OCT001/1
Test Rotor for Short Circuit
R
W
6
0
1
9
U
N
2
5
A
P
R
8
9
ASlip Ring
B12-Volt Battery
CAmmeter
DSlip Ring
1. Connect slip ring (A) to one terminal of 12-volt battery
(B).
2. Connect ammeter (C) to other terminal of battery and
slip ring (D).
3. Current draw should be 4.04.5 amps at 12 volts.
Excessive current draw indicates a short circuit.
Replace rotor if current draw exceeds 5.0 amps.
103000
PN=43
10
10
10
RG,RG34710,2041 1915MAR971/1
Repair Slip Rings
NOTE: Rough or out-of-round slip rings can cause short
brush life.
1. Mount rotor assembly on plate.
2. If slip rings are rough or scored, turn them just enough
to eliminate roughness. If slip rings are out-of-round,
turn them to within 0.005 mm (0.002 in.) of total
indicator reading.
3. Polish slip rings sparingly with No. 00 sandpaper or
400-grit silicon carbide paper.
IMPORTANT: Clean rotor and stator with compressed
air only. Cleaning solvent will damage
insulation.
RG,RG34710,2042 1915MAR971/1
Inspect Stator
R
W
6
0
2
0
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Inspect Stator
AStator
1. Inspect stator (A) for defective insulation.
2. Check for discoloration or a burned odor indicating a
short circuit.
3. Replace stator if you find any defect.
103000
PN=44
10
10
11
RG,RG34710,2043 1915MAR971/1
Test Stator for Grounds
R
W
1
0
6
5
2
U
N
1
6
N
O
V
8
9
AOhmmeter
BStator
CStator Frame
Connect an ohmmeter (A) (or test lamp) between each
stator (B) lead and stator frame (C). Replace stator if test
indicates continuity.
NOTE: The stator cannot be tested for an open circuit
unless terminals are disconnected from stator
windings.
RG,RG34710,2044 1915MAR971/1
Test Stator for Short Circuit
R
W
6
0
2
2
U
N
2
5
A
P
R
8
9
Connect Ohmmeter Between Terminals
AOhmmeter
BTerminals
A short-circuit in the stator can be difficult to identify. Use
an ohmmeter that is sensitive to resistance of 0.0 to 1.0
ohm.
Connect ohmmeter (A) between each pair of terminals
(B). Resistance should be approximately 0.1 ohm.
(Ohmmeter needle should deflect to zero if leads are
touched together.) If resistance is low, windings are
shorted and must be replaced.
A stator will occasionally exhibit an open circuit or short
circuit only when hot, making the defect even more
difficult to diagnose.
If a stator defect cannot be confirmed, re-check all other
components. If problem is not found elsewhere, replace
stator.
103000
PN=45
10
10
12
RG,RG34710,2045 1915MAR971/1
Test Brush Assembly for Grounds
R
W
6
0
2
3
U
N
2
2
F
E
B
9
0
Test Brush Assembly for Grounds
ABrush Contact from Diode Trio
BBrush Contact from Regulator
CTest Point
DTest Point
A grounded brush assembly results in either no output or
uncontrolled output, depending on where the ground is
located.
NOTE: A grounded brush assembly may also damage the
diode trio. Before assembling alternator, check
diode trio.
1. Check insulating washers on screws holding brush
leads (A and B). Replace if necessary. If circuit is
grounded elsewhere, replace regulator.
2. Connect ohmmeter (or test lamp) between points (B
and C) and between points (A and D). Replace brush
assembly if either check shows no continuity.
RG,RG34710,2046 1915MAR971/2
Test Diode Trio
R
W
6
0
2
4
U
N
2
2
F
E
B
9
0
Stator and Diode Trio
AStator and Diode Trio Attaching Nuts (4 Used)
1. Remove stator and diode trio attaching nuts (A). Note
position of any insulating washers.
2. Remove diode trio, noting insulator position.
103000
PN=46
10
10
13
RG,RG34710,2046 1915MAR972/2
R
W
6
0
2
5
U
N
2
2
F
E
B
9
0
Connect Ohmmeter
ATerminal
BTerminal
CTerminal
BTerminal
3. Connect ohmmeter (or test lamp) to points (A and D).
Check for continuity. Reverse leads and test for
continuity between same points. A good diode trio will
have continuity only in one direction.
Repeat test between points (B and C) and (C and D).
Replace diode trio unless tests show continuity in only
one direction in each case.
RG,RG34710,2047 1915MAR971/1
Test Rectifier Bridge
R
W
6
0
2
6
U
N
2
2
F
E
B
9
0
Test Rectifier Bridge
AGrounded Heat Sink
BTerminal
CTerminal
DTerminal
EInsulated Heat Sink
NOTE: Rectifier bridge has grounded heat sink (A) and
insulated heat sink (E).
Connect ohmmeter (or test lamp) to points A and B. Then
reverse leads between same two points. Continuity should
be in only one direction.
NOTE: On models 10-SI and 12-SI, connect ohmmeter
lead to threaded stud of test points (B), (C), and
(D). On all other models, connect ohmmeter by
pressing down very firmly onto flat metal
connector, and not onto threaded stud.
RG,RG34710,2048 1915MAR971/1
Regulator Test
Regulator cannot be effectively tested. Replace regulator
if brush assembly tests indicate a failure.
103000
PN=47
10
10
14
RG,RG34710,2049 1915MAR971/4
Assemble the Alternator
R
W
6
0
2
7
U
N
2
2
F
E
B
9
0
Install Rectifier Bridge
ARectifier Bridge
1. Install rectifier bridge (A). Be sure insulating washers
are in position.
RG,RG34710,2049 1915MAR972/4
R
W
6
0
2
8
U
N
2
2
F
E
B
9
0
Install Brush Assembly and Diode Trio
ABrush Assembly
BDiode Trio
CBrush Assembly Insulating Screws (2 Used)
2. Install brush assembly (A) and diode trio (B). Be sure
brush assembly insulating screws (C) are in position.
3. Push brushes back to clear slip rings. Insert a wire
through hole in rear housing only far enough to hold
brushes back.
103000
PN=48
10
10
15
RG,RG34710,2049 1915MAR973/4
R
W
6
0
1
2
U
N
2
2
F
E
B
9
0
Slip Rotor into Rear Housing
ARear Housing
BFront Housing
CRotor
4. Remove tape over rear bearing and carefully slip rotor
(C) into rear housing (A).
RG,RG34710,2049 1915MAR974/4
R
W
1
0
6
5
7
U
N
1
6
N
O
V
8
9
Slip Front Housing Over Rotor Shaft
AWasher
BPulley
CFan
DCollar
EChalk Mark
FNut
GBolts
5. Carefully slip front housing over rotor shaft. Align
previously marked chalk mark (E).
6. Install four through bolts (G). Alternately tighten bolts
until secure.
7. Remove wire from housing.
8. Install collar (D), fan (C), pulley (B), washer (A) and nut
(F). Tighten pulley nut with JD306A Alternator Pulley
Tool to specifications.
Specification
Delco-Remy Model 12SI
Alternator Pulley NutTorque 100 Nm (75 lb-ft) ......................................
Delco-Remy Model 10SI and
15SI Alternator Pulley Nut
Torque 80 Nm (60 lb-ft) .............................................................................
.
103000
PN=49
10
10
16
103000
PN=50
Group 15
Delco-Remy (Delcotron) 21SI Alternator Repair
10
15
1
OUO1004,0000B52 1921SEP001/2
Essential Tools
OUO1004,0000B52 1921SEP002/2
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
103000
PN=51
10
15
2
OUO1004,0000BB1 1928SEP001/1
Circuit Repair Specifications
Delco-Remy Model 21SI Alternator Torque 100 Nm (75 lb-ft)
Pulley Nut
Drive End Bearing Retainer Plate Torque 3.0 Nm (26 lb-in.)
Cap Screws
Slip Ring End Housing Components
Inside Output Terminal Nut Torque 5.5 Nm (50 lb-in.)
Rectifier Bridge Attaching Screws Torque 3.0 Nm (25 lb-in.)
Capacitor Attaching Screw Torque 2.5 Nm (22 lb-in.)
R Terminal Nut Torque 2.5 Nm (22 lb-in.)
Regulator Mounting Screws Torque 2 Nm (20 lb-in.)
Regulator Mounting Nut Torque 2.5 Nm (22 lb-in.)
Brush Holder Pivot Attaching Torque 2 Nm (20 lb-in.)
Screw
Stator Debris Shield Mounting Stud Torque 5.5 Nm (50 lb-in.)
Nut
Rectifier Bridge Nuts Torque 2.5 Nm (22 lb-in.)
Drive End-to-Slip Ring End Housing Torque 5.5 Nm (50 lb-in.)
Through Bolts
103000
PN=52
10
15
3
RG,RG34710,2052 1908SEP001/1
Circuit Test Specifications
Field Current Cold Output Rated (Hot)
@ 27C (80F) Output at
Rated Speed
John Deere Delcotron Alternator Amps Volts Amps RPM Amps RPM Amps
Model No. Model No. Series Type
AT142246 1117909 21SI 355 6.77.1 12 50 1600 130 5000 130
Regulator Temperature
a
Voltage
29C (85F) 13.814.9 volts
41C (105F) 13.614.7 volts
52C (125F) 13.414.6 volts
63C (145F) 13.214.4 volts
a
Measured 25.4 mm (1.0 in.) from regulator.
Stator Winding Field Resistance
103000
PN=53
10
15
4
RG,RG34710,2053 1915MAR971/1
Disassemble Delco-Remy 21SI Alternator
R
G
6
9
9
4
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Delco-Remy 21SI Alternator
1Slip Ring End Housing 12Regulator Stud Connector 22Pulley 29Regulator Attaching
2Slip Ring End Bearing 13I Terminal Connector 23Regulator Nut Screw (Insulated)
3Rotor Assembly 14Capacitor 24Rectifier Bridge Nut 30Capacitor Attaching Screw
4Stator Assembly 15Brush Holder Assembly 25Shaft Nut 31Bearing Retainer Plate
5Drive End Frame 16Brush and Arm 26Rectifier Bridge Attaching Screw
6Drive End Bearing 17Drive End Retainer Plate Nut/Washer Assembly 32Slip Ring End Frame
7Rectifier Bridge Assembly 18Hinge Bushing 27Brush Holder Attaching Ground Screw and Load
8Diode Trio 19Regulator Terminal Cover Screw (Pivot) Washer
9Regulator 20Terminal Cap 28Regulator Attaching 33Shaft Nut Washer
10BAT Terminal Assembly 21Fan Screw (Ground) 34Through Bolt
11I Terminal Assembly
103000
PN=54
10
15
5
RG,RG34710,2054 1915MAR971/2
Disassemble Alternator
R
G
6
9
7
1
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Alignment Mark
ASlip Ring End Housing
BStator Housing
CDrive End Frame
1. Place alignment mark across slip ring end housing (A),
stator housing (B), and drive end frame (C) for
assembly after repair.
RG,RG34710,2054 1915MAR972/2
R
G
6
9
7
2
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
AThrough Bolts
BDrive End Frame
CSlip Ring End Housing
DScrewdriver
3. Separate drive end frame (B) (with rotor) from slip ring
end housing (C) (with stator). If necessary, carefully
pry drive end frame from edge of stator with
screwdriver (D). After separation, place tape over slip
ring end housing bearing inside unit to prevent dirt
from entering bearing.
103000
PN=55
10
15
6
RG,RG34710,2055 1918OCT001/7
Slip Ring End Housing and Components
R
G
6
9
7
3
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Slip Ring End Housing and Components
BRectifier Bridge Nuts
CStator
DScrewdriver
1. Inspect slip ring end housing (A) for loose connections
or other obvious conditions. Correct as necessary. If
none are found, proceed with slip ring end housing
checks which follow.
2. Remove three rectifier bridge nuts (B) to disconnect
stator (C). If necessary, carefully pry stator (C) away
from slip ring end housing (A) with a screwdriver (D).
3. Inspect stator windings for dark, burned appearance.
View windings from inside of unit; black paint on
outside of windings does not indicate burned windings.
If all windings are uniform in color and varnish covering
is not flaking off, proceed with electrical check, step 4
below.
If some windings are dark and others are light, a
shorted, open, or grounded condition is indicated.
Replace the stator. The stator should also be replaced
if the windings are uniformly dark and burned, with the
varnish flaking off to expose bare wires.
103000
PN=56
10
15
7
RG,RG34710,2055 1918OCT002/7
R
G
6
9
7
4
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Stator Leads and Laminations
AStator Leads
BStator Laminations
4. Perform electrical check on stator. Use digital
multimeter on ohms setting (or a 110-volt test lamp).
There should be no continuity between any of the
stator leads (A) and the stator laminations (B).
If continuity is present, windings are grounded.
Replace stator.
If there is no continuity, stator is probably good.
However, there is no service electrical check for
shorted or open delta stator windings. If all other
electrical checks are normal and the generator did not
produce within 15 amps of the rated output, a shorted
or open stator is indicated and the stator should be
replaced.
RG,RG34710,2055 1918OCT003/7
R
G
6
9
7
5
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Check Continuity
AInsulated Regulator Screws
BDiode Trio
CRegulator Strap
DRectifier Bridge Straps
5. Remove insulated regulator attaching screw (A) to
disconnect diode trio (B). Lift diode trio from slip ring
end housing assembly.
6. Place the negative ohmmeter lead on regulator strap
(C) and use positive ohmmeter lead to check for
continuity to each of the three rectifier bridge straps. All
three readings should indicate continuity. Reverse the
ohmmeter leads and perform the checks again.
Readings should all indicate open circuits.
If all readings are proper, diode trio is good.
If any reading is wrong, replace the diode trio.
103000
PN=57
10
15
8
RG,RG34710,2055 1918OCT004/7
R
G
6
9
7
6
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Check Rectifier Bridge
AGrounded Heat Sink
BMetal Diode Clips
CInsulated (Positive) Heat Sink
7. Use the digital multimeter to check the rectifier bridge.
Rectifier bridge may also be checked while installed in
the slip ring end housing. Check rectifier bridge as
follows:
Place negative ohmmeter lead on grounded heat sink
(A). Touch positive ohmmeter lead firmly to metal
diode clips (B) that surround each of the three
threaded studs. All three readings should be the same
and indicate open circuits. Reverse the ohmmeter
leads and perform the checks again. All three readings
should indicate continuity.
Repeat checks using insulated (positive) heat sink (C)
in place of grounded heat sink. With negative
ohmmeter lead on insulated heat sink (C), all three
readings should indicate continuity. Reverse the
ohmmeter leads and perform the checks again.
Readings should all indicate open circuits.
If readings are good, the rectifier bridge is good.
If any reading is wrong, an open or shorted diode is
indicated and the rectifier bridge should be replaced.
103000
PN=58
10
15
9
RG,RG34710,2055 1918OCT005/7
R
G
6
9
7
7
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Remove Rectifier Bridge
ABAT Terminal Nut
BRegulator Nut
CRegulator Stud Connector
DRelay Terminal Nut
ERelay Terminal Connector
FBridge Attaching Screws
GCapacitor Attaching Screw
HCapacitor
IRectifier Bridge
8. To remove rectifier bridge, remove inside BAT terminal
nut (A), regulator nut (B) and regulator stud connector
(C) from regulator stud. Remove inside R (relay)
terminal nut (D) and relay terminal connector (E) (if
used), two bridge attaching screws (F), and insulated
capacitor attaching screw (G). Lift capacitor (H) and
rectifier bridge (I) from slip ring end housing.
103000
PN=59
10
15
10
RG,RG34710,2055 1918OCT006/7
R
G
6
9
7
8
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Brush Holder Assembly
ABrush
BBrush Pin
CRegulator Attaching Screws
DRegulator Stud Connector
EInside I Terminal Nut
FI Terminal Connector
GBrush Holder Pivot
HBrush Holder Assembly
IBrush Lead Clip
JSpacer
KBrush Springs
LRegulator
MRegulator Attaching Screw
9. Brush holder assembly must be removed to service
brushes or regulator. Hold brushes (A) in retracted
position and insert brush pin (B) to keep brushes in
retracted position. Remove insulated regulator
attaching screws (C). Remove regulator nut and stud
connector (D) (if used). Loosen or remove inside I
terminal nut (E) to move I terminal connector (F) (if
used) as necessary for clearance. Finally, remove
brush holder pivot screw (G). Lift brush holder
assembly (H) from housing without bending regulator
connector from diode trio or I terminal connector.
10. Check brushes and leads for excessive wear,
breakage, etc. If necessary to replace, note routing of
lead wires and position of brush lead clips (I) for later
assembly. (Brushes are identical but leads and clips
are positioned differently.) Carefully remove brush pin
(B) to release brushes (A). Remove brushes and
spacer (J) one at a time, placing fingers around
springs (K) to prevent loss. It may be necessary to
spread the brush lead clips slightly to disengage
retaining tabs.
11. If previous checks lead to an instruction to replace the
regulator (L), replace it. Remove remaining regulator
attaching (ground) screw (M).
103000
PN=60
10
15
11
RG,RG34710,2055 1918OCT007/7
R
G
6
9
7
9
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Check Bearing
BSlip Ring End Bearing
CTube
DHammer
12. Remove protective tape and check bearing (B) in slip
ring end housing (A). If bearing is dry or damaged,
replace bearing.
NOTE: Bearings are permanently lubricated. Do not add
grease.
To remove bearing, use tube (C) slightly smaller than
opening in slip ring end housing and drive bearing
through to inside of housing.
NOTE: If bearing is being replaced without removing
brushes from slip ring end housing, use brush pin
to hold brushes in retracted position while bearing
is removed.
13. Place tape over bearing until reassembly of alternator.
RG,RG34710,2056 1915MAR971/2
Drive End Frame and Components
R
G
6
9
8
0
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Drive End Frame and Components
ASlip Rings
BRotor Frame
CRotor Shaft
DDrive End Frame
1. Use digital multimeter to check rotor field resistance.
Place ohmmeter leads on two slip rings (A) on the
rotor shaft to make this check. Proper resistance is
0.04 ohm.
Also check for a grounded field by touching one lead to
a slip ring and one lead to rotor frame (B) or shaft (C).
Reading should be infinite (open) to show that field is
not grounded.
If field resistance is outside specifications, or if field is
grounded, replace rotor as described in the following
steps.
2. Hold drive end frame (D) and spin rotor by hand to see
that it spins freely in ball bearing. If bearing movement
is rough or loose, replace bearing in drive end frame
as described in the following steps.
NOTE: Bearing is permanently lubricated. Do not add
grease.
103000
PN=61
10
15
12
RG,RG34710,2056 1915MAR972/2
R
G
6
9
8
1
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Inspect Bearing
AShaft Nut
BHex Wrench
CCommon Wrench
DShaft Nut Washer
EPulley
FFan
GRotor
HDrive End Frame
IAttaching Screws
JRetainer Plate
KDrive End Bearing
3. Remove shaft nut (A) by placing a 5/16-in. hex wrench
(B) in the end of the shaft to hold the shaft while
removing nut with a common wrench (C). Remove
shaft nut washer (D), pulley (E) and fan (F) from shaft.
4. Remove rotor (G) from drive end frame (H).
5. If rotor checked good electronically, inspect slip rings.
If rough or out of round, turn in lathe (removing only
enough material to make rings smooth and round).
Maximum indicator reading for roundness is 0.05 mm
(0.002 in.). Finish with 400 grain polishing cloth. Blow
away all copper dust. Clean shaft of any accumulated
grease or copper dust.
6. Remove three attaching screws (I) and bearing retainer
plate (J) from drive end frame.
7. Inspect drive end bearing (K). If bearing appears dry,
or if rotor did not turn smoothly when checked during
alternator disassembly, replace the drive end bearing.
NOTE: Bearing is permanently lubricated. Do not add
grease.
103000
PN=62
10
15
13
RG,RG34710,2057 1915MAR971/1
Assemble Alternator
R
G
6
9
8
1
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Alternator Components
AShaft Nut
BHex Wrench
CCommon Wrench
DShaft Nut Washer
EPulley
FFan
GRotor
HDrive End Frame
IAttaching Screws
JRetainer Plate
KDrive End Bearing
1. Install drive end bearing (K) and bearing retainer plate
(J) on drive end frame (H) with three attaching screws
(I). Tighten attaching screws to specifications.
Specification
Drive End Bearing Retainer Plate
Cap ScrewsTorque 3.0 Nm (26 lb-in.) ....................................................
2. Install rotor shaft (G) into drive end bearing.
3. Install fan (F), pulley (E) and shaft nut washer (D) and
shaft nut (A) onto rotor shaft. Hold rotor shaft with
5/16-inch hex wrench (B) and tighten shaft nut with
common wrench (C). Tighten shaft nut to
specifications.
Specification
Delco-Remy Model 21SI
Alternator Pulley NutTorque 100 Nm (75 lb-ft) ......................................
RG,RG34710,2058 1915MAR971/10
Slip Ring End Housing Assembly
R
G
6
9
8
2
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Slip Ring End Housing Assembly
ASlip Ring End Bearing
BSlip Ring End Housing
CTube
1. Install slip ring end bearing (A) into slip ring end
housing (B) using appropriate size tube (C). Install
bearing flush with outside lip of housing. Cover
opening in bearing with tape to prevent entry of dirt.
103000
PN=63
10
15
14
RG,RG34710,2058 1915MAR972/10
R
G
6
9
8
3
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Install Rectifier Bridge Assembly
ARectifier Bridge Assembly
CRectifier Bridge Attaching Screw
2. Install rectifier bridge assembly (A) in slip ring end
housing (B). Install one rectifier bridge attaching screw
(C) through grounded heat sink portion of rectifier
bridge as shown. Tighten attaching screw finger-tight.
RG,RG34710,2058 1915MAR973/10
R
G
6
9
8
4
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Install Terminal Connectors
AR Terminal
CInsulating Washer
DR Terminal Connector
ERectifier Bridge Stud
FInside Nut/Washer Assembly
NOTE: Shape of R terminal connector determines
location of R terminal in slip ring end housing.
3. Install relay R terminal (A) in slip ring end housing
(B). Place inside insulating washer (C) over R
terminal stud. Place R terminal connector (D) over
rectifier bridge stud (E) and R terminal stud.
NOTE: Be sure inside insulating washer is between
connector and slip ring end housing at terminal
end. Connector must not touch housing. Also be
sure outside insulator is centered in hole to
ensure that terminal stud cannot touch housing.
4. Install inside nut/washer assembly (F) on R terminal
stud. Tighten inside nut/washer assembly to
specifications.
Specification
R Terminal Stud NutTorque 2.5 Nm (22 lb-in.) ....................................
103000
PN=64
10
15
15
RG,RG34710,2058 1915MAR974/10
R
G
6
9
8
5
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Slip Ring End Housing
AOutput (BAT) Terminal
CInside (BAT) Terminal Nut/Washer Assembly
DCapacitor
ERectifier Bridge Attaching Screw (Ground)
FCapacitor Attaching Screw (Insulated)
5. Install output (BAT) terminal (A) on slip ring end
housing (B). Be sure to seat square insulator flange in
hole.
6. Install inside (BAT) terminal nut/washer assembly (C)
on terminal stud and tighten finger-tight.
7. Position capacitor over holes in rectifier bridge and
install rectifier bridge attaching screw (E) through
capacitor connector and grounded heat sink into slip
ring end housing. Tighten screw finger-tight.
8. Install insulated capacitor attaching screw (F) through
capacitor connector and insulated heat sink into slip
ring end housing. Tighten screw finger-tight.
RG,RG34710,2058 1915MAR975/10
R
G
6
9
8
6
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Install Regulator
AVoltage Regulator
CVoltage Regulator Attaching Screw
IMPORTANT: Do not immerse or wipe regulator with
solvent. Internal damage to regulator
could result.
9. Before installing voltage regulator, be sure regulator
and regulator mounting bosses in slip ring end housing
are free of all dirt and grease. Wipe all contact areas
with a clean, dry cloth.
10. Install regulator (A) to slip ring end housing (B) with
regulator attaching screw (C) (ground). Tighten screw
finger-tight.
103000
PN=65
10
15
16
RG,RG34710,2058 1915MAR976/10
R
G
6
9
8
7
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Install Brushes, Springs and Spacer
ABrush (with Arm)
BBrush Spring
CSpacer
DBrush Holder
EBrush Contact Clip
FBrush Pin
11. Install brushes (A), springs (B) and spacer (C) on
brush holder (D).
NOTE: Brushes are identical, but bush leads and contact
clips (E) are positioned differently.
12. Pin brushes in retracted position with brush pin (F).
RG,RG34710,2058 1915MAR977/10
R
G
6
9
8
8
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Position Brush Holder Assembly
ABrush Pin
BBrush Holder Assembly
CRegulator
DSlip Ring End Housing
EBrush Holder Attaching (Pivot) Screw
FRegulator Attaching Screw (Insulated)
GDiode Trio
HRectifier Bridge
13. With brushes pinned in retracted position, position
brush holder assembly (B) over holes in regulator (C)
and slip ring end housing (D). Install brush holder
attaching (pivot) screw (E) and one insulated
regulator attaching screw (F). Tighten both screws
finger-tight.
NOTE: Brush pin (A) must remain in place until final
assembly.
Ensure that contact surfaces of brushes are free
of grease and dirt.
14. Install diode trio (G) onto three threaded studs on
rectifier bridge assembly (H). Position long connector
strap on diode trio over mounting hole in brush holder
and regulator.
103000
PN=66
10
15
17
RG,RG34710,2058 1915MAR978/10
R
G
6
9
8
9
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
BAT Terminal
AInside BAT Terminal Nut/Washer Assembly
BRegulator Stud Connector
CRegulator Stud
DBAT Terminal Stud
ERegulator Stud Nut/Washer Assembly
FI Terminal with Outside Insulator
GInside Insulator
HI Terminal Connector
IInside I Terminal Nut/Washer Assembly
JDiode Trio Connector
KRegulator Attaching Screw (Insulated)
15. Hold outside BAT terminal and temporarily remove
the inside BAT terminal nut/washer assembly (A).
Install regulator stud connector (B) to threaded
regulator stud (C) and to inside BAT terminal stud
(D). Reinstall inside BAT terminal nut/washer
assembly (A) and install regulator nut/washer
assembly (E) to regulator stud. Tighten two nuts
finger-tight.
16. Install I terminal with outside insulator (F) (if used) to
slip ring end housing and hold in place. Install inside
insulator (G) and I terminal connector (H) over I
terminal stud inside housing. Position other end of I
terminal connector over mounting hole in brush
holder. Install I terminal nut/washer assembly (I)
onto I terminal stud. Tighten nut finger-tight.
17. Install insulated regulator attaching screw (K) to
mounting hole in brush holder, passing through diode
trio connector (J) and I terminal connector (if used).
Tighten screw finger-tight.
103000
PN=67
10
15
18
RG,RG34710,2058 1915MAR979/10
R
G
6
9
9
0
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Slip Ring End Housing Components
AInside Output Terminal Nut
BRectifier Bridge Attaching Screws
CInsulated Capacitor Attaching Screw
DR Terminal Nut
ERegulator Mounting Screw
FInsulated Regulator Nut (If Used)
GRegulator Nut
HBrush Holder Attaching (Pivot) Screw
18. Tighten the slip ring end housing components in the
following order to specifications listed below:
a. Inside output terminal nut (A).
b. Rectifier bridge attaching screws (B).
c. Insulated capacitor attaching screw (C).
d. R terminal nut (D). It may be necessary to hold
terminal on outside while tightening.
e. Regulator mounting screw (E).
f. Insulated regulator attaching screw.
g. Regulator nut (G) (if used).
h. Brush holder attaching (pivot) screw (H).
Slip Ring End Housing ComponentsSpecification
Inside Output Terminal Nut (A)
Torque 5.5 Nm (50 lb-in.) ...........................................................................
Rectifier Bridge Attaching Screws
(B)Torque 3.0 Nm (25 lb-in.) ...................................................................
Capacitor Attaching Screw (C)
Torque 2.5 Nm (22 lb-in.) ...........................................................................
R Terminal Nut (D)Torque 2.5 Nm (22 lb-in.) .......................................
Regulator Mounting Screws (E)
Torque 2 Nm (20 lb-in.) ..............................................................................
Regulator Mounting Nut (G)
Torque 2.5 Nm (22 lb-in.) ...........................................................................
Brush Holder Pivot Attaching
Screw (H)Torque 2 Nm (20 lb-in.) ...........................................................
103000
PN=68
10
15
19
RG,RG34710,2058 1915MAR9710/10
R
G
6
9
9
1
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Install Components on Housing
AStator
CPhase Leads
DThreaded Studs on Rectifier Bridge
ERectifier Bridge Nuts
19. If used, install debris shield mounting stud in slip ring
end housing with inside washer to I terminal hole in
housing. Install outside washer, lock washer and
mounting stud on outside of housing. Tighten nut to
specifications.
Specification
Stator Debris Shield Mounting
Stud NutTorque 5.5 Nm (50 lb-in.) .........................................................
20. Install stator (A) in slip ring end housing (B), placing
three phase leads (C) over threaded studs (D) on
rectifier bridge. Be sure stator is seated in register
around edge of slip ring end housing.
21. Install rectifier bridge nuts on threaded studs. Tighten
nuts to specifications.
Specification
Rectifier Bridge NutsTorque 2.5 Nm (22 lb-in.) ......................................
RG,RG34710,2059 1915MAR971/2
Final Assembly
R
G
6
9
9
2
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Final Assembly
ADrive End Frame Assembly
BSlip Ring End Housing Assembly
CAlignment Marks
DThrough Bolts
1. Assemble drive end frame assembly (A) and slip ring
end housing assembly (B) using alignment marks (C)
to ensure proper alignment to parts. Install four through
bolts (D) and tighten bolts to specifications.
Specification
Drive End-to-Slip Ring End
Housing Through BoltsTorque 5.5 Nm (50 lb-in.) ...................................
103000
PN=69
10
15
20
RG,RG34710,2059 1915MAR972/2
R
G
6
9
9
3
U
N
3
0
N
O
V
9
3
Remove Brush Pin
ABrush Pin
2. Remove brush pin (A) from slip ring end housing (B) to
release brushes onto slip rings inside unit.
103000
PN=70
Section 15
Motorola Alternators
Contents
Page Page
Group 05Motorola Alternator Theory of Operation Motorola SA-Series Charging Circuit Repair
15
Motorola Alternator Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-05-1 Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-25-2
Motorola Regulator Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-05-2 Motorola SA-Series Charging Circuit Test
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-25-2
Remove Alternator for Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-25-3
Group 10Motorola 8E-Series Alternator Repair
Disassemble and Test Motorola 8SA-Series
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-10-1
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-25-3
Motorola 8E-Series Charging Circuit Repair
Assemble Motorola 8SA-Series Alternator. . . .15-25-14
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-10-2
Motorola 8E-Series Charging Circuit Test
Group 30Motorola TA-Series Alternator Repair
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-10-2
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-30-1
General Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-10-3
Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-30-2
Motorola TA-Series Charging Circuit Repair
Disassemble and Test Motorola 8E-Series
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-30-2
(12-Volt, 65 Amp) Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-10-4
Motorola TA-Series Charging Circuit Test
Assemble Motorola 8E-Series
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-30-3
(12-Volt, 65 Amp) Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-10-8
Disassemble and Test Motorola TA-Series
Group 15Motorola HC-, MA-, MR-Series
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-30-4
Alternator Repair
Assemble Motorola TA-Series Alternator . . . . .15-30-14
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-15-1
Motorola HC-, MA-, MR-Series Charging
Disassemble and Test Motorola HC-, MA-,
MR-Series Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-15-4
Assemble Motorola HC-, MA-, MR-Series
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-15-20
Group 20Motorola A-, RA-, 8AR-Series Alternator
Repair
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-20-1
Motorola A-, RA-, 8AR-Series Charging
Disassemble and Test Motorola A-, RA-,
8AR-Series Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-20-3
Assemble Motorola A-, RA-, 8AR-Series
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-20-11
Group 25Motorola SA-Series Alternator Repair
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-25-1
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-25-1
103000
PN=1
Contents
15
103000
PN=2
Group 05
Motorola Alternator Theory of Operation
15
05
1
RG,RG34710,2060 1915MAR971/1
Motorola Alternator Operation
T
5
2
1
8
4
U
N
3
1
M
A
Y
8
9
Motorola Alternator Operation
1Stator
2Rotor Winding (Field)
3Rotor Slip Ring
4Brushes
5Regulator Terminal
6Output Terminal
7Isolation Diode
8Regulator
In an alternator, the magnetic field of the rotor is moved
across stationary conductors in the stator. This permits
permanent connection between the stator windings and
the output terminal. Slip rings are used to transmit the
field current to the rotor field winding.
The alternator produces power in the form of three-phase
alternating current and voltage. The alternating current is
rectified to direct current by a three-phase full-wave
rectifier circuit using six silicon rectifier diodes. Since the
diode will pass current in only one direction (from
alternator to battery or load), the alternator does not
require the use of cutout relay.
The entire DC output of the system passes through the
isolation diode. This provides the system with several
distinct advantages. It prevents the battery from
discharging through the regulator and alternator field
without the use of relays or switches. Electrically, the
indicator lamp is connected across the isolation diode.
When the system is operating properly, the alternator
output voltage is very nearly the same as the battery
voltage. This means that the voltage potential across the
isolation diode is low and the indicator lamp shows that
the alternator is charging.
The alternator output current is controlled by the current
flow through the field coil (rotor). The amount of current
required is determined and controlled by the regulator.
Since there is very little residual magnetism in the
alternator, it is necessary to supply a small amount of
excitation current to the field (rotor) to start the process of
current generation. The excitation resistor supplies this
starting current when the key switch is turned on. This
resistor is enclosed in the sealed regulator case. Once the
alternator is excited, a voltage is developed at the
regulator terminal and the voltage regulator takes over
control of the system voltage.
103000
PN=73
15
05
2
RG,RG34710,2061 1915MAR971/5
Motorola Regulator Operation
T
5
1
5
3
7
U
N
0
2
J
U
N
8
9
Motorola Regulator Operation
1Thermistor (RT)
2Field Discharge Diode
3Transistor (T-2)
4Transistor (T-1)
5Zener Diode
6Excitation Resistor
7To Alternator Indicator Light
The transistor regulator is an electronic switching device
composed principally of transistors, resistors, and diodes
to form a completely static unit containing no moving
parts.
The transistors are used to switch the alternator field
current on and off, and are controlled by the resistors and
the Zener diode.
A Zener diode is a special diode that will break down and
permit a reverse flow of current when the voltage reaches
a certain value, without damaging the semiconductor
material. This diode is the trigger which senses the
maximum desired voltage and turns the transistor on or
off to limit charging system voltage.
The field discharge diode provides an alternator current
path to protect the transistors from induced high voltage
from the alternator field windings. The sudden stopping of
field current by the transistor and subsequent collapsing of
the magnetic field causes an induced voltage in the rotor
windings.
The thermistor (RT) is a temperature compensating
resistor. Its resistance varies with temperature and
controls the operating point of the Zener diode so that a
high system voltage is produced in cold weather, when
needed, and a lower system voltage in warm weather.
When the voltage appearing at the output terminal of the
alternator rises to a predetermined value (14.4 volts), the
voltage which appears across the Zener diode conducts.
This conduction of the Zener diode permits current to flow
in the base of transistor T-1. This causes transistor T-1 to
turn on and reverse bias transistor T-2, thus turning off
the current applied to the alternator field.
When the system voltage drops below the predetermined
value, the Zener diode stops conducting, T-1 turns off and
T-2 turns on. When transistor T-2 is switched on, field
current again is supplied to the alternator.
103000
PN=74
15
05
3
RG,RG34710,2061 1915MAR972/5
The operation of transistor T-2 is in effect like a switch,
turning the alternator field current on and off as the
electrical supply varies due to the varying electrical load.
This action occurs many times a second, so fast it cannot
be detected in the alternator output.
The solid-state regulator is either mounted on rear of
alternator or mounted internally. It controls output by
controlling current through field. In operation, regulator
has the following three phases.
103000
PN=75
15
05
4
RG,RG34710,2061 1915MAR973/5
N
3
7
7
6
1
U
N
0
2
M
A
Y
8
9
Phase 1Alternator Stopped
ARegulator
BBattery
CKey Switch
DRotor
EField Windings
FDelta Stator
GRectifier Diodes
HDiode Trio
ISuppression Capacitor
Phase 1Alternator Stopped
(Phase 1 also applies when alternator is turning but only if
not running fast enough for output to exceed battery
voltage.)
1. Current flows from battery (B) through key switch (C)
to regulator (A).
2. From there, current flows through resistors R8, R7, and
R1 to transistor Q2, turning it on.
3. Transistor Q2 then provides a path so current can flow
through field (E) to ground, enabling alternator to
4. Zener diode D1 prevents flow of current to transistor
Q1. A Zener diode is a special type of diode which will
not permit current to pass until voltage reaches a
certain preset level. If voltage exceeds that level,
current can pass through the Zener diode.
103000
PN=76
15
05
5
RG,RG34710,2061 1915MAR974/5
N
3
7
7
6
2
U
N
0
2
M
A
Y
8
9
ARegulator
BBattery
CKay Switch
DRotor
EField Windings
FDelta Stator
GRectifier Diodes
HDiode Trio
1. The key switch (C) and rectifier bridge diodes (G) all
have equal voltage. Therefore, no current flows from
key switch to regulator.
2. Current, now coming from rectifier bridge diodes, flows
through resistors R7 and R1 to turn on transistor Q2.
3. Transistor Q2 still provides path to ground through field
(E), enabling alternator to generate electricity.
Alternating current is included in the stator windings
(F). The rectifier bridge converts it to direct current,
charge the battery.
the Zener diode D1.
103000
PN=77
15
05
6
RG,RG34710,2061 1915MAR975/5
N
3
7
7
6
3
U
N
0
2
M
A
Y
8
9
Phase IIIShut-Off
ARegulator
BBattery
CKey Switch
DRotor
EField Windings
FDelta Stator
GRectifier Diodes
HDiode Trio
Phase IIIShut-Off
D1.
2. Current can now pass through Zener diode D1 to turn
on control transistor Q1
3. Current from transistor Q1 cuts off voltage to transistor
Q2, turning it off. There is now no path to ground for
current through field (E).
5. With transistor Q2 off, system voltage starts to drop in
unrestricted fashion until it falls below the Zener diode
D1 critical voltage. When this occurs, Zener diode D1
and transistor Q1 switch off and Q2 turns on again.
6. Phase II and III are repeated many times per second
103000
PN=78
Group 10
Motorola 8E-Series Alternator Repair
15
10
1
OUO1004,0000B5A 1921SEP001/2
Essential Tools
OUO1004,0000B5A 1921SEP002/2
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
103000
PN=79
15
10
2
OUO1004,0000B59 1921SEP001/1
Motorola 8E-Series Charging Circuit Repair
Specifications
Brush (24-Volt, 42-Amp) Minimum Exposed Length 6.4 mm (0.25 in.)
Brush (12-Volt, 65-Amp) Minimum Exposed Length 4.8 mm (0.189 in.)
Motorola 8E-Series Alternator
Pulley-to-Shaft Nut Torque 60 Nm (45 lb-ft)
Rear Housing-to-Front Housing Torque 7.08.3 Nm (5060 lb-in.)
Cap Screws
Bearing Retainer Cap Screws Torque 3.54.8 Nm (2535 lb-in.)
Output Terminal Nut Torque 7 Nm (50 lb-in.)
Indicator Light Terminal Torque 2.3 Nm (20 lb-in.)
Slip Ring-to-Shaft Torque 40 Nm (30 lb-ft)
RG,RG34710,2066 1908SEP001/1
Motorola 8E-Series Charging Circuit Test
Specifications
John Deere Motorola Volts Rated Output Test Field Current
b
Winding
Part No. Part No. Amps Amps (Hot)
a
Amps Resistance
c
Ohms
AT103344 8EM2009NB 12 65 5462 3.23.7 4.04.7
AT115049 8EM3002GB 24 42 3742 1.82.3 12.013.0
AT125414 8EM2009ND 12 65 5462 3.23.7 4.04.7
AT125430 8EM3002GC 24 42 3742 1.82.3 12.013.0
RE28186 8EM3002GA 24 42 3742 1.82.3 12.013.0
a
Output test @ 30004000 RPM.
b
Field current @ 2027C (7080F); @ 10V for 12V systems and 20V for 24V systems.
c
Winding resistance @ 2027C (7080F).
103000
PN=80
15
10
3
RG,RG34710,2067 1915MAR971/1
General Information
The Motorola 8E-Series charging systems are available in
two basic versions on John Deere Engines. One version
(12-volt, 65-amp) includes an integral, solid-state voltage
regulator. The other version (24-volt, 42-amp) is equipped
with a blade terminal for connection to a remote,
externally-mounted voltage regulator.
Refer to the proper repair procedure for the charging
system used on your John Deere Engine.
RG,RG34710,2068 1915MAR971/1
Remove Alternator for Repair
Refer to your machine technical manual for removal of
alternator.
IMPORTANT: Never immerse alternator in cleaning
solvent. Remove dirt and grease by
scraping and using a stiff brush with
solvent. Dry with compressed air.
ONLY rosin core solder should be used
for soldering operations. The use of
acid core solder will result in rapid
corrosion of the windings and eventual
failure of the complete alternator unit.
103000
PN=81
15
10
4
RG,RG34710,2069 1915MAR971/7
Disassemble and Test Motorola 8E-Series (12-Volt, 65 Amp) Alternator
T
6
4
7
8
A
B
U
N
0
2
N
O
V
8
8
Motorola 8E-Series Alternator
1Nut (2 Used) 10Insulating Washer (2 18Rear Housing 26Front Bearing
2Screw (2 Used) Used) 19O-Ring 27Front Housing
3Rear Cover 11AC Tap Strap 20Stator Assembly 28Fan Spacer
4Felt Gasket 12B + Nut 21Slip Ring 29Fan
5Nut 13Screw (4 Used) 22Rear Bearing 30Pulley
6D + Strap 14Diode Field 23Rotor Assembly 31Lock Washer
7Brush Assembly 15Screw (3 Used) 24Woodruff Key 32Nut
8Screw (2 Used) 16Rectifier Diode Bridge 25Bearing Retainer Screw (3
9Voltage Regulator 17Through Bolt (4 Used) Used)
103000
PN=82
15
10
5
RG,RG34710,2069 1915MAR972/7
1. Inspect and test brush assembly. Brush set may be
reused if brush length is within specification.
Specification
Brush (24-Volt, 42-Amp)
Minimum Exposed Length 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) .......................................
Brush (12-Volt, 65-Amp)
Minimum Exposed Length 4.8 mm (0.189 in.) .....................................
Brushes must not be oil soaked, cracked or grooved
on the sides. Replace defective brush assembly.
RG,RG34710,2069 1915MAR973/7
T
6
4
7
8
A
D
U
N
0
2
N
O
V
8
8
Diode Trio
ADiode Terminals
BD+ Stud
2. Inspect and test diode trio. Test diode for continuity
from each of three terminals (A) to D+ stud (B).
Continuity must be observed in one direction only.
Replace entire diode trio if any one diode fails test.
RG,RG34710,2069 1915MAR974/7
T
6
4
7
8
A
E
U
N
0
2
N
O
V
8
8
Test Continuity
ATerminals
BPlate
CTerminal
3. Inspect and test rectifier bridge. Test for continuity
between plate (B) and each of three diode terminals
(A). Then test for continuity between terminal (C) and
each of the three diode terminals. Continuity should be
observed in one direction only, and all diodes should
check alike.
Replace entire rectifier bridge if any diode fails test.
103000
PN=83
15
10
6
RG,RG34710,2069 1915MAR975/7
T
6
4
7
8
A
F
U
N
0
2
N
O
V
8
8
Inspect and Test Stator
ATerminal
BTerminal
CTerminal
DLaminations
4. Inspect and test stator. Test for continuity between
terminals (A, B and C). There should be no continuity
from any terminals (A, B, or C) and laminations (D).
Replace stator if windings show any signs of
discoloration.
RG,RG34710,2069 1915MAR976/7
T
6
4
7
8
A
A
U
N
0
2
N
O
V
8
8
Inspect and Test Rotor Assembly
ASlip Ring
BPole Finger
5. Inspect and test rotor assembly. Test resistance
between each slip ring (A). Then test for no continuity
between each slip ring and pole finger (B).
Slip ring resistance should be 4.04.7 ohms @ 20
27C (7080F) for 12-volt systems and 12.013.0
ohm for 24-volt system.
103000
PN=84
15
10
7
RG,RG34710,2069 1915MAR977/7
T
6
4
8
6
A
H
U
N
0
2
N
O
V
8
8
Unsolder Rotor Leads
ARotor Leads
BNo. 10 x 1 in. Cap Screw
6. If necessary to replace slip rings, unsolder rotor leads
(A) from slip ring terminals. Straighten rotor leads (A)
and insert a No. 10 x 1 in. cap screw (B) into center of
slip ring assembly. Remove slip ring assembly using a
bearing puller.
7. If necessary, remove rear bearing using a bearing
puller.
NOTE: Replace bearing if removed.
103000
PN=85
15
10
8
RG,RG34710,2070 1915MAR971/1
Assemble Motorola 8E-Series
(12-Volt, 65 Amp) Alternator
T
6
4
9
3
B
C
U
N
0
9
D
E
C
8
8
Assemble Motorola 8E-Series Alternator
ADiode Rectifier Bridge
BFront Bearing Retainer
CShaft Nut
DInner Bearing
For alternator assembly, the following is a list of special
reassembly requirements:
Replace bearings if removed.
Guide rotor leads through one of the oval passages in the
slip ring assembly. The oval passages must line up with
the groove in the rotor shaft. Solder rotor leads to
terminals on slip ring.
Tighten front bearing retainer screws (B) to specifications.
Press front housing down until inner bearing (D) race
contacts shoulder on the shaft.
Apply a thin film of heat sink compound to back of diode
rectifier bridge (A) and mating surface of rear housing.
Check to be sure felt gasket is installed.
Tighten shaft nut (C) to specifications.
Tighten through bolts (4 used) to specifications.
Motorola 8E-SeriesSpecification
Pulley-to-Shaft NutTorque 60 Nm (45 lb-ft) ...........................................
Rear Housing-to-Front Housing
Cap ScrewsTorque 7.08.3 Nm (5060 lb-in.) ...................................
Bearing Retainer Cap Screws
Torque 3.54.8 Nm (2535 lb-in.) ..........................................................
Output Terminal NutTorque 7 Nm (50 lb-in.) ..........................................
Indicator Light TerminalTorque 2.3 Nm (20 lb-in.) ..................................
Slip Ring-to-ShaftTorque 40 Nm (30 lb-ft) .............................................
103000
PN=86
Group 15
Motorola HC-, MA-, MR-Series Alternator Repair
15
15
1
OUO1004,0000B5C 1921SEP001/2
Essential Tools
OUO1004,0000B5C 1921SEP002/2
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
OUO1004,0000BBE 1918OCT001/2
Service Equipment and Tools
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.
OUO1004,0000BBE 1918OCT002/2
Battery Load Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JT28001
Test rotor windings.
103000
PN=87
15
15
2
OUO1004,0000BB2 1928SEP001/1
Brush Minimum Exposed Length 6.4 mm (0.25 in.)
Slip Ring Retainer Cap Screw Torque 5.1 Nm (45 lb-in.)
Fan Pulley-to-Shaft Nut Torque 4768 Nm (3550 lb-ft)
Stator Stud Lock Nuts Torque 3.54.5 Nm (3340 lb-in.)
Housing Through Bolts Torque 5.57.0 Nm (5060 lb-in.)
Brush Assembly Mounting Screws Torque 2.53.5 Nm (2030 lb-in.)
Regulator Mounting Cap Screws Torque 4.55.0 Nm (4045 lb-in.)
Isolation Diode Nuts Torque 2.53.5 Nm (2030 lb-in.)
Alternator Terminal Nuts Torque 2.53.5 Nm (2030 lb-in.)
103000
PN=88
15
15
3
RG,RG34710,2072 1908SEP001/1
John Deere Motorola Rated Output Test
a
Field Current
b
Winding Resistance
c
Part No. Part No. Volts Amps Amps (Hot) Amps Ohms
AH112211 8MR2030T 12 90 7982 4.104.40 2.32.4
AR40420 70D44110C01 12 55
AR43989 8MA2003PA 12 72 1.82.0 5.05.4
AR50909 8MR2012P 12 72 1.82.0 5.05.4
AR52077 8MR2012PS,MA12JD602 12 70 1.82.0 5.05.4
AR52078 8HC2003PS 12 72 1.82.0 5.05.4
AR53261 70D44086B05 12 35
AT21618 A12NJD454 12 35 1.952.55 4.25.5
AT28453 MA12NJD603 12 55 4346 1.652.25 4.05.2
AT31668 70D44160B 12 22
AT31670 8MA2002KS 12 51 4346 1.652.55 4.05.2
AT41951 70D44725C03 12 37
AT44644 8HC3010G 24 42 30 1.281.88 11.014.0
AT49446 8HC3010G 24 42 30 1.281.88 11.014.0
AT55539 8HC2015L, 8HC2012F 12 62 5154 2.102.50 4.14.7
RE50811 8MR2069T 12 90 7982 4.104.40 2.32.4
a
b
c
103000
PN=89
15
15
4
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR971/30
Disassemble and Test Motorola HC-, MA-, MR-Series Alternator
N
3
8
1
5
2
U
N
2
2
S
E
P
8
8
HC-, MA-, MR-Series with Isolation Diode
1Cover 11Nut (6 Used) 21Positive Ring 30Rotor
2Tie Strap 12Lock Washer (5 Used) 22Negative Ring 31Key
3Screw (2 Used) 13Washer (4 Used) 23Insulator 32Retainer
4Lock Washer 14Diode, Isolation 24Bolt 33Housing
5Regulator 15Sleeve 25Stator 34Nut (4 Used)
6Gasket 16Washer (2 Used) 26O-Ring 35Spacer
7Screws (2 Used) 17Housing 27Screw 36Fan
8Brush Holder 18Capacitor 28Ring 37Lock Washer
9Isolator 19Bushing (2 Used) 29Bearing (2 Used) 38Nut
10Through Bolts (4 Used) 20Wiring Lead
103000
PN=90
15
15
5
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR972/30
N
3
8
4
5
6
U
N
2
2
S
E
P
8
8
HC-, MA-, MR-Series With Diode Trio
1Screen 10Lock Washer (6 Used) 19Rectifier Diode 28Retainer
2Tie Strap 11Isolation Washer (7 Used) 20Isolation Diode 29Front Housing
3Screw (4 Used) 12Rear Housing 21Bolt 30Square Nuts
4Regulator 13Capacitor 22Stator 31Spacer
5Gasket 14Washer 23Screw 32Fan
6Screws (2 Used) 15Spacer 24Slip Rings 33Washer
7Brush Holder 16Nuts (2 Used) 25Bearing (2 Used) 34Nut
8Through Bolts (4 Used) 17Diode Plate 26Rotor Assembly 35O-Ring
9Nuts (5 Used) 18Diode Trio 27Key
103000
PN=91
15
15
6
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR973/30
T
6
5
5
8
A
I
U
N
0
2
N
O
V
8
8
Output Terminals
AVoltage Regulator
BNegative Output Wire
CPositive Output Wire
IMPORTANT: Voltage regulator wires must be
disconnected before testing diodes to
obtain accurate results.
1. Disconnect voltage regulator wires on regulator (A),
negative output (B) and positive output (C) terminals.
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR974/30
T
8
4
6
6
6
U
N
0
7
N
O
V
8
8
Test Diodes
ADiode Plate
BDiode Lead
IMPORTANT: The diode test position must be used
on meters to get accurate results.
Follow manufacturers instructions for
your meter to test diodes.
2. Test positive and negative diodes in both directions
using an ohmmeter. Put one probe on a diode lead (B)
and the other probe on diode plate (A) to get a
reading.
A diode with a high reading in one direction and a low
reading in the other direction is good. A diode with the
same reading in both directions is bad and should be
replaced.
103000
PN=92
15
15
7
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR975/30
T
6
0
1
5
B
J
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
Alternator with Isolation Diode Plate
NOTE: Illustration shows alternator equipped with an
isolation diode plate. Some applications do not
use this plate.
3. Check isolation diode using volt-ohm-amp meter with
selector indicator in diode test position.
The meter must register OL in one direction and
approximately 0.50 volts in the other. If it does not,
replace diode.
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR976/30
T
6
0
1
5
A
Z
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
Regulator Cap Screws
ARegulator Cap Screws (4 Used)
4. Loosen regulator cap screws (A). Remove two nuts to
remove isolation diode plate, if equipped.
103000
PN=93
15
15
8
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR977/30
T
6
0
1
5
A
T
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
Remove Sleeve, Washer, and Wires
ARegulator Wires
BInsulator Washer
CSleeve
5. Remove sleeve (C), insulator washer (B) and regulator
wires (A) from alternator terminals.
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR978/30
T
6
0
1
5
A
L
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
Test Negative Diodes
AMeter Probes
6. Test the three negative diodes with selector in diode
test position.
Touch one probe to a diode and the other probe to the
ground terminal. Take reading. Reverse probes (A) and
take another reading.
approximately 0.50 volts in the other on all three
diodes. If it does not, replace the negative diode plate.
103000
PN=94
15
15
9
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR979/30
T
6
0
1
5
A
M
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
Test Positive Diodes
AThree Positive Diodes
7. Test the three positive diodes (A) with selector in diode
test position.
Touch one probe to a diode (A) and the other probe to
diode plate post. Take reading. Reverse probes and
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9710/30
T
6
0
1
5
A
D
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
Check Stator Windings
ADiode
BTwo Diodes
8. Check the stator windings for continuity.
each of the other two diodes (B) attached to the same
diode plate. Repeat step for other diode plate.
If there is no continuity in any of the connections, there
is an open circuit in the stator windings and the stator
must be replaced.
103000
PN=95
15
15
10
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9711/30
T
6
0
1
5
B
A
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
Check Stator for Grounded Winding
ADiode
BRear Alternator Housing
9. Check stator for a grounded winding.
the rear alternator housing (B). Take reading. Reverse
probes and take another reading.
The meter must register continuity in one direction
only. If continuity is registered in both directions, a
stator winding is grounded and the stator must be
replaced.
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9712/30
T
6
0
1
5
A
Y
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
Remove Regulator and Brushes
AWire
BCap Screws (2 Used)
10. Remove screws and disconnect wire (A) to remove
regulator.
11. Remove cap screws (B) to remove brushes.
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9713/30
T
8
4
6
5
6
U
N
0
7
N
O
V
8
8
Check Movement of Brushes
12. Check the condition of the springs, connections, and
for free movement of the brushes. If either brush is
worn to less than specified length, or is cracked or oil
soaked, replace the brush assembly.
Specification
BrushMinimum Exposed Length 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) .................................
103000
PN=96
15
15
11
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9714/30
T
8
7
5
6
8
U
N
2
3
F
E
B
9
0
Check for Continuity
ATerminal
BBrush
CBracket
DBrush
13. Check for continuity between terminal (A) and brush
(B) and bracket (C) and brush (D). If there is no
continuity at either brush, replace the brush assembly.
14. Check for continuity between terminal (A) and bracket
(C). If there is continuity, replace the brush assembly.
(D). If there is continuity, replace the brush assembly.
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9715/30
T
8
4
6
7
4
U
N
0
7
N
O
V
8
8
Check Soldered Connections
ASoldered Connections
16. Check rotor windings for continuity (a low resistance
reading will be seen) using an ohmmeter.
If there is no continuity (open circuit), check soldered
connections (A). If connections are good, replace
rotor.
NOTE: Place meter probes on edges of slip rings to
prevent scratching brush contact area.
103000
PN=97
15
15
12
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9716/30
T
6
0
1
5
A
E
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
Check for Grounded Rotor Windings
17. Check for grounded rotor windings. If there is
continuity (short circuit), replace rotor.
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9717/30
T
6
0
1
5
A
P
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
Disconnect Wiring Lead
AWiring Lead
18. Remove nut and isolation washer. Disconnect wiring
lead (A).
19. Remove four cap screws to remove rear housing
cover.
NOTE: Some units use square nuts with the through
bolts; others have threaded holes in the front
housing.
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9718/30
T
8
7
5
7
2
U
N
2
3
F
E
B
9
0
Insert Screwdriver Blades
ATwo Screwdriver Blades
IMPORTANT: Inserting screwdriver blades farther
than 1.6 mm (1/16 in.) may damage
stator windings.
20. Carefully insert two screwdriver blades (A) in opposite
openings between the stator and front housing and
separate the front housing from the rear.
103000
PN=98
15
15
13
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9719/30
T
8
9
0
7
3
U
N
2
1
F
E
B
9
0
Unsolder Wiring Leads
21. Put identification tags on wiring leads to aid
assembly.
22. Unsolder wiring leads from diode leads, as necessary,
to replace diode assemblies, diode trio or stator. Use
needle-nose pliers as a heat sink on the leads of
good diodes to protect them from too much heat.
Remove nut and insulating washers from regulator
terminal stud to remove diode trio from positive diode
assembly plate. Note location of insulating washers
for reassembly.
23. When soldering wiring leads to diodes, use needle
nose pliers as a heat sink to protect diodes from too
much heat. Use rosin core solder only.
24. Be sure to install insulating washer under nut when
diode trio is installed.
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9720/30
N
3
8
4
5
2
U
N
2
2
S
E
P
8
8
Commercial Diode Tester
For alternators equipped with a diode trio:
25. Using a commercial diode tester, volt-ohm-amp meter
with diode test position, or 12-volt DC test lamp,
check for continuity from each lead separately to
center contact stud. Continuity should be observed in
one direction only. All three diodes should check
alike.
26. If any diode is defective, replace entire diode trio
assembly.
103000
PN=99
15
15
14
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9721/30
T
8
9
0
7
4
U
N
2
1
F
E
B
9
0
Remove Pulley and Fan
27. Clamp pulley in vise using an over-sized belt to
protect pulley. Remove nut to remove pulley and fan.
Inspect parts for wear or damage.
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9722/30
T
8
7
6
0
5
U
N
2
3
F
E
B
9
0
Remove Front Bearing Retainer
AFront Bearing Retainer
28. Remove the front bearing retainer (A) by compressing
ears of bearing retainer with a long-nosed pliers and
lifting retainer free of recess. On HC and MR units,
remove three front bearing retainer screws and lock
washers.
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9723/30
T
8
7
6
0
6
U
N
2
3
F
E
B
9
0
Remove Rotor and Bearing
29. Use a plastic hammer to remove rotor and bearing
from front housing. If front housing has felt dust seals
pressed in casting, replace with new seals.
103000
PN=100
15
15
15
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9724/30
T
8
7
6
0
7
U
N
2
3
F
E
B
9
0
30. Use a suitable bearing puller to remove front bearing.
103000
PN=101
15
15
16
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9725/30
N
3
7
0
5
3
U
N
2
2
S
E
P
8
8
Voltmeter and Ammeter
AVoltmeter
BVariable Resistor
C12-Volt Power Source
DAmmeter
31. Connect a voltmeter (A) to slip rings. (Make sure slip
rings are clean.)
32. Connect an ammeter (D), a variable resistor (B), and
12-volt power source (C) in series. Attach to slip
rings.
NOTE: Use a second volt-ohm-amp meter for the
ammeter, and JT28001 Battery Load Tester as
the variable resistor.
33. Set battery load tester to maximum resistance.
34. Connect other slip ring to the power source.
35. Adjust battery load tester to obtain full battery voltage.
IMPORTANT: Do not remove rotor leads from slip
rings at this time. It will cause an arc,
damaging slip ring surface.
ROTOR WINDING TEST SPECIFICATIONS [Measured at 2127C
(7080F)]
System Rated Current Draw Winding Resistance
Voltage Amps (Amps)
a
(Ohms)
12 37 1.952.55 4.25.5
12 51/55 1.652.55 4.05.2
12 62 2.12.5 4.14.7
12 72 1.82.0 5.05.4
12 90 4.14.4 2.32.4
24 42 1.281.88 11.014.0
a
Current draw at 10V for 12-Volt systems and 20V for 24-Volt
systems.
Shorted windings are indicated by excessive current
draw, and open windings by no current draw.
103000
PN=102
15
15
17
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9726/30
N
3
5
9
9
0
U
N
2
2
S
E
P
8
8
Ohmmeter or Test Lamp
AOhmmeter
36. Check rotor for grounds between each slip ring and
rotor shaft, using ohmmeter (A) or test lamp.
Ohmmeter resistance reading should be high (infinite)
or test lamp should not light. If resistance is low or
test lamp lights, short exists between field coil and
rotor. Replace rotor.
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9727/30
N
8
5
1
6
2
O
1
U
N
2
2
S
E
P
8
8
Inspect Rotor Shaft and Body
37. Inspect rotor shaft and body for stripped threads on
shaft, worn key slot, worn bearing surface, scuffed
pole fingers, or worn or dry bearing.
Replace rotor assembly if any of the above faults are
found.
NOTE: New rotors include new rear bearings and slip
rings.
38. Unsolder rotor leads from slip ring terminals.
IMPORTANT: Do not overheat slip ring terminals.
39. Carefully unwind ends of rotor coil leads from slip ring
terminals.
103000
PN=103
15
15
18
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9728/30
N
8
5
1
6
2
P
1
U
N
2
2
S
E
P
8
8
Remove Screw and Slip Ring Assembly
AHex Countersunk Head Screw
BSlip Ring Assembly
40. Remove hex countersunk head screw (A) from end of
shaft.
41. Thread a 1/4 x 1 in. cap screw into slip ring hub. This
will back slip ring assembly (B) off shaft.
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9729/30
N
2
9
5
8
2
N
Y
U
N
0
3
M
A
R
8
9
Remove Rear Bearing
ARear Bearing
BRotor Leads
CBearing Puller
42. Place rotor leads (B) away from bearing puller contact
area.
43. Using bearing puller (C), remove rear bearing (A).
NOTE: Remove bearing only if it will be replaced.
103000
PN=104
15
15
19
RG,RG34710,2073 1915MAR9730/30
R
1
5
9
7
3
U
N
1
5
D
E
C
8
8
Stator Leads
AStator Lead
BStator Lead
CStator Lead
AAStator lead
BBStator Lead
CCStator Lead
44. Examine stator for discoloration or a burned odor
indicating overheating from shorted windings. Stator
should be checked further with low resistance (01
ohm) ohmmeter before it is replaced.
45. Disconnect stator leads from diode assemblies and
check resistance from each lead to stator frame. If
reading is not infinite, a winding is grounded.
46. Carefully zero the ohmmeter and connect the leads
between A and B.
The meter reading should be 0.6 ohms. An infinite or
high reading indicates an open-circuited winding.
47. While measuring the resistance between A and B,
touch AA and BB leads together. If ohmmeter pointer
does not drop to 0, the windings are shorted.
48. Repeat steps 3 and 4 with leads connected to A and
C, then to B and C.
49. When replacing stator, connect leads A to B, AA to C,
and BB to CC. Connect to diode assemblies.
103000
PN=105
15
15
20
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR971/21
Assemble Motorola HC-, MA-, MR-Series Alternator
N
3
8
1
5
2
U
N
2
2
S
E
P
8
8
HC-, MA-, MR-Series with Isolation Diode
1Cover 11Nut (6 Used) 21Positive Ring 30Rotor
2Tie Strap 12Lock Washer (5 Used) 22Negative Ring 31Key
3Screw (2 Used) 13Washer (4 Used) 23Insulator 32Retainer
4Lock Washer (2 Used) 14Diode, Isolation 24Bolt 33Housing
5Regulator 15Sleeve 25Stator 34Nut (4 Used)
6Gasket 16Washer (2 Used) 26O-Ring 35Spacer
7Screws (2 Used) 17Housing 27Screw 36Fan
8Brush Holder 18Capacitor 28Ring 37Lock Washer
9Isolator 19Bushing (2 Used) 29Bearing (2 Used) 38Nut
10Through Bolts (4 Used) 20Wiring Lead
103000
PN=106
15
15
21
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR972/21
N
3
8
4
5
6
U
N
2
2
S
E
P
8
8
HC-, MA-, MR-Series with Diode Trio
1Screen 10Lock Washer (6 Used) 19Rectifier Diode 28Retainer
2Tie Strap 11Isolation Washer (7 Used) 20Isolation Diode 29Front Housing
3Screw (4 Used) 12Rear Housing 21Bolt 30Square Nuts
4Regulator 13Capacitor 22Stator 31Spacer
5Gasket 14Washer 23Screw 32Fan
6Screws (2 Used) 15Spacer 24Slip Rings 33Washer
7Brush Holder 16Nuts (2 Used) 25Bearing (2 Used) 34Nut
8Through Bolts (4 Used) 17Diode Plate 26Rotor Assembly 35O-Ring
9Nuts (5 Used) 18Diode Trio 27Key
103000
PN=107
15
15
22
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR973/21
N
3
8
4
5
5
U
N
2
2
S
E
P
8
8
Install Bearing
1. Support pulley end of rotor on base of press assembly.
NOTE: Use new front and rear bearings for reassembly of
alternator.
2. Using push-puller, leg extensions, and bearing puller
attachment, and pressing only on inner bearing race,
press bearing on shaft until inner race contacts the
shaft shoulder.
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR974/21
N
8
5
1
6
2
P
1
U
N
2
2
S
E
P
8
8
Slip Rings and Head Screw
BSlip Rings
3. Guide rotor windings through one passage in slip ring
hub.
4. Hand press slip rings (B) on shaft while maintaining
alignment of winding leads and passage.
5. Tighten hex countersunk head screw (A) to
specifications.
Specification
Slip Ring Retainer Cap Screw
Torque 5.1 Nm (45 lb-in.) ...........................................................................
103000
PN=108
15
15
23
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR975/21
N
8
5
1
6
2
Q
1
U
N
2
2
S
E
P
8
8
Wrap Leads around Slip Ring Terminals
AWire Leads
6. Install a fiber washer on the non-soldered terminal of
slip rings. This is to prevent the inner slip ring from
touching the outer slip ring, causing a short.
7. Wrap leads (A) around slip ring terminals, and solder
with rosin core solder. Do not overheat.
IMPORTANT: ONLY rosin core solder should be used
8. Secure wires to end of rotor with a synthetic sealer.
9. Retest rotor assembly to ensure that a ground or short
circuit did not develop during repair.
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR976/21
T
8
4
5
8
6
U
N
0
7
N
O
V
8
8
Install Sleeve
ASleeve
10. For MA and MR units, install sleeve (A) into either
side of front ball bearing using a 32 mm disk. Push
flange of sleeve tight against bearing race.
103000
PN=109
15
15
24
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR977/21
T
8
4
5
8
7
U
N
0
7
N
O
V
8
8
Install Felt Seal and Washer
AFelt Seal
BWasher
11. Install felt seal (A) and washer (B) (if used) into front
housing.
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR978/21
T
8
4
5
8
8
U
N
0
7
N
O
V
8
8
Install Front Ball Bearing
AFront Ball Bearing
12. Install front ball bearing (A) into front housing so
sleeve flange is toward rotor. Push bearing to the
bottom of bore.
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR979/21
T
8
7
6
0
9
U
N
2
3
F
E
B
9
0
Bearing Retainer in Housing Recess
13. Place bearing retainer in housing recess, with ears
upward and aligning them with opening in housing.
Use a wooden dowel to exert pressure on retainer
while locking retainer in recess.
103000
PN=110
15
15
25
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR9710/21
R
G
6
9
9
5
U
N
1
0
D
E
C
9
3
35.6 mm (1.40 in.)
R
G
6
9
9
6
U
N
1
0
D
E
C
9
3
46.9 mm (1.847 in.)
AHousing Bore Dimension
BBearing and Sleeve Assembly
CBearing Retainer
DRetainer Screws
ELock Washers
FFelt Seal
GOuter Bearing Seal
HFelt Seal
14. For HC and MR units, assemble front bearing and
sleeve as follows:
NOTE: There are two variations of assembly depending
on the dimension (A).
If the dimension of bore (A) is 35.6 mm (1.40 in.),
install the front bearing and sleeve assembly (B) in
the housing and secure with bearing retainer (C),
three retainer screws (D) and lock washers (E).
If the dimension of bore (A) is 46.9 mm (1.847 in.),
the felt seal (F) must be installed flush with outer
surface of housing. Remove outer bearing seal (G)
from bearing before installing bearing and sleeve
assembly in housing. Place felt seal (H) against
bearing retainer (C). Secure bearing retainer (C) with
three retainer screws (D) and lock washers (E).
NOTE: Extra grease may be placed between the outer
felt seal and the bearing.
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR9711/21
T
8
7
6
1
0
U
N
2
3
F
E
B
9
0
Press Front Housing onto Rotor Shaft
15. Using a hollow drive that contacts inner bearing race
only, press front housing onto rotor shaft until bearing
race contacts shaft shoulder.
103000
PN=111
15
15
26
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR9712/21
T
8
9
0
7
5
U
N
2
1
F
E
B
9
0
Install Spacer and Woodruff Key
ASpacer
BWoodruff Key
16. Install spacer (A) and woodruff key (B).
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR9713/21
T
8
9
0
7
6
U
N
2
1
F
E
B
9
0
Tighten Nut
17. Install fan, pulley, lock washer, and hex nut. Clamp
pulley in vise using an old over-sized belt to protect
pulley and tighten nut to specifications.
Specification
Fan Pulley-to-Shaft NutTorque 4768 Nm (3550 lb-ft) .....................
103000
PN=112
15
15
27
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR9714/21
T
6
0
1
5
A
J
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
Install O-Ring
18. Install O-ring. Lubricate the exposed area of the
O-ring with hydraulic brake fluid only.
DO NOT use oil.
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR9715/21
T
8
9
0
7
7
U
N
2
1
F
E
B
9
0
Install Insulator Washer and Cap Screw
AInsulator Washer
19. Install insulator washer (A) and cap screw.
103000
PN=113
15
15
28
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR9716/21
T
8
9
0
8
9
U
N
2
1
F
E
B
9
0
Insulator Washers and Sleeves
AInsulator Washers
BSleeves
20. Install insulator washers (A) and sleeves (B).
IMPORTANT: To prevent shorting or grounding,
position stator leads away from through
bolts and sharp corners of diode
assemblies. Squeeze rear housing and
stator together to check wire positions.
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR9717/21
T
6
0
1
5
A
R
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
Rear Housing
AWire Lead
BInsulating Washers
CNuts ( 4 Used)
DThrough Bolts ( 4 Used)
21. Install rear housing on stator.
22. Install capacitor, if equipped.
23. Install insulating washers (B), wire lead (A) and four
nuts (C). Tighten nuts to specifications.
Specification
Stator Stud Lock NutsTorque 3.54.5 Nm (3340 lb-in.) ...................
24. Install rear housing and stator on the front housing.
Line up screw holes.
25. Install four through bolts (D) and square nuts, if used.
Tighten bolts evenly to specifications.
Specification
Housing Through BoltsTorque 5.57.0 Nm (5060 lb-in.) ..................
NOTE: Spin rotor shaft by hand to ensure bearings are
not binding.
103000
PN=114
15
15
29
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR9718/21
T
6
0
1
5
A
C
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
HC/MR Unit Shown
ARegulator Wire
BScrews (2 Used)
26. Install brush assembly (HC/MR unit shown).
27. Install and tighten screws (B) to specifications.
Specification
Brush Assembly Mounting
ScrewsTorque 2.53.5 Nm (2030 lb-in.) ...........................................
28. Connect regulator wire (A) to brush terminal.
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR9719/21
T
6
0
1
5
A
T
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
Install Wires, Washer, and Sleeve
ARegulator Wires
BInsulator Washer
CSleeve
29. Install regulator wires (A). Install insulator washer (B)
and sleeve (C).
103000
PN=115
15
15
30
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR9720/21
T
6
0
1
5
A
K
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
Isolation Diode Plate/Insulation Washer
ARegulator Cap Screws (4 Used)
BInsulated Washer
30. Install isolation diode plate and insulation washer (B)
at negative terminal, if equipped.
IMPORTANT: The negative terminal post must be
isolated from diode plate.
31. Install and tighten regulator cap screws (A) to
specifications.
Specification
Regulator Mounting Cap
ScrewsTorque 4.55.0 Nm (4045 lb-in.) ...........................................
RG,RG34710,2074 1915MAR9721/21
T
6
0
1
5
B
I
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
Tighten Nuts
32. Install and tighten two isolation diode nuts to
specifications.
Specification
Isolation Diode NutsTorque 2.53.5 Nm (2030 lb-in.) ......................
33. Tighten alternator terminal nuts to specifications.
Specification
Alternator Terminal NutsTorque 2.53.5 Nm (2030 lb-in.) ...............
103000
PN=116
Group 20
Motorola A-, RA-, 8AR-Series Alternator Repair
15
20
1
OUO1004,0000B60 1921SEP001/2
Essential Tools
OUO1004,0000B60 1921SEP002/2
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
OUO1004,0000B63 1921SEP001/1
Used Brush Minimum Exposed Length 6.4 mm (0.25 in.)
Pulley Shaft Nut Torque 68 Nm (50 lb-ft)
103000
PN=117
15
20
2
RG,RG34710,2076 1908SEP001/1
John Deere Motorola Volts Rated Output Test
a
Field Current
b
Winding Resistance
c
Part No. Part No. Amps Amps (Hot) Amps Ohms
A221618 A12NJD454 12 35
AR38458 RA12NJD453, 12 35 33 1.902.55 4.25.5
70D44120C01
AR40419 RA2AJD9025, 24 35 1.281.88
A24JD900
AR40420 RA12NJD604 12 55 52 1.652.25 4.05.2
a
b
c
103000
PN=118
15
20
3
RG,RG34710,2077 1915MAR971/15
Disassemble and Test Motorola A-, RA-, 8AR-Series Alternator
R
G
5
4
7
7
U
N
0
2
F
E
B
8
9
Motorola A-, RA-, 8AR-Series Alternator
1Isolation Diode Plate 73/4 in. Insulating Washer 13Slip Ring End Frame 18Drive End Frame
21/2 in. Insulating Washer 8Long Insulating Bushing 14Slip Ring End Bearing 19Spacer
3Short Insulating Bushing 9O-Ring Bearing Retainer 15Rotor 20Fan
4Brush Return Wire 10Positive Diode 16Bearing Retainer 21Pulley
5Brush Holder 11Stator 17Drive End Bearing 22Pulley Nut
6Through Bolt 12Negative Diode
The regulator (not shown) may be mounted directly to
end frame (13) or remotely mounted elsewhere on the
vehicle.
103000
PN=119
15
20
4
RG,RG34710,2077 1915MAR972/15
T
6
0
1
5
B
J
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
Check Isolation Diode Plate
1. Check isolation diode plate using digital multimeter with
selector indicator in the diode test position.
approximately 0.50 volts in the other. If it does not,
replace diode.
RG,RG34710,2077 1915MAR973/15
T
6
0
1
5
A
L
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
AThree Negative Diodes
2. Test the three negative diodes (A) with selector in
diode test position.
the ground terminal. Take reading. Reverse probes
and take another reading.
103000
PN=120
15
20
5
RG,RG34710,2077 1915MAR974/15
T
6
0
1
5
A
M
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
AThree Positive Diodes
3. Test the three positive diodes (A) with selector in diode
test position.
diode plate post. Take reading. Reverse probe and
approximately 0.50 volt in the other on all three diodes.
If it does not, replace the positive diode plate.
RG,RG34710,2077 1915MAR975/15
T
6
0
1
5
A
D
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
Check Stator Windings for Continuity
ADiode
BTwo Diodes
4. Check the stator windings for continuity.
each of the other two diodes (B) attached to the same
diode plate. Repeat step for other diode plate.
If there is no continuity in any of the connections, there
is an open circuit in the stator windings and the stator
must be replaced.
103000
PN=121
15
20
6
RG,RG34710,2077 1915MAR976/15
T
6
0
1
5
B
A
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
9
0
Check Stator for Grounded Winding
ADiode Lead
BRear Alternator Housing
5. Check stator for a grounded winding.
Touch one probe to diode lead (A) and the other probe
to the rear alternator housing (B). Take reading.
Reverse the probes and take another reading.
The meter must register in one direction only. If
continuity is registered in both directions, a stator
winding is grounded and the stator must be replaced.
RG,RG34710,2077 1915MAR977/15
T
8
4
6
5
6
U
N
0
7
N
O
V
8
8
Brush Assembly
6. Remove regulator from end frame, if so equipped.
Remove brush cover.
7. Remove two cap screws to remove brushes.
8. Check the condition of the springs and connections,
and for freedom of movement of brushes. If either
brush is worn beyond specification, or is cracked or oil
Specification
Used BrushMinimum Exposed
Length 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) .............................................................................
103000
PN=122
15
20
7
RG,RG34710,2077 1915MAR978/15
T
8
7
5
6
8
U
N
2
3
F
E
B
9
0
ATerminal
BBrush
CBracket
DBrush
(B). Next check for continuity between bracket (C) and
brush (D). If there is no continuity at either brush,
replace the brush assembly.
RG,RG34710,2077 1915MAR979/15
T
8
7
5
7
2
U
N
2
3
F
E
B
9
0
Insert Screwdriver Blades ATwo Screwdriver Blades
11. Remove four through bolts and nuts.
IMPORTANT: Inserting screwdriver blades deeper
stator windings.
12. Carefully insert two screwdriver blades (A) in opposite
openings between the stator and front housing to
103000
PN=123
15
20
8
RG,RG34710,2077 1915MAR9710/15
T
8
9
0
7
3
U
N
2
1
F
E
B
9
0
Soldering and Unscrewing Leads
13. Remove stator and diode assembly from the slip ring
end frame.
14. If necessary to remove diodes from stator, carefully
note locations of insulators and washers for proper
reassembly. Do not unsolder stator-to-diode wire
junctions. Avoid bending stator wires at junction.
IMPORTANT: Do not use an acid-core solder when
soldering diode leads. Use rosin-core
solder only.
15. Use needle-nose pliers as a heat sink when soldering
and unscrewing leads to and from diodes. Do not
exert excessive stress on diode leads.
16. Note diode assembly-to-stator connections. Be sure
replacement diode assembly connections are the
same as removed. The positive diode assembly has
red printing and the negative has black printing. DO
NOT INTERCHANGE.
RG,RG34710,2077 1915MAR9711/15
T
8
7
6
0
2
U
N
2
3
F
E
B
9
0
Remove Slip Ring End Bearing
17. Use a bearing puller to remove slip ring end bearing.
If bearing is to be reused, puller must contact inner
race only.
103000
PN=124
15
20
9
RG,RG34710,2077 1915MAR9712/15
T
8
9
0
7
4
U
N
2
1
F
E
B
9
0
18. Remove nut to remove pulley and fan. Clamp pulley
in vise using an old over-sized belt to protect pulley.
Remove woodruff key from shaft.
Inspect parts for wear or damage.
NOTE: Pulley nut need not be removed if front bearing
will not be replaced.
RG,RG34710,2077 1915MAR9713/15
T
8
7
6
0
5
U
N
2
3
F
E
B
9
0
Remove Front Bearing Retainer
AFront Bearing Retainer
19. Remove the front bearing retainer (A) by prying it out
of its groove with an awl.
RG,RG34710,2077 1915MAR9714/15
T
8
7
6
0
6
U
N
2
3
F
E
B
9
0
Use Plastic Hammer
20. Use a plastic hammer to remove rotor and bearing
from front housing.
103000
PN=125
15
20
10
RG,RG34710,2077 1915MAR9715/15
T
8
7
6
0
7
U
N
2
3
F
E
B
9
0
21. Use a suitable bearing puller to remove front bearing.
103000
PN=126
15
20
11
RG,RG34710,2078 1915MAR971/2
Assemble Motorola A-, RA-, 8AR-Series Alternator
R
G
5
4
7
7
U
N
0
2
F
E
B
8
9
Motorola A-, RA-, 8AR-Series Alternator
1Isolation Diode Plate 73/4 in. Insulating Washer 13Slip Ring End Frame 18Drive End Frame
21/2 in. Insulating Washer 8Long Insulating Bushing 14Slip Ring End Bearing 19Spacer
3Short Insulating Bushing 9O-Ring Bearing Retainer 15Rotor 20Fan
4Brush Return Wire 10Positive Diode 16Bearing Retainer 21Pulley
5Brush Holder 11Stator 17Drive End Bearing 22Pulley Nut
6Through Bolt 12Negative Diode
For alternator assembly, the following is a list of
special requirements:
Replace bearings, if removed.
Guide rotor leads through one of the oval passages in
the slip ring assembly. The oval passage must line up
with the groove in the rotor shaft.
Press front housing down until inner bearing race
contacts shoulder on shaft.
Be sure front bearing retainer is firmly seated in
housing bore.
Tighten housing through bolts to specifications.
Specification
Housing Through Bolts
Torque 3.54.0 Nm (3035 lb-in.) ....................................................
103000
PN=127
RG,RG34710,2078 1915MAR972/2
Tighten pulley shaft nut to specifications.
Specification
Pulley Shaft NutTorque 68 Nm (50 lb-ft) .........................................
15
20
12
103000
PN=128
Group 25
Motorola SA-Series Alternator Repair
15
25
1
OUO1004,0000B64 1921SEP001/2
Essential Tools
OUO1004,0000B64 1921SEP002/2
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
OUO1004,0000B66 1921SEP001/1
Other Material
Number Name Use
T43512 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Apply to front and rear bearing
TY9473 (Canadian) Strength) retainer cap screws.
242 (LOCTITE
)
LOCTITE is a registered trademark of Loctite Corp.
103000
PN=129
15
25
2
OUO1004,0000B67 1921SEP001/1
Motorola SA-Series Charging Circuit Repair
Specifications
Slip Ring Retainer Screw Torque 5.1 Nm (45 lb-in.)
Pulley Retaining Nut Torque 68 Nm (50 lb-ft)
RG,RG34710,2080 1908SEP001/1
Motorola SA-Series Charging Circuit Test
Specifications
a
Field Current
b
Winding Resistance
c
AT51042 8SA2016R 12 84 7780 1.742.10 5.25
RE20486 8SA2035V 12 130 100110 3.904.70 2.30
a
b
c
Item Specification
Stator Resistance 0.10.4 ohms
130 Amp Rotor Winding Resistance 2.03.0 ohms
84 Amp Rotor Winding Resistance 4.75.8 ohms
103000
PN=130
15
25
3
RG,RG34710,2081 1915MAR971/1
alternator.
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR971/22
Disassemble and Test Motorola 8SA-Series
Alternator
R
W
1
0
8
5
5
U
N
1
7
N
O
V
8
9
Disassemble Motorola 8SA Alternator
AAlternator Ground Wire
BRegulator Ground Lead
CRegulator Positive Lead
DCap Screws
1. Remove alternator ground wire (A), regulator ground
lead (B) and regulator positive lead (C).
2. Remove regulator retaining cap screws (D).
3. Remove yellow wire leads from stator terminals and
green wire leads from brush terminals.
103000
PN=131
15
25
4
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR972/22
R
W
1
0
8
5
6
U
N
1
7
N
O
V
8
9
Brush Assembly Retaining Cap Screws
ABrush Assembly Retaining Cap Screws (2 Used)
4. Remove brush assembly retaining cap screws (A), then
remove brush assembly.
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR973/22
R
W
1
0
8
5
7
U
N
1
7
N
O
V
8
9
Measure Brush Length
5. Examine brushes for roughness, cracks or oil
contamination. If damaged, replace assembly.
6. Measure unused brush length. If brush length is not
within specification, replace brushes.
Specification
BrushMinimum Exposed Length 4.8 mm (0.189 in.) ...............................
103000
PN=132
15
25
5
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR974/22
R
W
1
0
8
5
8
U
N
1
7
N
O
V
8
9
Use Ohmmeter to Test Continuity
7. Use ohmmeter to test continuity between each terminal
and attached brush.
8. Test continuity between the two brushes and between
each brush and ground. There should be no continuity.
9. If malfunction was indicated in regulator or brush
assembly, replace parts as necessary and reassemble.
If not, continue disassembly.
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR975/22
R
W
1
0
8
5
9
U
N
1
7
N
O
V
8
9
Remove Through Bolts
103000
PN=133
15
25
6
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR976/22
R
W
1
0
8
6
0
U
N
1
7
N
O
V
8
9
Separate Front Housing from Rear Housing
AThrough Bolt Ears
BSoft Steel Conduit Driver
IMPORTANT: Avoid inserting sharp tools between
stator and housing. Damage to stator
windings or laminations could occur.
11. Separate front housing from rear housing by
supporting rear housing at through bolt ears (A) with
wood or steel blocks. Use 25.4 mm (1.0 in.) ID soft
steel conduit (B) as a driver.
NOTE: Stator will stay with rear housing, rotor will stay
with front housing.
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR977/22
R
W
1
0
8
6
2
U
N
1
7
N
O
V
8
9
Remove Stator Leads
AStator Tap Terminals (3 Used)
BR Terminal Stud
CStator
12. Remove stator leads from the three stator tap
terminals (A).
13. Remove the R terminal stud (B).
14. Remove stator (C) from rear housing.
103000
PN=134
15
25
7
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR978/22
R
W
1
0
8
6
3
U
N
1
7
N
O
V
8
9
Inspect Stator Lead and Frame
AStator Leads
BStator Frame
15. Inspect stator for physical damage. Look for broken
insulation, rotor striking laminations or foreign material
that may restrict circulation of cooling air.
Discoloration or burned odor may indicate
overheating, which may cause short circuits. Replace
stator if either condition exists.
16. Connect ohmmeter to each stator lead (A) and stator
frame (B). Replace stator if test indicated continuity.
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR979/22
R
W
1
0
8
6
4
U
N
1
7
N
O
V
8
9
Ohmmeter
AStator Terminals
17. A short-circuit in the stator can be difficult to identify.
Use an ohmmeter that is sensitive to resistance of 0
to 1 ohm.
Connect ohmmeter between each pair of terminals
(A). Resistance should be approximately 0.1 ohm.
(Ohmmeter needle should deflect to zero if leads are
touched together.) If resistance is above 0.4 ohm,
replace stator.
A stator will occasionally exhibit an open circuit or
short circuit only when hot, making the defect even
more difficult to diagnose.
103000
PN=135
15
25
8
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR9710/22
R
W
1
0
8
6
5
U
N
1
7
N
O
V
8
9
Remove Diode Heat Sink Assembly
APositive Stud
BNegative Stud
18. Remove positive stud (A) and negative stud (B) nuts,
and leads to stator taps. Remove diode heat sink
assembly from rear housing.
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR9711/22
R
W
1
0
8
6
6
U
N
1
7
N
O
V
8
9
Capacitor Leads
ACapacitor Lead
BLeads
19. Disconnect capacitor lead (A) from heat sink.
NOTE: Make sure that heat sink halves are insulated
from each other.
20. Connect ohmmeter to each lead (B) and heat sink.
Reverse leads and test for continuity between same
points. Perform this check on both (+) and () heat
sink assemblies. Good diodes will have continuity in
only one direction. Replace assembly if there is no
continuity in either direction or continuity in both
directions.
103000
PN=136
15
25
9
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR9712/22
R
W
1
0
8
6
7
U
N
1
7
N
O
V
8
9
Condenser Lead and Body
ACondenser Lead
BCondenser Body
21. Set multimeter for highest resistance (ohms) scale of
diode test position to test capacitor.
22. Connect meter test leads to condenser lead (A) and
body (B) as shown. Charge condenser for 15 seconds
before disconnecting one test lead.
If the multimeter indicates continuity through the
condenser, it is leaking current and needs to be
replaced.
23. Reset multimeter for a low voltage scale.
24. Observe voltmeter needle (digital read-out) for a
voltage increase as you reconnect the test lead.
If there was no voltage reading, the condenser was
not charged and needs to be replaced.
25. Repeat the last four steps several times to verify
condenser performance.
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR9713/22
R
W
1
0
8
7
1
U
N
1
6
N
O
V
8
9
Rotor Frame and Slip Ring
ARotor Frame
BSlip Ring
26. Use an ohmmeter to test rotor for continuity.
27. Attach ohmmeter to rotor frame (A) and each slip ring
(B).
103000
PN=137
15
25
10
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR9714/22
R
W
1
0
8
7
2
U
N
1
6
N
O
V
8
9
Ohmmeter
29. Use ohmmeter to test for continuity from one slip ring
to the other or at soldered connections at end of
rotor.
If test does not show continuity, replace rotor.
30. Measure rotor winding resistance.
Rotor winding resistance should be 2.03.0 ohms for
130-amp circuits and 4.75.8 ohms for 84-amp
circuits.
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR9715/22
R
W
1
0
8
7
3
U
N
1
6
N
O
V
8
9
Inspect Components
ARotor Slip Ring
BRear Bearing
CFan
DPulley
31. Inspect rotor slip rings (A) for excessive wear or
roughness. Use fine crocus cloth to remove minor
roughness.
32. Check front and rear bearings (B) for roughness.
33. Check fan (C) for loose or bent blades.
34. Check pulley (D) for excessive wear.
If bearings, slip rings or pulley are rough or worn or
fan is damaged, continue with disassembly.
103000
PN=138
15
25
11
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR9716/22
N
8
5
1
6
2
O
1
U
N
2
2
S
E
P
8
8
Unsolder Rotor Leads
35. Unsolder rotor leads from slip ring terminals.
IMPORTANT: Do not overheat slip ring terminals.
36. Carefully unwind ends of rotor coil leads from slip ring
terminals.
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR9717/22
N
8
5
1
6
2
P
1
U
N
2
2
S
E
P
8
8
Shaft
BSlip Ring Assembly
37. Remove hex countersunk head screw (A) from end of
shaft.
38. Thread a 1/4 x 1 in. cap screw into slip ring hub. This
will back slip ring assembly (B) off shaft.
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR9718/22
R
W
1
0
8
7
4
U
N
1
6
N
O
V
8
9
IMPORTANT: Do not press on porcelain center of slip
rings.
39. Use three-jaw puller and slide hammer to remove rear
bearing from rotor.
103000
PN=139
15
25
12
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR9719/22
R
W
1
0
8
7
5
U
N
1
6
N
O
V
8
9
APulley
BFan
40. Place pulley in vise using soft jaws to protect pulley.
Remove pulley nut and lock washer.
41. Remove pulley (A) and fan (B).
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR9720/22
R
W
1
0
8
7
6
U
N
1
6
N
O
V
8
9
Remove Spacer and Woodruff Key
ASpacer
BWoodruff Key
CRetainer Screws
42. Remove spacer (A) and woodruff key (B).
43. Remove three bearing retainer screws (C).
103000
PN=140
15
25
13
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR9721/22
R
W
1
0
8
7
7
U
N
1
6
N
O
V
8
9
Three-Jaw Puller
IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to front housing DO
NOT support housing at outer
circumference when removing rotor and
front bearing.
44. Using three-jaw puller, push rotor and front bearing
from front housing.
RG,RG34710,2082 1915MAR9722/22
R
W
1
0
8
7
8
U
N
1
6
N
O
V
8
9
Inspect Rotor Shaft, Body and Bearing
45. Remove front bearing only if bearing replacement is
necessary. Use a knife-edge, bearing pulling
attachment to remove front bearing from rotor shaft.
46. Inspect rotor shaft, body, and rear bearing for stripped
threads on shaft, worn key slot, worn bearing surface,
or scuffed pole finger. Replace rotor assembly if any
of the above defects are found.
103000
PN=141
15
25
14
RG,RG34710,2083 1915MAR971/13
Assemble Motorola 8SA-Series Alternator
R
W
1
0
8
7
9
U
N
1
6
N
O
V
8
9
Motorola 8SA Alternator
ARear Bearing Spacer
BRear Bearing
CFront Bearing Retainer
DFront Bearing
1. Install rear bearing spacer (A), sealing felt, rear bearing
(B), front bearing retainer (C), sealing felt and front
bearing (D).
2. Place assembly in small press. Using a 25.4 mm
(1.0 in.) ID soft steel conduit, push assembly together
until spacers and bearings are seated against rotor
frame.
RG,RG34710,2083 1915MAR972/13
N
8
5
1
6
2
P
1
U
N
2
2
S
E
P
8
8
Slip Rings and Head Screw
BSlip Rings
3. Guide rotor windings through one passage in slip ring
hub.
4. Hand press slip rings (B) on shaft while maintaining
alignment of winding leads and passage.
5. Tighten hex countersunk head screw (A) to
specifications.
Specification
Slip Ring Retainer Screw
Torque 5.1 Nm (45 lb-in.) ...........................................................................
103000
PN=142
15
25
15
RG,RG34710,2083 1915MAR973/13
N
8
5
1
6
2
Q
1
U
N
2
2
S
E
P
8
8
Wrap Leads Around Terminals
ALeads
6. Install a fiber washer on the non-soldered terminal of
slip rings. This is to prevent the inner slip ring from
touching the outer slip ring, causing a short.
7. Wrap leads (A) around slip ring terminals and solder
with rosin-core solder. Do not overheat.
8. Secure wires to end of rotor with a synthetic sealer.
9. Retest rotor assembly to ensure that a ground or short
circuit did not develop during repair.
RG,RG34710,2083 1915MAR974/13
R
W
1
0
8
8
0
U
N
1
6
N
O
V
8
9
Press Rotor Into Front Housing
IMPORTANT: Support front housing on bearing quill.
10. Press rotor with front bearing into front housing.
103000
PN=143
15
25
16
RG,RG34710,2083 1915MAR975/13
R
W
1
0
8
8
1
U
N
1
6
N
O
V
8
9
Reinstall Spacer and Woodruff Key
AFront Bearing Screws (3 Used)
BSpacer
CWoodruff Key
11. Apply LOCTITE
242 Thread Lock and Sealer to front

bearing screws (A) and reinstall.
12. Reinstall spacer (B) and woodruff key (C).
RG,RG34710,2083 1915MAR976/13
R
W
1
0
8
7
5
U
N
1
6
N
O
V
8
9
Install Fan and Pulley
APulley
BFan
13. Install fan (B), pulley (A), lock washer and nut.
14. Tighten pulley nut to specifications.
Specification
Pulley Retaining NutTorque 68 Nm (50 lb-ft) .........................................
103000
PN=144
15
25
17
RG,RG34710,2083 1915MAR977/13
R
W
1
0
8
6
8
U
N
1
1
A
P
R
9
0
Inspect Rear Housing
ARear Housing Bearing Bore
BInside Insulators
15. Inspect rear housing bearing bore (A) for scuffs or
cracks. Replace as necessary.
16. Check and install all inside insulators (B).
RG,RG34710,2083 1915MAR978/13
R
W
1
0
8
6
9
U
N
1
7
N
O
V
8
9
Outside Insulator
COutside Insulators
17. Check and install outside insulators (C).
NOTE: Do not attempt to remove rear bearing, nylon
retaining ring. Retaining ring does not normally
need to be replaced. Replace only if cracked or
gouged or if there is evidence of bearing spin.
103000
PN=145
15
25
18
RG,RG34710,2083 1915MAR979/13
R
W
1
0
8
7
0
U
N
1
7
N
O
V
8
9
Terminal Bolt and Insulators
AR Terminal Bolt
BInsulators (3 Used)
18. Install R terminal bolt (A) through stator lead and
diode lead eyelets with three insulators (B).
19. Install diode heat sink into rear housing.
RG,RG34710,2083 1915MAR9710/13
R
W
1
0
8
6
2
U
N
1
7
N
O
V
8
9
Install Terminal Stud and Leads
AStator Terminals (3 Used)
BR Terminal Stud
CStator
20. Install stator assembly into rear housing.
21. Install the R terminal stud (B).
22. Install leads on three stator terminals (A).
103000
PN=146
15
25
19
RG,RG34710,2083 1915MAR9711/13
R
W
1
0
8
5
9
U
N
1
7
N
O
V
8
9
Through Bolts
23. Install rear housing assembly to front housing.
24. Apply LOCTITE
242 Thread Lock and Sealer to

through bolts (A) and install. Tighten evenly so rear
rotor bearing is pressed into rear housing. Tighten
until stator and housings are securely fastened
together.
25. Tighten through bolts to specifications.
Specification
Housing Through BoltsTorque 5.76.8 Nm (5060 lb-in.) ..................
NOTE: Lubricate rear retaining ring (in rear housing
bearing bore) with liquid soap.
RG,RG34710,2083 1915MAR9712/13
R
W
1
0
8
5
6
U
N
1
7
N
O
V
8
9
Brush Assembly Retaining Cap Screws
ABrush Assembly Retaining Cap Screws (2 Used)
26. Install brush assembly. Install and tighten brush
assembly retaining cap screws (A) securely.
103000
PN=147
15
25
20
RG,RG34710,2083 1915MAR9713/13
R
W
1
0
8
5
5
U
N
1
7
N
O
V
8
9
Install Gasket
AAlternator Ground Wire
BRegulator Ground Lead
CRegulator Positive Lead
DRetaining Cap Screws
27. Install gasket on voltage regulator.
28. Connect two regulator brush leads to brush assembly.
29. Install regulator and tighten retaining cap screws (D)
securely.
30. Install alternator ground wire (A) and regulator ground
lead (B). Install washer and tighten nut securely.
31. Install regulator positive lead (C) with washer and
tighten nut securely.
32. Refer to your machine technical manual for
installation of alternator and proper adjustment of
V-belts.
103000
PN=148
Group 30
Motorola TA-Series Alternator Repair
15
30
1
OUO1004,0000B68 1921SEP001/3
Essential Tools
OUO1004,0000B68 1921SEP002/3
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
OUO1004,0000B68 1921SEP003/3
R
G
1
1
1
6
2
U
N
2
1
S
E
P
0
0
D01045AA
Install seal in front housing of alternator.
103000
PN=149
15
30
2
OUO1004,0000B69 1921SEP001/2
OUO1004,0000B69 1921SEP002/2
17-1/2 Ton Puller Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D01047AA
Remove alternator pulley.
OUO1004,0000B6B 1921SEP001/1
Motorola TA-Series Charging Circuit Repair
Specifications
Alternator Pulley Retaining Nut Torque 4768 Nm (3550 lb-ft)
Front-to-Rear Alternator Housing Torque 2.83.4 Nm (2030 lb-in.)
Cap Screws
Brush Holder Retaining Screws Torque 2.83.4 Nm (2030 lb-in.)
103000
PN=150
15
30
3
RG,RG34710,2085 1908SEP001/1
Motorola TA-Series Charging Circuit Test
Specifications
a
Field Current
b
Winding Resistance
c
AN114058 8TA2009E 12 30 2830 0.551.50 11.012.5
AT22870 TA12NJD400 12 30 2830 0.551.50 11.012.5
AT31669 8TA2009EB 12 30 2830 0.551.50 11.012.5
AT36220 8TA2003D 12 22 1820 0.551.50 11.012.5
AT41070 8TA2006D 12 22 1820 0.551.50 11.01.25
AT45618 8TA2017D 12 22 1820 0.551.50 11.012.5
AT56246 8TA3025CS 24 16 1014 0.081.20 27.029.0
AT56247 8TA3025C 24 16 1014 0.081.20 27.029.0
a
b
Field current @ 10V for 12V system and 20V for 24V systems; @ 2027C (7080F).
c
Item Specification
Rotor Current Draw @ 2027C (7080F) 0.551.56 amps
RG,RG34710,2086 1915MAR971/1
alternator.
103000
PN=151
15
30
4
RG,RG34710,2087 1915MAR971/20
Disassemble and Test Motorola TA-Series
Alternator
T
9
1
3
6
2
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Remove Voltage Regulator and Capacitor
AVoltage Regulator
BCapacitor
1. Remove voltage regulator (A) and capacitor (B) from
alternator.
RG,RG34710,2087 1915MAR972/20
T
5
9
1
6
A
G
U
N
1
2
A
P
R
9
0
Remove Brush Cover and Gasket
ABrush Cover and Gasket
2. Remove brush cover (A) and gasket.
103000
PN=152
15
30
5
RG,RG34710,2087 1915MAR973/20
T
9
1
3
6
4
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Remove Isolator and Brush Assembly
AIsolator
BBrush Assembly
3. Remove isolator (A) and brush assembly (B). Inspect
brushes. If either one is worn beyond specification,
cracked or oil soaked, replace the brush assembly.
Specification
BrushMinimum Exposed Length 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) .................................
RG,RG34710,2087 1915MAR974/20
T
8
7
5
6
8
U
N
2
3
F
E
B
9
0
ATerminal
BBrush
CBracket
DBrush
(B) and bracket (C) and brush (D). If there is no
continuity at either brush, replace the brush assembly.
(D). If there is continuity, replace the brush assembly.
103000
PN=153
15
30
6
RG,RG34710,2087 1915MAR975/20
T
9
1
3
6
6
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Separate Front Housing
ACap Screws (4 Used)
BHorseshoe Clip
7. Remove cap screws (A) to separate the housings.
Note horseshoe clip (B) at lower cap screw.
IMPORTANT: Inserting screwdriver blades farther
stator windings.
8. Carefully insert two screwdriver blades in opposite
openings between the stator and front housing and
RG,RG34710,2087 1915MAR976/20
T
9
1
3
6
7
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Disconnect Stator Leads
ANuts and Washers (3 Used)
BStator Leads
9. Remove nuts and washers (A) to disconnect stator
leads (B).
NOTE: Remove diode leads from stud terminal.
103000
PN=154
15
30
7
RG,RG34710,2087 1915MAR977/20
T
9
1
3
7
3
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Check Rotor Windings
10. Use ohmmeter to check rotor windings by placing a
probe on each slip ring. If there is no continuity,
replace the rotor.
RG,RG34710,2087 1915MAR978/20
T
9
1
3
7
4
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Check for Grounded Rotor Windings
11. Use ohmmeter to check for grounded rotor windings.
If there is continuity, replace the rotor.
103000
PN=155
15
30
8
RG,RG34710,2087 1915MAR979/20
T
9
1
3
7
5
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Check Stator and Leads
12. Use ohmmeter to check the stator for an open
winding. Check all the leads. If there is no continuity
in any of the connections, there is an open circuit in
the stator windings and the stator must be replaced.
RG,RG34710,2087 1915MAR9710/20
T
9
1
3
7
6
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Check Stator
13. Use ohmmeter to check the stator for a grounded
winding. Touch one probe to any of the leads and
one to the ground. The meter must not register
continuity. If it registers continuity, a stator winding is
grounded and the stator must be replaced.
103000
PN=156
15
30
9
RG,RG34710,2087 1915MAR9711/20
T
9
1
3
7
7
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Test Diodes
T
5
9
1
6
A
H
U
N
1
2
A
P
R
9
0
Test Diodes
IMPORTANT: The diode test position must be used
on meters with test position to get
accurate results. Follow the
manufacturers instructions for your
meter to test diodes.
14. Test positive and negative diodes in both directions
using a volt-ohm-amp meter. Put one probe on a
diode lead and the other probe on the diode plate to
get a reading.
reading in the other direction is good. A diode with
the same reading in both directions is defective and
should be replaced.
Test diode trio in both directions using a
volt-ohm-amp meter. Put probes on each end of
diode to get a reading.
A diode trio with a high reading in one direction and a
low reading in the other direction is good. A diode trio
with the same reading in both directions is defective
and should be replaced.
RG,RG34710,2087 1915MAR9712/20
T
9
1
3
7
8
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Stator and Ground Terminals
AStator Terminal
BGround Terminal
15. To separate the diode plate from the alternator half,
remove the nut and insulator on the stator terminal
(A) and the nut on the ground terminal (B).
103000
PN=157
15
30
10
RG,RG34710,2087 1915MAR9713/20
T
9
1
3
7
9
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Remove Defective Diodes
16. Remove diodes if defective. Use a standard punch.
IMPORTANT: Support underside of casting to prevent
damage when removing diodes.
The rectifying diode in TA-Series
alternators have their leads welded, not
soldered, to the stems. Do not attempt
to substitute diode and solder the lead
to the diode stem.
RG,RG34710,2087 1915MAR9714/20
T
9
1
3
8
0
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Replacing Diodes
17. To replace the diodes, use a piece of pipe to press
diodes into diode plate.
IMPORTANT: Before installing diode plate, make
certain that it is properly insulated from
housing. (See ASSEMBLE MOTOROLA
TA-SERIES ALTERNATOR in this
group.)
103000
PN=158
15
30
11
RG,RG34710,2087 1915MAR9715/20
T
9
1
3
8
1
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Remove Front Housing
18. Remove the front housing from the stator.
RG,RG34710,2087 1915MAR9716/20
T
9
1
3
8
2
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Remove Pulley
19. Remove nut and lock washer. Remove the pulley with
a gear puller from D01047AA 17-1/2 Ton Puller Set.
103000
PN=159
15
30
12
RG,RG34710,2087 1915MAR9717/20
T
9
1
3
8
3
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Remove Rotor
20. To remove rotor, remove the key from the shaft and
tap on the shaft with a plastic hammer.
RG,RG34710,2087 1915MAR9718/20
T
9
1
3
8
4
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Remove Bearing Retainer
21. Remove three screws and lock washers to remove
bearing retainer.
103000
PN=160
15
30
13
RG,RG34710,2087 1915MAR9719/20
T
9
1
3
8
5
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Remove Front Seal and Bearing
22. Remove the front seal and bearing using a 3/32 in.
punch.
RG,RG34710,2087 1915MAR9720/20
T
9
1
3
8
6
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Remove Rear Bearing if Necessary
23. Remove the rear bearing if bearing replacement is
necessary.
103000
PN=161
15
30
14
RG,RG34710,2088 1915MAR971/15
Assemble Motorola TA-Series Alternator
T
9
1
3
8
7
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Install Seal in Housing Bore
1. Install seal open face to driver from the D01045AA
Bushing, Bearing and Seal Driver Set. Install seal in
housing bore.
RG,RG34710,2088 1915MAR972/15
T
9
1
3
8
8
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Install Bearing
2. Install bearing using a driver that contacts the outer
race.
103000
PN=162
15
30
15
RG,RG34710,2088 1915MAR973/15
T
9
1
3
8
9
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Install Bearing Retainer
3. Install bearing retainer using three screws and
washers.
RG,RG34710,2088 1915MAR974/15
T
5
9
1
6
A
I
U
N
1
2
A
P
R
9
0
Install Seals and Bearing
ABearing
BSeals
4. Install seals (B) and bearing (A).
103000
PN=163
15
30
16
RG,RG34710,2088 1915MAR975/15
T
9
1
3
9
0
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Install Rotor to Housing
5. Install rotor to housing. Install the spacer and shaft
key. Install the pulley, lock washer and hex nut.
Tighten hex nut to specifications.
Specification
Alternator Pulley Retaining Nut
Torque 4768 Nm (3550 lb-ft) ..............................................................
IMPORTANT: Clamp pulley in a soft-jawed vise or use
an old oversize belt to prevent damage
to pulley.
RG,RG34710,2088 1915MAR976/15
T
9
1
3
9
1
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Install O-ring
AO-Ring
6. Install O-ring (A). Lubricate the exposed area of the
O-ring with hydraulic brake fluid only. Do not use oil.
103000
PN=164
15
30
17
RG,RG34710,2088 1915MAR977/15
T
5
9
1
9
A
D
U
N
1
6
A
P
R
9
0
Install Diode Plate Mounting Terminals
AInsulator
BInsulator, Square (2 Used)
CInsulator
DInsulator
EDiode Trio
FNut (3 Used)
GInsulator (3 Used)
HBolt
7. Install diode plate mounting terminals, diode trio, and
insulators (AH) on diode plate.
RG,RG34710,2088 1915MAR978/15
T
6
1
0
6
A
G
U
N
0
2
A
P
R
9
0
Install Diode Plate
AInsulator Sleeve
BInsulator
CWasher
DNut
EInsulator
FFlat Washer
GLock Washer
HNut
IInsulator
JNut
8. Install diode plate into rear housing. Install insulators,
washers, and nuts (AJ).
103000
PN=165
15
30
18
RG,RG34710,2088 1915MAR979/15
T
9
1
3
8
1
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Install Stator and Gasket
9. Install stator into front housing. Install gasket.
RG,RG34710,2088 1915MAR9710/15
T
5
9
1
6
A
J
U
N
1
2
A
P
R
9
0
Connect Leads
AStator Leads
BTerminals
10. Connect each diode lead to the terminal (B) adjacent
to it. Also connect stator leads (A) leads to terminals
(B). Fasten with nuts and lock washers.
103000
PN=166
15
30
19
RG,RG34710,2088 1915MAR9711/15
T
9
2
0
6
2
U
N
1
2
F
E
B
9
0
Attach Leads
11. After stator leads are fastened to diode terminals,
fasten the stator leads together using a tie band along
the rear housing shell. Place stator leads as far as
possible from rotor.
RG,RG34710,2088 1915MAR9712/15
T
9
1
3
6
6
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Screws and Horseshoe Clip
ACap Screws (4 Used)
BHorseshoe Clip
12. Install rear housing and stator into the front housing.
Make sure grooves in stator line up with cap screw
holes. Install four screws (A) and tighten to
specifications. Horseshoe clip (B) must be installed on
lower screw.
Specification
Front-to-Rear Alternator Housing
Cap ScrewsTorque 2.83.4 Nm (2030 lb-in.) ...................................
After assembly, rotate the alternator pulley. The pulley
must rotate without any rough spots. Rough spots could
be caused by the stator leads rubbing the rotor or a rough
bearing. If rough spots are felt, disassemble rear housing
and correct the problem.
103000
PN=167
15
30
20
RG,RG34710,2088 1915MAR9713/15
T
9
1
3
6
4
U
N
1
4
F
E
B
9
0
Install Brush Assembly and Isolator
AIsolator
BBrush Assembly
13. Install the brush assembly (B). Isolator (A) must be
installed with tab over the brush leads to prevent
brush leads from touching housing. Tighten brush
holder retaining cap screws to specifications.
Specification
Brush Holder Retaining Screws
Torque 2.83.4 Nm (2030 lb-in.) ..........................................................
RG,RG34710,2088 1915MAR9714/15
T
5
9
1
6
A
G
U
N
1
2
A
P
R
9
0
Brush Holder Cover and Shield
ABrush Holder Cover and Dust Shield
14. Install brush holder cover (A) and dust shield.
103000
PN=168
15
30
21
RG,RG34710,2088 1915MAR9715/15
T
6
1
0
6
A
F
U
N
0
2
A
P
R
9
0
Voltage Regulator
AVoltage Regulator
15. Install voltage regulator (A) and wiring leads.
16. Refer to your machine technical manual for
installation of alternator.
103000
PN=169
15
30
22
103000
PN=170
Section 20
Niehoff Alternators
Contents
Page
Group 05Niehoff Alternator Theory of Operation
Starting the Niehoff Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-05-1
Niehoff Alternator Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-05-1
Niehoff Alternator Load Dump Circuit . . . . . . . .20-05-4
Repair
20
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-10-1
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-10-3
Niehoff 12-Volt Charging Circuit Repair
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-10-3
Niehoff 12-Volt Charging Circuit Test
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-10-4
Disassemble Niehoff 12-Volt, 110-Amp
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-10-4
Test Niehoff 12-Volt, 110-Amp Alternator
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-10-17
Assemble Niehoff 12-Volt, 110-Amp
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-10-22
Establish Magnetic Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-10-27
Repair
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-15-1
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-15-2
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-15-3
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-15-3
Disassemble Niehoff 24-Volt, 50-Amp
Alternator and Test Components . . . . . . . . . .20-15-4
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-15-11
Re-Establish Magnetic Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-15-17
103000
PN=1
Contents
20
103000
PN=2
Group 05
Niehoff Alternator Theory of Operation
20
05
1
RG,RG34710,2089 1915MAR971/1
Starting the Niehoff Alternator
R
W
5
1
1
2
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
8
9
Starting Niehoff Alternator
AStator
BPower Transistor
As the engine is cranking to start, the alternator rotor will
turn. The residual magnetism in the rotor and stationary
forging creates a magnetic field. The turning rotor causes
the magnetic field to alternately increase and decrease in
strength. This induces current into the stator (A). This
current is sufficient to turn on the power transistor (B).
The alternator and regulator are now operating.
RG,RG34710,2090 1915MAR971/3
Niehoff Alternator Operation
R
W
5
1
1
3
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
8
9
Niehoff Alternator Operation
APower Transistor
BAlternator Field Winding
CBattery
With the power transistor (A) on, field current is permitted
to flow through the alternator field winding (B) from the
battery (C). The field coil current will produce a magnetic
field.
103000
PN=173
20
05
2
RG,RG34710,2090 1915MAR972/3
R
W
5
1
1
4
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
8
9
Magnetic Field
AStator Coil Windings
BBridge Rectifier
CBattery
DRotor Winding
EField Winding
This magnetic field flows through a small air gap to the
rotor and to the stator windings. As the rotor turns, the
magnetic field is alternately increased and decreased in
strength. This induces an alternating three-phase voltage
and current in the stator coil windings (A). The alternating
current output from the stator is applied to a three-phase
full wave bridge rectifier (B), which provides direct current
to the battery (C).
The compound winding produces a magnetic field which
adds to the magnetic field created by the field coil. This
helps the alternator produce output at the high end of the
output range.
103000
PN=174
20
05
3
RG,RG34710,2090 1915MAR973/3
R
W
5
1
1
5
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
8
9
Voltage Regulator
ADiode Trio
BPower Transistor
CField Winding
DZener Diode
The voltage regulator senses the voltage of the charging
system through the diode trio (A). If the alternator loading
demand is high, the power transistor (B) becomes
conductive for longer periods of time and supplies a
greater amount of current to the field winding (C). An
increase in current flow through the field winding causes
an increase in alternator output voltage.
As the charging system builds up to the predetermined
setting of the regulator, the Zener diode (D) in the
regulator causes the power transistor (B) to turn off. With
the power transistor (B) turned off, little or no current is
applied to the field winding, thereby decreasing the
alternator output voltage.
This on/off field switching action is repeated as often as
necessary so that the average voltage output of the
alternator is maintained at the regulator setting.
103000
PN=175
20
05
4
RG,RG34710,2091 1915MAR971/2
Niehoff Alternator Load Dump Circuit
R
W
5
1
6
4
U
N
2
4
M
A
Y
8
9
Load Dump Circuit
AAlternator Output
BZener Diode
CTransistor
DSCRs (3 Used)
The load dump circuit protects the alternator and the
vehicles electrical system when the battery connection is
broken.
When the battery connection is broken, a high voltage
appears at the alternator output (A). This high voltage
causes the Zener diode (B) and the transistor (C) to
conduct. This will turn on three SCRs (D)
RG,RG34710,2091 1915MAR972/2
R
W
5
1
6
5
U
N
0
4
M
A
Y
8
9
SCR to Ground
ASCRs (3 Used)
BGround
All the alternator output will flow through the three SCRs
(A) to ground (B).
After a short time, the high voltage is gone and the
regulator will take control of the alternator. The alternator
output will remain at a level necessary to operate the
vehicles electrical system.
Repeated operation of the load dump circuit will result in
regulator failure.
103000
PN=176
Group 10
Niehoff 12-Volt, 110-Amp Alternator Repair
OUO1004,0000B6C 1921SEP001/5
Essential Tools
20
10
1
OUO1004,0000B6C 1921SEP002/5
R
W
1
0
3
0
6
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
JDG255
Stator Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG255
Support shell while pressing out stator.
OUO1004,0000B6C 1921SEP003/5
R
G
1
1
1
6
1
U
N
2
1
S
E
P
0
0
D01061AA
Blind Hole Puller Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D01061AA
Remove bearings from front housing assembly.
103000
PN=177
20
10
2
OUO1004,0000B6C 1921SEP004/5
R
G
1
1
1
6
2
U
N
2
1
S
E
P
0
0
D01045AA
Install bearings in front housing assembly.
OUO1004,0000B6C 1921SEP005/5
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
103000
PN=178
20
10
3
OUO1004,0000B6E 1921SEP001/1
Other Material
Number Name Use
TY16285 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Low Apply to all cap screws and nuts
CXTY24311 (Canadian) Strength) when assembling alternator.
222 (LOCTITE
)
(U.S.) High Temperature, Silicone Base Fill front and rear grease reservoir in
Grease alternator housing.
(U.S.) Silicone Rubber Compound Apply to all internal wiring lead cap
screws.
OUO1004,0000B6F 1921SEP001/1
Specifications
Fan Pulley Lock Nut Torque 95 Nm (70 lb-ft)
Front Housing-to-Stator Shell Nuts Torque 3.4 Nm (30 lb-in.)
Rotor Nut Torque 68 Nm (50 lb-ft)
Regulator Field Lead-to-Standoff Torque 0.91.1 Nm (810 lb-in.)
Screw and Y-Lead-to-Load Dump
Screw
Output and Relay Leads-to-Standoff Torque 2.3 Nm (20 lb-in.)
Screw
Ground Lead-to-Load Dump Screw Torque 1.11.7 Nm (1015 lb-in.)
Flanged Nuts Torque 5.1 Nm (45 lb-in.)
103000
PN=179
RG,RG34710,2094 1908SEP001/1
Specifications
John Deere Niehoff Model No. Ground Voltage Rated Output Winding
Part No. (Amps) Resistance @
2127C (70
80F) (Ohms)
AR94100 N1114-1 N 12 110 2.93.1
20
10
4
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR971/26
Disassemble Niehoff 12-Volt, 110-Amp Alternator
R
W
3
2
8
9
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Niehoff 12-Volt, 110-Amp Alternator
AScrew (3 Used) IScrew (4 Used) QInsulator (6 Used) YFront Housing Assembly
BDust Cover JWasher (4 Used) RNut (6 Used) ZShaft
CGround Bolt with Washer KScrew (7 Used) SSpacer (6 Used) AAWoodruff Key
DBattery Stud with Washers LRegulator Assembly TStator Assembly BBBearing Cover
ELock Nut MInsulator ULock Nut CCFan
FInsulator NNut (6 Used) VWasher DDPulley
GNut (6 Used) OInsulator (6 Used) WRotor EEWasher
HRear Housing PRectifier Assembly XWasher FFNut
alternator.
103000
PN=180
20
10
5
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR972/26
R
W
3
2
7
4
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Remove Dust Cover
ADust Cover
solution. Remove dirt and grease by
NOTE: Because of the manufacturers design of the rotor
and the field flux noise, this alternator is noisier
than others.
Unnecessary disassembly may be prevented by
first checking alternator output, shell temperature
and pulley nut tension before the decision to
disassemble is made. (Refer to your machine
Operation and Test manual for complete charging
circuit diagnosis.
1. Remove dust cover (A).
NOTE: If alternator is being disassembled for testing,
follow Steps 1 through 8 only. Refer to TEST
NIEHOFF 12-VOLT, 110-AMP ALTERNATOR
COMPONENTS, later in this group.
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR973/26
R
W
3
2
7
5
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Remove Bolts from Terminal
ABattery Positive Bolt
BNegative Bolt
CTerminal
2. Remove battery positive bolt (A), negative bolt (B), and
lock nut and insulator from terminal (C).
103000
PN=181
20
10
6
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR974/26
R
W
3
2
7
6
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Lift Off Rear Housing
ALock Nuts (6 Used)
BDetent
CRear Housing
3. Remove six lock nuts (A) from studs and pry with
screwdriver in detent (B) to lift off rear housing (C).
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR975/26
R
W
3
2
7
7
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Detach Compound Winding Leads
AScrews (2 Used)
4. Remove two screws (A) to detach compound winding
leads.
103000
PN=182
20
10
7
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR976/26
R
W
3
2
7
8
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Detach Field Leads
AScrews (2 Used)
5. Remove two screws (A) to detach field leads.
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR977/26
R
W
3
2
7
9
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Remove Screws at Stand-Offs
AScrews (3 Used)
6. Remove three screws (A) with washers at stand-offs.
103000
PN=183
20
10
8
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR978/26
R
W
3
2
8
0
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Remove Screws to Detach Regulator
AScrews with Washers
BRegulator
7. Remove three screws with washers (A) to detach
regulator (B).
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR979/26
R
W
3
2
8
1
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Detach Stator Leads
ATerminal Locks (3 Used)
BStator Leads
8. Loosen three terminal locks (A) and detach stator
leads (B).
NOTE: The alternator has now been disassembled for
testing. Refer to TEST NIEHOFF 12-VOLT,
110-AMP ALTERNATOR COMPONENTS, later in
this group.
103000
PN=184
20
10
9
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR9710/26
R
W
3
2
9
0
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Detach Rectifier Assembly
ANuts (6 Used)
9. Remove six nuts (A) and six insulators (B) to detach
rectifier assembly.
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR9711/26
R
W
3
2
9
1
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Remove Lock Nut and Washer
ALock Nut
BHardened Washer
IMPORTANT: Use soft-jawed vise when clamping
pulley.
10. Remove lock nut (A) and hardened washer (B).
103000
PN=185
20
10
10
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR9712/26
R
W
3
2
9
2
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Lift Rotor from Shaft
ARotor
BShaft
11. Lift rotor (A) from shaft (B).
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR9713/26
R
W
3
2
9
3
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Remove Insulators, Nuts and Spacers
AInsulator
BWasher Nut
CSpacer
DStud
12. Remove six insulators (A), six washer nuts (B), and
six spacers (C) from studs (D).
103000
PN=186
20
10
11
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR9714/26
R
W
3
2
9
4
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Leads and Stator
ACompound Winding Leads
BField Winding Leads (White)
CStator
13. Identify wires for reassembly.
IMPORTANT: Note and mark position of compound
winding leads (A) and field winding
leads (B) to stator (C). All must be in
original position for correct assembly.
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR9715/26
R
W
3
2
9
5
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Front Housing Assembly
AShell
BHousing Assembly
14. Tap shell (A) lightly with soft hammer to loosen it from
front housing assembly (B).
103000
PN=187
20
10
12
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR9716/26
R
W
3
2
9
6
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Front Housing Assembly
AShell
BHousing Assembly
15. Pry shell (A) from front housing assembly (B).
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR9717/26
R
W
1
0
4
2
6
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Tap Stator Out
AJDG255 Stator Support Tool
BAlternator Shell
IMPORTANT: Note and mark the relationship of
stator-to-shell before disassembly.
16. Press stator from shell. Use JDG255 Stator Support
(A) to support shell (B). Using a punch, tap stator out
evenly.
103000
PN=188
20
10
13
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR9718/26
R
W
3
2
9
7
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Detach Pulley and Fan
APulley
BFan
CShaft
17. Remove nut and washer to detach pulley (A) and fan
(B) from shaft (C).
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR9719/26
R
W
3
2
9
8
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Remove Woodruff Key
AWoodruff Key
BBearing Seal Cover
CShaft
18. Remove Woodruff key (A) to detach bearing seal
cover (B) from shaft (C).
103000
PN=189
20
10
14
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR9720/26
R
W
5
1
2
0
U
N
2
3
F
E
B
9
0
Remove Snap Ring
ASnap Ring
BBearing
CShaft
NOTE: Remove bearings for replacement only, and
replace both ball and roller bearings. Bearings are
prelubricated by supplier. Use D01061AA Blind
Hole Puller Set and ensure full ID contact when
removing bearings.
19. Remove snap ring (A).
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR9721/26
R
W
3
2
8
3
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Remove Ball Bearing
ABall Bearing
20. Remove ball bearing (A). Use 16 mm (5/8 in.) collet
(No. 33860).
1
1
From the D01061AA Blind Hole Puller Set.
103000
PN=190
20
10
15
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR9722/26
R
W
3
2
8
4
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Remove Roller Bearing and Seal
ARoller Bearing and Seal
21. Remove roller bearing and seal (A). Use 2632 mm
(11-1/4 in.) collet (No. 33863).
1
1
From the D01061AA Blind Hole Puller Set.
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR9723/26
R
W
3
2
8
6
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
New Alternator Bearings
ARoller Bearing
B27 mm (1-1/16 in.) Pilot Disk
C46 mm (1-13/16 in.) Driver Disk (No. 24500 and
27512.) *
To install new alternator bearings:
22. Press roller bearing (A) into front housing assembly.
Use 27 mm (1-1/16 in.) pilot disk (B) and 46 mm
(1-13/16 in.) driver disk (C) (No. 27500 and 27512.)
1
1
From the D01045AA Bushing, Bearing and Seal Driver Set.
103000
PN=191
20
10
16
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR9724/26
R
W
3
2
8
7
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Roller Bearing Seal
ARoller Bearing Seal
BFront Housing Assembly
CDriver Disk
IMPORTANT: Seal spring and lip must be visible
when seal is properly installed for
maximum protection against dust
penetration into bearing.
23. Press roller bearing seal (A) into front housing
assembly (B) using 54 mm (2-1/8 in.) driver disk (C),
(No. 27517).
1
1
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR9725/26
R
W
3
2
8
5
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Ball Bearing
ABall Bearing
B16 mm (5/8 in.) Disk
C40 mm (1-9/16 in.) Driver Disk (No. 27493 and
27508)
24. Press ball bearing (A) into front housing using 16 mm
(5/8 in.) disk (B) and 40 mm (1-9/16 in.) driver disk
(C) (No. 27493 and 27508).
1
1
103000
PN=192
20
10
17
RG,RG34710,2096 1915MAR9726/26
R
W
3
2
8
2
U
N
1
2
M
A
Y
8
9
Assemble Snap Ring
ASnap Ring
BBearing
CFront Housing Assembly
NOTE: Snap ring (A) must be seated completely with flat
side against the bearing (B) (bevel is away from
bearing).
25. Assemble snap ring (A) to front housing assembly
(C).
RG,RG34710,2097 1915MAR971/9
Test Niehoff 12-Volt, 110-Amp Alternator
Components
R
W
3
2
6
5
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Stator Phase Leads
AStator Phase Leads
1. Test stator windings by measuring resistance in each
successive pair of stator phase leads (A) (three pair).
Use JT05791 Digital Multimeter to measure resistance.
Less than 0.5 ohm of resistance should be indicated in
each pair.
103000
PN=193
20
10
18
RG,RG34710,2097 1915MAR972/9
R
W
3
2
6
6
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Measure Resistance
AStator Lead
BStator Frame
2. Test for shorted stator windings by measuring
resistance between each stator lead (A) and stator
frame (B).
Infinite resistance or open should be indicated.
RG,RG34710,2097 1915MAR973/9
R
W
1
1
2
9
2
U
N
1
7
A
P
R
9
0
Test Field Windings
AField Windings
BCompound Windings
NOTE: A resistance reading above or below specification
indicates a defective field winding. Front housing
and field coil assembly should be replaced.
3. Test field windings (A) for a resistance of 2.9
3.1 ohms and compound windings (B) for less than 0.5
ohms.
103000
PN=194
20
10
19
RG,RG34710,2097 1915MAR974/9
R
W
3
2
6
8
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Measure Resistance
AField Leads
BCompound Winding Leads
4. Test for shorted field windings to compound windings
by measuring resistance between field leads (A) and
compound winding leads (B).
Infinite resistance or open should be indicated. If a
short is indicated, the front housing assembly must be
replaced.
RG,RG34710,2097 1915MAR975/9
R
W
3
2
6
9
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Field Leads and Housing/Shell Assembly
AField Leads
BFront Housing/Shell Assembly
5. Test for shorted field windings to front housing
assembly by checking resistance between field leads
(A) and front housing/shell assembly (B).
Infinite resistance or open should be indicated. If a
short is indicated, the front housing assembly must be
replaced.
103000
PN=195
20
10
20
RG,RG34710,2097 1915MAR976/9
R
W
3
2
7
0
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Test Top Plate Diodes
ATop Plate
BOutput Terminal
CStator Phase Terminal
NOTE: Evidence of defective diodes require replacement
of rectifier diode and rectifier assembly. When
checking diodes with a digital meter, use the
diode position.
6. Test top plate (A) diodes of rectifier assembly by
checking resistance between output terminal (B) and
each stator phase terminal (C).
All readings should be of low resistance or infinite
resistance, depending on direction of current flow
through the diodes.
RG,RG34710,2097 1915MAR977/9
R
W
3
2
7
1
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Test Top Plate Diodes
ATop Plate
BOutput Terminal
7. Test top plate (A) diodes for reverse current flow by
reversing test probes at output terminal. Measure
resistance between output terminal (B) and stator
phase terminals (C).
All readings should be the reverse of those in the
preceeding step.
103000
PN=196
20
10
21
RG,RG34710,2097 1915MAR978/9
R
W
3
2
7
2
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Test Lower Plates Diodes
ALower Plate
BOutput Terminal
CStator Phase Terminals
8. Test the lower plate (A) diodes of the rectifier assembly
by checking the resistance between output terminal (B)
and stator phase terminals (C).
All readings should be infinite or low depending on
direction of current flow through the diodes.
RG,RG34710,2097 1915MAR979/9
R
W
3
2
7
3
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Test Lower Plate Diodes
ALower Plate
BOutput Terminal
9. Test lower plate (A) diodes for reverse current flow by
reversing probes at output terminal (B) and stator
phase terminals (C).
All readings should be the reverse of those in the
preceeding step.
Example: An infinite reading in this step should have
been a low resistance reading in step 8. If the same
reading is indicated in steps 6 and 7 or 8 and 9,
defective diodes are evident and the rectifier assembly
must be replaced.
103000
PN=197
20
10
22
RG,RG34710,2098 1915MAR971/10
Alternator
R
W
3
2
9
8
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Assemble Roller Bearing Cover
AWoodruff Key
BRoller Bearing Cover
CShaft
NOTE: Apply LOCTITE
222 Thread Lock and Sealer

(low strength) on all cap screws and nuts when
assembling alternator.
1. Assemble roller bearing cover (B) to shaft (C) and
insert Woodruff key (A) in slot.
RG,RG34710,2098 1915MAR972/10
R
W
3
2
9
7
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Assembly Fan and Pulley
APulley
BFan
CShaft
2. Assemble fan (B) and pulley (A) to shaft (C). Tighten
lock nut to specifications.
Specification
Fan Pulley Lock NutTorque 95 Nm (70 lb-ft) .........................................
103000
PN=198
20
10
23
RG,RG34710,2098 1915MAR973/10
R
W
1
0
4
2
7
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Assemble Stator to Shell
AStator
BShell
IMPORTANT: Note your marked position of shell to
stator as in disassembly.
3. Assemble stator (A) to shell (B), by tapping evenly
around outside edge.
RG,RG34710,2098 1915MAR974/10
R
W
3
3
0
1
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Assemble Shell
AShell
BFront Housing
CCompound Winding Lead
DField Winding Lead
EStator
IMPORTANT: Note your marked position of shell (A)
to front housing (B) as in disassembly.
Also note the way compound winding
leads (C) and field winding leads (D) are
threaded through stator (E). All must be
in the original position before shell is
seated onto front housing assembly.
4. Fill front and rear grease reservoir two-thirds full of
high temperature, silicone-base grease.
Assemble shell (A) to front housing (B).
103000
PN=199
20
10
24
RG,RG34710,2098 1915MAR975/10
R
W
3
2
9
9
U
N
1
2
M
A
Y
8
9
Assemble Hardware
ASpacer
BNut
CInsulator
DRectifier Assembly
EInsulator
FNut
GStud
IMPORTANT: Be sure to assemble spacer, nuts,
insulators and rectifier assembly to
alternator, in the order shown.
RG,RG34710,2098 1915MAR976/10
R
W
3
3
0
3
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Tighten Washer Nuts
AWasher Nuts (6 Used)
5. Assemble six spacers and six washer nuts. Tighten
washer nuts (A) to specifications.
Specification
Front Housing-to-Stator Shell
NutsTorque 3.4 Nm (30 lb-in.) ................................................................
103000
PN=200
20
10
25
RG,RG34710,2098 1915MAR977/10
R
W
3
2
9
3
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Assemble Insulators
AInsulators
BWasher Nuts
CSpacer
DStuds
6. Assemble six insulators (A) to studs (D).
RG,RG34710,2098 1915MAR978/10
R
W
3
2
8
8
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Assemble Rotor and Washer to Shaft
ARotor
BWasher
CShaft
7. Assemble rotor (A) and washer (B) to shaft (C).
103000
PN=201
20
10
26
RG,RG34710,2098 1915MAR979/10
R
W
3
2
9
1
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Hardened Washer and Nut
ANut
BHardened Washer
8. Assemble hardened washer (B) and nut (A). Tighten to
specifications.
Specification
Rotor NutTorque 68 Nm (50 lb-ft) ..........................................................
RG,RG34710,2098 1915MAR9710/10
R
W
3
2
9
0
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
9
0
Assemble Remaining Parts
ANuts (6 Used)
IMPORTANT: Coat all screw heads on regulator and
rectifier assembly with silicone rubber
compound.
9. Assemble remaining alternator parts in reverse order of
disassembly, starting with step 9 back to step 1.
Specification
Regulator Field Lead-to-Standoff
Screw and Y-Lead-to-Load Dump
ScrewTorque 0.91.1 Nm (810 lb-in.) ...............................................
Output and Relay
Leads-to-Standoff ScrewTorque 2.3 Nm (20 lb-in.) ................................
Ground Lead-to-Load Dump
ScrewTorque 1.11.7 Nm (1015 lb-in.) .............................................
Flanged NutsTorque 5.1 Nm (45 lb-in.) ..................................................
10. Refer to your machine technical manual for alternator
installation.
103000
PN=202
20
10
27
RG,RG34710,2099 1915MAR971/1
Establish Magnetic Field
R
W
3
3
0
5
U
N
1
2
M
A
Y
8
9
Establish Magnetic Field
AAlternator Ground Stud
BInspection Hole
NOTE: This action will take only a few seconds.
Connect alternator ground stud (A) to field coil through
inspection hole (B) while alternator output is connected to
battery positive post and alternator ground is connected to
battery negative post.
103000
PN=203
20
10
28
103000
PN=204
Group 15
OUO1004,0000B70 1921SEP001/4
Essential Tools
20
15
1
OUO1004,0000B70 1921SEP002/4
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
OUO1004,0000B70 1921SEP003/4
R
G
1
1
1
6
1
U
N
2
1
S
E
P
0
0
D01061AA
Remove bearings from front housing assembly.
103000
PN=205
20
15
2
OUO1004,0000B70 1921SEP004/4
R
G
1
1
1
6
2
U
N
2
1
S
E
P
0
0
D01045AA
Install bearings in front housing assembly.
OUO1004,0000B72 1921SEP001/1
Other Material
Number Name Use
TY16285 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Low Apply to all cap screws and nuts
CXTY24311 (Canadian) Strength) when assembling alternator.
222 (LOCTITE
)
(U.S.) High Temperature, Silicone Base Fill front and rear grease reservoir in
Grease alternator housing.
(U.S.) Silicone Rubber Compound Apply to all internal wiring lead cap
screws.
103000
PN=206
20
15
3
OUO1004,0000B73 1921SEP001/1
Specifications
Pulley Nut Torque 95 Nm (70 lb-ft)
Rotor Nut Torque 75 Nm (55 lb-ft)
Front Housing-to-Stator Nuts Torque 3.4 Nm (30 lb-in.)
Rotor-to-Stator Poles Minimum Air Gap 0.13 mm (0.005 in.)
Rotor Housing Stud Ground Lead Torque 2.83.4 Nm (2530 lb-in.)
Nut
Field Lead-to-Regulator Stand-Off Torque 0.911.1 Nm (810 lb-in.)
Cap Screw
Output and Relay Lead Cap Screws Torque 2.3 Nm (20 lb-in.)
Ground Lead-to-Load Dump Screw Torque 1.11.7 Nm (1015 lb-in.)
Y-Lead-to-Load Dump Screw Torque 0.91.1 Nm (810 lb-in.)
Load Dump Assembly Mounting Cap Torque 0.91.1 Nm (810 lb-in.)
Screws
Rear Housing Flange Nuts Torque 5.1 Nm (45 lb-in.)
RG,RG34710,2102 1908SEP001/1
Specifications
John Deere Niehoff Model No. Ground Voltage Rated Output Winding Resistance @
Part No. (Amps) 2127C (7080F)
(Ohms)
AT56873 N-1031 N 24 50 9.011.0
AT53676 N-1108 N 24 7080
a
11.013.0
a
Alternator output is adjustable on this model.
103000
PN=207
20
15
4
RG,RG34710,2103 1915MAR971/13
Disassemble Niehoff 24-Volt, 50-Amp Alternator and Test Components
T
6
0
9
0
A
X
U
N
2
5
M
A
Y
8
9
Niehoff 24-Volt, 50-Amp Alternator
1Pulley Nut 14Shorter Stud 28Regulator Assembly 38No. 6 Cap Screw
2Hardened Washer 15Longer Stud (2 Used) 29Spring Washer (4 Used) 39Gasket
3Pulley 16Rear Bearing 30Double Chamfered Hex 40Voltage Adjust Cover
4Fan 17Retaining Ring Nut (3 Used) 41Red Insulator
5Shaft Key 18Flat Washer (2 Used) 31No. 6 Cap Screw (2 Used) 42Output Stud
6Shaft 19Lock Nut 32No. 10 Cap Screw (2 43Rear Housing
7Shaft Seal 20Flanged Hex Nut (3 Used) Used) 44No. 6 Cap Screw
8Front Bearing 21Spacer (3 Used) 33No. 8 Cap Screw 45Nameplate Cover
9Cap Screw (4 Used) 22Hardened Washer 34Spring Washer (8 Used) 46White Insulator
10Terminal Lock (7 Used) 23Stator and Shell Assembly 35No. 6 Cap Screw (3 Used) 47Flat Washer
11Cap Screw (7 Used) 24Rotor 36Insulator 48Lock Nut
12Heat Sink Assembly 25Hardened Washer 37Single Flanged Hex Nut (3 49Rubber Relay Terminal
13Front Housing and Field 26Ground Lead Used) Cap
Winding Assembly 27Lock Nut
103000
PN=208
20
15
5
RG,RG34710,2103 1915MAR972/13
T
6
0
9
0
A
P
U
N
2
9
M
A
R
9
0
Remove Alternator Parts
1Cover
2Lock Nut (3 Used)
3Voltage Adjusting Screw
4Output Terminal
5Name Plate Cover Cap Screw
6Regulator Support Screw
7Relay Terminal
NOTE: The alternator does not have to be completely
disassembled to test components.
1. Remove parts (17) to remove cover.
RG,RG34710,2103 1915MAR973/13
T
6
0
9
0
A
T
U
N
2
9
M
A
R
9
0
Load Dump
1Screws (3 Used)
2Load Dump
2. Remove insulation from screw heads.
3. Remove screws (1) and spring washers.
4. Turn load dump (2) over and remove insulation from
wire connections.
103000
PN=209
20
15
6
RG,RG34710,2103 1915MAR974/13
T
6
0
9
0
A
O
2
U
N
2
9
M
A
R
9
0
Remove Load Dump
1Relay Lead (Brown)
2Field Lead (White)
3Output Lead (Red)
4Ground Lead (White)
5Load Dump
6Y-Lead (Brown)
5. Disconnect wiring leads (4 and 6) to remove load
dump (5).
6. Disconnect wiring leads (1, 2, and 3).
RG,RG34710,2103 1915MAR975/13
T
6
1
0
4
A
B
U
N
2
5
M
A
Y
8
9
Remove Parts
1Nut
2Hardened Washer
3Pulley
4Fan
7. Put alternator pulley in a vise. Use an oversize belt on
pulley for protection or use a soft-jawed vise.
8. Remove parts (14).
103000
PN=210
20
15
7
RG,RG34710,2103 1915MAR976/13
T
6
1
0
3
A
H
U
N
0
2
A
P
R
9
0
1Black Phase Leads
2Phase Lead
3Phase Lead
9. Disconnect wire leads (13).
10. Adjust ohmmeter to zero and check for continuity
between each of the black phase leads (1). If there is
no continuity, the stator is open and must be
replaced.
11. Check for continuity between each phase lead (13)
and alternator housing. If there is continuity, the stator
is grounded and must be replaced.
RG,RG34710,2103 1915MAR977/13
T
6
1
0
3
B
K
U
N
0
2
A
P
R
9
0
Field Leads
1White Field Lead
2Red Field Lead
12. Adjust ohmmeter to zero. Check for 913 ohms
resistance between white field lead (1) and thinner
red field lead (2). If resistance is not within
specification, the coil or assembly must be replaced.
13. Check for continuity between either field lead and
alternator housing. If there is continuity, replace the
forging and coil assembly and field coil.
103000
PN=211
20
15
8
RG,RG34710,2103 1915MAR978/13
T
6
1
0
3
B
J
U
N
0
2
A
P
R
9
0
Check Continuity
1Output Terminal
2Phase Lead Terminal
14. Make sure all leads are disconnected from, and are
not touching, the heat sink assembly.
15. Check continuity between output terminal (1) and
each phase lead terminal (2). All readings should be
the same.
16. Reverse leads and repeat step 15. All readings must
be opposite of those recorded in step 15. If any
reading is the same as in step 15, one or more
diodes are defective and heat sink must be replaced.
RG,RG34710,2103 1915MAR979/13
T
6
1
0
3
B
H
U
N
0
2
A
P
R
9
0
Check Continuity
1Phase Terminals
2Heat Sink
17. Check continuity between phase terminals (1) and
alternator housing. All readings must be the same.
18. Reverse probes and repeat step 17. If any reading is
the same as in step 17, a diode is defective and the
heat sink must be replaced.
19. Remove heat sink (2).
103000
PN=212
20
15
9
RG,RG34710,2103 1915MAR9710/13
T
6
0
9
0
A
O
1
U
N
2
9
M
A
R
9
0
Remove Nuts to Remove Regulator
1Nuts
2Regulator
20. Remove nuts (1) to remove regulator (2).
RG,RG34710,2103 1915MAR9711/13
T
6
0
9
0
A
U
U
N
2
9
M
A
R
9
0
Remove Parts
1Nut
2Special Washer (2 Used)
3Rotor
4Alternator
5Shaft Assembly
21. Remove parts (15).
103000
PN=213
20
15
10
RG,RG34710,2103 1915MAR9712/13
T
6
0
9
0
A
Y
U
N
2
5
M
A
Y
8
9
Remove Bearings
1Shaft Seal
2Front Bearing
3Rear Bearing
4Snap Ring
NOTE: Remove bearings and seal only for replacement.
22. Remove shaft seal (1) and front bearing (2) using a
D01061AA Blind Hole Puller Set.
23. Remove snap ring (4) and rear bearing (3).
RG,RG34710,2103 1915MAR9713/13
T
6
0
9
0
A
L
1
U
N
2
9
M
A
R
9
0
Clean and Inspect Parts
1Front Housing
2Shell
3Studs
24. Remove nuts from studs (3).
25. Hold front housing (1) upward and lightly tap housing
using a soft-faced hammer to remove shell (2).
NOTE: DO NOT soak front housing in solvent; wipe with
clean cloth.
26. Clean and inspect all parts for damage. Replace parts
as necessary.
103000
PN=214
20
15
11
RG,RG34710,2104 1915MAR971/9
Assemble Niehoff 24-Volt, 50-Amp Alternator
T
6
0
9
9
A
P
U
N
2
9
M
A
R
9
0
Assemble Alternator
1Shorter Stud
2Longer Stud
3Housing
NOTE: Apply LOCTITE
222 Thread Lock and Sealer

(low strength) on all cap screws and nuts when
assembling alternator.
1. Install short threaded end of studs (1 and 2) into
housing (3). Install shorter stud (1) in hole below
mounting ear.
RG,RG34710,2104 1915MAR972/9
T
6
0
9
9
A
Q
U
N
2
5
M
A
Y
8
9
Shell Assembly
1Front Housing and Field Winding Assembly
2Shorter Stud
3Phase and Output Leads
4Ground Terminal
5Longer Stud (2 Used)
2. Align ground terminal (4) with shorter stud (2) and
phase and output leads (3) toward front housing (1).
3. Put shell assembly on stud.
4. Put phase and output leads (3) through opening in
front housing (1).
5. Push shell assembly against housing.
6. Tap shell with a soft-faced hammer until shell seats in
front housing.
IMPORTANT: If the thicker stud nuts are not used, the
regulator support screw and threads
will engage when installing cover.
7. Loosely install three thicker flange head nuts.
103000
PN=215
20
15
12
RG,RG34710,2104 1915MAR973/9
T
6
0
9
3
A
G
U
N
2
9
M
A
R
9
0
Press Seal into Housing
T
6
0
9
3
A
H
U
N
2
5
M
A
Y
8
9
Position Rear Bearing
144 mm Disk
2Seal
3Front Bearing
4Alternator Housing
5Rear Bearing
8.
Fill front and rear grease reservoir two-thirds full of
high-temperature, silicone-base grease.
9. Press front bearing (3) into housing (4) using a 44 mm
disk (1) (from D01045AA Bushing, Bearing and Seal
Driver Set) and press.
10. Put high-temperature, silicone-base grease on seal lip
and fill space between front bearing and seal.
11. Position seal (2) with open side toward front bearing
and press seal into housing using a 44 mm disk (1).
12. Position rear bearing (5) with open side toward
housing.
13. Press rear bearing into alternator using a 38 mm disk
and press.
RG,RG34710,2104 1915MAR974/9
T
6
0
9
0
A
V
U
N
2
5
M
A
Y
8
9
Install Snap Ring
1Bearing
2Snap Ring
3Housing Core
14. Install snap ring (2) with flat side against bearing (1)
in housing core (3).
103000
PN=216
20
15
13
RG,RG34710,2104 1915MAR975/9
T
6
0
9
9
A
O
U
N
2
5
M
A
Y
8
9
Assemble Parts
1Pulley Nut
2Special Washer
3Pulley
4Fan
5Shaft Key
6Shaft
15. Install key (5) in shaft (6).
16. Assemble parts (16) and tighten nut (1) to
specifications.
Specification
Pulley NutTorque 95 Nm (70 lb-ft) .........................................................
17. Put high-temperature, silicone-base grease on shaft
large area.
RG,RG34710,2104 1915MAR976/9
T
6
0
9
0
A
U
U
N
2
9
M
A
R
9
0
Assemble Parts
1Rotor Nut
2Special Washer (2 Used)
3Rotor
4Front Housing and Field Winding Assembly
5Shaft Assembly
18. Carefully put shaft assembly (5) in front housing (4).
19. Assemble parts (13) and tighten rotor nut to
specifications.
Specification
Rotor NutTorque 75 Nm (55 lb-ft) ..........................................................
IMPORTANT: Correct rotor-to-stator clearance is
essential to operation of alternator.
20. Put a 25 x 76 mm (1 x 3 in.) piece of 0.2 mm
(0.008 in.) shim stock between each pole of the rotor
and adjacent poles of stator.
IMPORTANT: Shims must not overlap.
21. Move stator in shell for best free movement of shims.
103000
PN=217
20
15
14
RG,RG34710,2104 1915MAR977/9
T
6
0
9
0
A
W
U
N
2
5
M
A
Y
8
9
Assemble Parts
1Stud
2Flange Hex Nut (3 Used)
3Spacer (3 Used)
5Regulator
6Spring Washer (3 Used)
7Double Chamfered Nut (3 Used)
22. Tighten the three thicker flange hex nuts (2) to
specifications.
Specification
Front Housing-to-Stator Nuts
Torque 3.4 Nm (30 lb-in.) ...........................................................................
23. Remove shims and check air gap between rotor and
stator poles.
Specification
Rotor-to-Stator PolesMinimum
Air Gap 0.13 mm (0.005 in.) .......................................................................
24. Install spacers (3).
25. Put white ground lead (4) on longer stud on alternator
right side.
26. Install regulator assembly (5) on studs with the four
voltage adjustment stand-offs toward ground terminal.
27. Install spring washers (6) and nuts (7). Tighten to
specifications.
Specification
Rotor Housing Stud Ground Lead
NutTorque 2.83.4 Nm (2530 lb-in.) .................................................
103000
PN=218
20
15
15
RG,RG34710,2104 1915MAR978/9
T
6
0
9
0
A
O
U
N
2
9
M
A
R
9
0
Leads
1Relay Lead (Brown)
2Field Lead (White)
3Output Lead (Red)
5Load Dump Assembly
6Y- Lead (Brown)
7Regulator
8Nut (3 Used)
28. Attach field lead (2) to regulator stand-off. Tighten
screws to specifications.
Specification
Field Lead-to-Regulator Stand-Off
Cap ScrewTorque 0.911.1 Nm (810 lb-in.) .....................................
29. Install output leads (3), relay lead (1), spring washers,
and screws. Tighten screws to specifications.
Specification
Output and Relay Lead Cap
ScrewsTorque 2.3 Nm (20 lb-in.) ............................................................
30. Install ground lead (4), spring washer, and screw.
Tighten screw to specifications.
Specification
Ground Lead-to-Load Dump
ScrewTorque 1.11.7 Nm (1015 lb-in.) .............................................
31. Install Y-lead (6), spring washer, and screw. Tighten
screw to specifications.
Specification
Y-Lead-to-Load Dump Screw
Torque 0.91.1 Nm (810 lb-in.) ............................................................
32. Put silicone rubber compound on all connections.
33. Install load dump, spring washers, and screws.
Tighten screws to specifications.
Specification
Load Dump Assembly Mounting
Cap ScrewsTorque 0.91.1 Nm (810 lb-in.) .....................................
34. Put silicone rubber compound on load dump screws.
103000
PN=219
20
15
16
RG,RG34710,2104 1915MAR979/9
T
6
0
9
0
A
P
U
N
2
9
M
A
R
9
0
Components
1Cover
2Lock Nut (3 Used)
3Voltage Adjusting Screw
4Output Terminal
5Name Plate Cover Cap Screw
6Regulator Support Screw
7Relay Terminal
35. Install housing and tighten nuts (2) to specifications.
Specification
Rear Housing Flange Nuts
Torque 5.1 Nm (45 lb-in.) ...........................................................................
36. Install voltage adjusting screw (3), spring washer, and
cover (1).
37. Install regulator support screw (6) and spring washer.
38. Install plate cover and screws (5).
39. Install flat washer, nut and cover on relay terminal (7).
40. Install output stud (4).
41. If rotor and stator were removed from alternator
during repair, the magnetic field must be
re-established. (See REESTABLISHING MAGNETIC
FIELD, later in this group.)
42. Install alternator. (See your machine technical
manual.)
103000
PN=220
20
15
17
RG,RG34710,2105 1915MAR971/1
Re-Establish Magnetic Field
T
6
1
0
0
A
V
U
N
2
5
M
A
Y
8
9
Jumper Wire and Insulation
T
6
1
0
0
A
U
U
N
2
9
M
A
R
9
0
Ground Stud
1Jumper Wire
21.5 mm (1/16 in.)
3Ground Stud
4Hole In Housing
1. Remove voltage adjustment cover.
2. Connect battery positive terminal to alternator output
and battery negative terminal to alternator ground.
3. Make a jumper wire (1) with an alligator clamp.
Remove 1.5 mm (1/16 in.) of insulation (2) from end of
wiring lead.
4. Connect clamp to ground stud (3) and put the other
end of wiring lead momentarily into hole (4) in end of
housing.
5. Remove jumper wire. Disconnect cables and install
cover.
6. After alternator is installed, check that magnetic field
has been established. Turn key switch on, then check
voltage reading (battery voltage) on voltmeter.
Start engine, then check voltage reading (charging
voltage) on the voltmeter. Charging voltage must be
higher than battery voltage to indicate magnetic field
has been established.
103000
PN=221
20
15
18
103000
PN=222
Section 25
Denso Alternators
Contents
Page Page
Group 05Denso Alternator Theory of Operation
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-15-2
Denso Alternator Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-05-1
Denso Charging Circuit Repair
Denso Regulator Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-05-2
Specifications (Alternators with Built-In
Regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-15-3
Group 10Denso Alternator with Add-On
Denso Charging Circuit Test
Regulator Repair
Specifications (Alternators with Built-In
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-1
Regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-15-4
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-2
Disassemble and Test Denso Alternator with
Denso Charging Circuit Repair
Built-In Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-15-5
Specifications (Alternators with Add-On
Disassemble Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-15-6
Regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-2
Assemble Denso Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-15-12
Denso Charging Circuit Test
Specifications (Alternators with Add-On
25
Regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-2
Disassemble Denso Alternator with
Add-On Regulator and Test Components . . .25-10-3
Separate Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-4
Separate Housing and Remove Rear
Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-5
Inspect Rear Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-8
Install Rear Bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-8
Remove Stator, Rectifier Bridge and Brush
Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-8
Test Brush Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-9
Install New Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-11
Inspect Stator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-11
Test Stator for Grounds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-12
Test Stator for Open or Short . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-12
Test Diodes in Rectifier Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-13
Test Diodes for Open or Short Circuit . . . . . . .25-10-13
Test Diode/Resistor Trio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-14
Connect Stator Windings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-15
Test Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-15
Assemble Rear Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-16
Remove Pulley Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-17
Remove and Inspect Front Bearing. . . . . . . . .25-10-17
Install Front Bearing Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-18
Test Rotor for Grounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-18
Test Rotor for Open or Shorted Circuits . . . . .25-10-19
Recondition Slip Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-19
Install Rotor and Front Housing. . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-20
Install Pulley Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-21
Install Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-21
Group 15Denso Alternator with Built-In Regulator
Repair
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-15-1
103000
PN=1
Contents
25
103000
PN=2
Group 05
Denso Alternator Theory of Operation
25
05
1
RG,RG34710,2106 1915MAR971/1
Denso Alternator Operation
R
W
1
0
1
1
8
L
U
N
2
9
N
O
V
8
9
Denso Alternator Operation ADiode
BSwitch
CBattery
DDiode Trio
ERegulator
FRotor (Field)
GStator
HRectifier Bridge
The drawing at right shows alternator circuitry. Schematic
of regulator (E) has been simplified.
An alternator (unlike generator) uses a rotating magnetic
field with stationary windings. The magnetic field is
externally excited. This means that it requires an outside
current source. The rotor (F) consists of two interlocking
soft iron sections and a wire coil wrapped around an iron
core. When current is passed through the wire coil, the
rotor becomes an electromagnet.
The rotating magnetic field induces an alternating current
in the stator windings (G). This is converted to direct
current by six diodes in the rectifier bridge (H).
A capacitor inside rear housing protects rectifier bridge
and diode trio (D) from voltage surges. It also suppresses
radio interference.
This alternator uses an A field circuit with regulator
located after field. Full output is obtained by grounding
field.
103000
PN=225
25
05
2
RG,RG34710,2107 1918OCT001/3
Denso Regulator Operation
R
W
1
0
1
1
9
L
U
N
2
9
N
O
V
8
9
The solid-state regulator is mounted inside the alternator.
It controls output by controlling the current through the
field. In operation, the regulator has the following three
phases.
(Phase I also applies when alternator is running but only if
voltage.)
1. Current flows from battery through key switch and
diode to terminal IG.
2. From there, current flows through resistor R1 to
transistor TR1 and turns it on.
3. Transistor TR1 then provides a path to ground so
4. Zener diode Z prevents flow of current from terminal IG
to transistor TR2. A Zener diode is a special type of
diode which will not permit current to pass until voltage
reaches a certain preset level. If voltage exceeds that
level, current can pass through the Zener diode.
103000
PN=226
25
05
3
RG,RG34710,2107 1918OCT002/3
R
W
1
0
1
2
0
L
U
N
2
9
N
O
V
8
9
1. The diode trio, key switch, rectifier bridge, and terminal
1 all have equal voltage. Therefore, no current flows
through diodes.
2. Current, now coming from diode/resistor trio, still flows
through resistor R1 to turn on transistor TR1.
3. Transistor TR1 still provides a path to ground so
Alternating current is induced in the stator windings.
The rectifier bridge converts it to direction current,
charge batteries.
Zener diode Z, so no current can flow from terminal 2
to transistor TR2.
RG,RG34710,2107 1918OCT003/3
R
W
1
0
1
2
1
L
1
9
2
8
N
O
V
8
9
Phase IIIShut-Off
Phase IIIShut-Off
Z.
2. Current can now pass through Zener diode Z to turn
on transistor TR2.
3. Transistor TR2 now provides a direct path to ground
for any current coming through resistor R1.
4. This cuts off the current to transistor TR1, turning it off.
There is now no path to ground for current through
field.
6. Phases II and III are repeated many times per second
103000
PN=227
25
05
4
103000
PN=228
Group 10
Denso Alternator with Add-On Regulator Repair
OUO1004,0000B74 1921SEP001/3
Essential Tools
25
10
1
OUO1004,0000B74 1921SEP002/3
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
OUO1004,0000B74 1921SEP003/3
R
2
6
5
2
8
U
N
3
1
J
A
N
8
9
JD306A
103000
PN=229
OUO1004,0000B76 1921SEP001/1
Other Material
Number Name Use
(U.S.) Chevron SR1-2 Grease Lubricate alternator bearings.
Sandpaper
25
10
2
OUO1004,0000B77 1921SEP001/1
Denso Charging Circuit Repair Specifications
(Alternators with Add-On Regulator)
Used Brushes Minimum Exposed Length 6 mm (0.25 in.)
New Brushes Exposed Length 16 mm (0.625 in.)
RG,RG34710,2110 1908SEP001/1
Denso Charging Circuit Test Specifications
(Alternators with Add-On Regulator)
John Deere Denso Voltage Rated Output
Part No. Part No. (Amps)
AN193461 1002115800 12 90
AR87205 1002110081 12 90
AR93448 1002110290, 1002110291 12 90
AT103789 1002110292 12 90
Item Specification
Regulator Output Voltage 13.814.8 volts
NOTE: Earlier Denso alternators may have the original
Nippondenso label.
103000
PN=230
25
10
3
RG,RG34710,2111 1915MAR971/1
Disassemble Denso Alternator with Add-On Regulator and Test Components
R
3
1
5
6
3
U
N
1
3
A
P
R
8
9
Denso Alternator
AFan GBearing Retainer MRegulator Cover SInsulator
BFront Housing HCondenser NThrough Bolt (4 Used) TBrush (2 Used)
CFelt Washer (2 Used) IInsulating Bushing ORear Housing UStator
DCollar (2 Used) JInsulating Bushing PFelt Washer VRear Bearing
EFront Bearing KRear Cover QInsulating Bushings WFelt Washer
FO-Ring LVoltage Regulator RRectifier Bridge XRotor
Disassemble alternator only after making an external
examination and performing alternator tests outlined in
your machine technical manual.
alternator from engine.
103000
PN=231
25
10
4
RG,RG34710,2112 1915MAR971/1
Separate Housing
R
W
6
0
3
7
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
NOTE: Pulley need not be removed at this time. See
REMOVE PULLEY NUT in this group if only
pulley service is required.
IMPORTANT: Inserting screwdriver blade farther than
1.6 mm (1/16 in.) may damage stator
windings.
2. Separate front and rear housings. Carefully pry
between the two end frames with a screwdriver on
each side.
3. If housings separate, set alternator on rear housing
and slide off from housing; go to INSPECT REAR
BEARING, later in this group.
4. In some cases, removing the rotor and rear bearing
may be difficult. A vacuum may be created in the
bearing cavity as the bearing and rotor are removed. If
this happens, see SEPARATE HOUSING AND
REMOVE REAR BEARING, later in this group.
103000
PN=232
25
10
5
RG,RG34710,2113 1915MAR971/4
Separate Housing and Remove Rear Bearing
R
W
1
2
6
2
3
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Center Punch
ACenter Punch On Center
B19 mm (0.741 in.)
C28 mm (1.092 in.)
IMPORTANT: Mark must be centered to prevent
off-center drilling of rotor shaft if
tapping is later required. (See step 3
below.)
1. Carefully center punch and drill a 2 mm (1/16 in.) hole
(A) in the center of the rear housing. This will allow air
into the bearing bore as bearing is removed.
103000
PN=233
25
10
6
RG,RG34710,2113 1915MAR972/4
R
W
6
0
5
4
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Remove Rotor and Bearing
APin
BAlternator
Again try to remove rotor and bearing. If rotor and
bearing still cannot be removed, go to step 2. If
bearing remains in end frame, do the following;
a. Install a pin (A) to hold brushes fully retracted.
b. Fill cavity behind bearing with grease through
bearing bore. Place end frame on a hard, flat
surface. Place a 12 mm (0.47 in.) screw or rod into
bearing bore.
c. Strike end of screw or rod sharply with a hammer to
hydraulically remove the bearing. Filling the cavity
four to six times may be required to completely
remove the bearing. Continue repairing alternator as
detailed under INSPECT REAR BEARING later in
this group.
2. Enlarge drilled hole with a 1/4 in. drill, 13 mm (1/2 in.)
deep.
3. Measure length of a 1/16-27 NPT tap (JDG417, or
equivalent) . Turn tap in hole until exposed end is 10
11 mm (0.3900.430 in.) less than total length of tap.
103000
PN=234
25
10
7
RG,RG34710,2113 1915MAR973/4
R
W
1
2
6
2
8
U
N
1
8
A
P
R
9
0
1/16-27 NPT Grease Zerk
AGrease Zerk
4. Install a 1/16-27 NPT grease zerk (A) firmly in tapped
hole.
5. Attach a grease gun to zerk and fill bearing cavity with
grease. Extend handle of grease gun and apply
several quick, pumping strokes until alternator frame
and stator separate approximately 36 mm (1/81/4
in.)
IMPORTANT: Inserting screwdriver blade farther than
1.6 mm (1/16 in.) may damage stator
windings.
6. Using two screwdrivers, complete alternator separation
by prying between stator and front end frame.
7. Set alternator on rear housing and lift front housing.
RG,RG34710,2113 1915MAR974/4
R
W
1
2
6
2
7
U
N
1
8
A
P
R
9
0
15H560 Allen Plug
A15H560 Allen Plug
8. Remove grease zerk and install a 15H560 Allen plug
(A) in drilled hole. If plug extends into bearing cavity
more than 2 mm (1/6 in.), grind a tapper on end of
plug and reinstall. Continue repairing alternator at
INSPECT REAR BEARING, later in this group.
103000
PN=235
RG,RG34710,2114 1915MAR971/1
Inspect Rear Bearing
1. Check bearing ID and OD for damage.
2. Make sure bearing turns freely.
Replace bearing as required.
25
10
8
RG,RG34710,2115 1915MAR971/1
Install Rear Bearing
R
W
1
2
6
2
9
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Install Rear Bearing
ABearing
BFelt Washers
IMPORTANT: Do not clean bearing in solvent.
1. Install a pin to hold brushes fully retracted. Clean
grease and chips from bearing cavity.
2. Wipe bearing (A), bearing cavity and felt washers (B)
with a clean cloth.
3. Coat bearing with a thin coat of grease to aid in
installation of bearing in rear housing.
4. If a small hole 2 mm (1/16 in.) was drilled during
disassembly, seal with a silicone sealer to prevent
contaminant entry.
RG,RG34710,2116 1915MAR971/2
Remove Stator, Rectifier Bridge and Brush
Assembly
R
W
1
0
6
5
4
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Regulator Components
AScrews
BRegulator Cover
CRegulator
DCondenser Wire
1. Remove screws (A), regulator cover (B) and regulator
(C).
2. Disconnect condenser wire (D) and remove condenser.
103000
PN=236
RG,RG34710,2116 1915MAR972/2
R
W
6
0
4
3
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Lift Out Parts
25
10
9
ANuts
BInsulators
CCondenser
DRear Cover
3. Remove four nuts (A), insulators (B), condenser (C)
and rear cover (D).
4. Lift out stator, rectifier bridge and brush assembly.
RG,RG34710,2117 1915MAR971/3
Test Brush Assembly
R
7
8
1
1
1
K
1
U
N
3
1
J
A
N
8
9
Inspect Brush Assembly
1. Inspect assembly for damage. Be sure brushes slide
freely. Be sure springs hold brushes firmly against slip
rings.
103000
PN=237
RG,RG34710,2117 1915MAR972/3
R
7
8
1
1
1
L
1
U
N
3
1
J
A
N
8
9
Measure Brushes for Wear
2. Measure brushes for wear. If exposed length is not
within specification, replace brushes.
Specification
Used BrushesMinimum
Exposed Length 6 mm (0.25 in.) .................................................................
25
10
10
RG,RG34710,2117 1915MAR973/3
R
3
1
5
6
5
U
N
3
1
J
A
N
8
9
Check Continuity
3. Connect ohmmeter (or test light) to check continuity
between the two brushes and between each brush and
ground. There should be no continuity.
If brush holder is defective, rectifier bridge must be
replaced.
103000
PN=238
RG,RG34710,2118 1915MAR971/1
Install New Brushes
R
W
1
2
6
2
4
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Exposed Brush Length
25
10
11
ABrush Exposed Length 16 mm (5/8 in.)
1. Install new brushes, blocking them in position so that
exposed length (A) is within specification.
Specification
New BrushesExposed Length 16 mm (0.625 in.) ...................................
2. Solder brush leads firmly in this position. Cut off
excess length of leads.
RG,RG34710,2119 1915MAR971/1
Inspect Stator
R
W
6
0
2
0
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Inspect Stator
AStator
1. Inspect stator (A) for defective insulation.
2. Check for discoloration or a burned odor indicating a
short circuit.
3. Replace stator if you find any defect.
103000
PN=239
RG,RG34710,2120 1915MAR971/1
R
W
6
0
4
5
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
25
10
12
AOhmmeter
BStator Lead
CStator Frame
1. Connect ohmmeter (A) (or test lamp) to stator lead (B)
and stator frame (C).
2. Repeat test for each stator lead.
3. If test shows continuity, replace stator.
RG,RG34710,2121 1915MAR971/1
Test Stator for Open or Short
NOTE: Stator cannot be tested for open circuit unless
windings are disconnected.
A stator will occasionally exhibit an open or short circuit
only when hot, making the defect even more difficult to
diagnose.
If a defective stator is suspected, but cannot be
confirmed, recheck all other electrical components. If a
problem is not found elsewhere, replace stator.
103000
PN=240
RG,RG34710,2122 1915MAR971/1
Test Diodes in Rectifier Bridge
R
W
6
0
4
6
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Test Diodes in Rectifier Bridge
ASoldering Iron
BDiode Connector
NOTE: Stator must be disconnected from rectifier bridge
to test diodes. Test diodes only if diagnostic tests
indicate defective diodes.
1. Use a soldering iron (A) of at least 120-watt capacity.
2. Grasp diode connector (B) with needle-nose pliers to
serve as heat sink and to protect diode from
overheating.
3. Work quickly to disconnect.
25
10
13
RG,RG34710,2123 1915MAR971/2
Test Diodes for Open or Short Circuit
R
W
6
0
4
7
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Test Diodes for Open or Short Circuit
AOhmmeter Probe
BOhmmeter Probe
CDiodes
1. Connect one ohmmeter probe (A) to metal base.
2. With other ohmmeter probe (B), touch each of three
diodes (C). Note ohmmeter readings.
103000
PN=241
RG,RG34710,2123 1915MAR972/2
R
W
6
0
4
8
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Reverse Check
25
10
14
AOhmmeter Probe
BOhmmeter Probe
CDiodes
3. Reverse ohmmeter probes (A and B) and make the
same checks. Note ohmmeter readings.
4. Perform steps 1 through 3 on diodes (C) on the
opposite side of rectifier bridge.
Ohmmeter readings should indicate that each diode
has continuity in only one direction. A shorted diode
would have continuity in both directions. An open diode
would not have continuity in either direction.
RG,RG34710,2124 1915MAR971/2
Test Diode/Resistor Trio
R
W
6
0
4
9
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Test Diode/Resistor Trio
AOhmmeter Probe
BOhmmeter Probe
CStator Winding Terminal
DDiodes
1. Touch one ohmmeter probe (A) against terminal G.
Touch other ohmmeter probe (B) to the NEARER
terminal (C) (the terminal that would be connected to
stator windings) of each of the two diodes (D). Note
ohmmeter readings.
2. Reverse ohmmeter probe.
Each diode should have continuity in only one
direction. If either diode is defective, rectifier bridge
must be replaced.
103000
PN=242
RG,RG34710,2124 1915MAR972/2
R
W
6
0
5
0
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Check Resistor
25
10
15
AOhmmeter Probe
BOhmmeter Probe
CResistor Terminal
3. Place one ohmmeter probe (A) against terminal G.
Touch probe (B) to NEARER terminal of resistor (C).
4. Resistance should be about 100 ohms. If resistor is
defective, replace rectifier bridge.
RG,RG34710,2125 1915MAR971/1
Connect Stator Windings
R
W
6
0
4
6
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Connect Stator Windings
ASoldering Iron
BDiode Connector
1. Use a soldering iron (A) with 120-watt capacity.
2. Grasp diode connector (B) with needle-nose pliers to
act as heat sink.
3. Connect triple leads of stator winding to side of rectifier
bridge. Connect each triple lead to both a rectifier
diode and the diode/resistor trio.
4. Solder all nine connections quickly to prevent
overheating. Use rosin-core solder only.
RG,RG34710,2126 1915MAR971/1
Test Regulator
The only suitable way to test a regulator is to install it on
an alternator known to be good and measure regulator
output voltage. Normal regulator voltage is 13.814.8
volts. Replace regulator if voltage is too high or too low.
103000
PN=243
RG,RG34710,2127 1915MAR971/2
Assemble Rear Frame
R
W
6
0
5
1
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Insulating Bushings
25
10
16
AInsulating Bushings
1. Place insulating bushings (A) on two screws on output
side of rectifier bridge.
RG,RG34710,2127 1915MAR972/2
R
W
6
0
5
2
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Install Parts
ARear Cover
BInsulator Bushings
CCondenser
DCondenser Wire
2. Install rectifier bridge/stator in rear housing.
3. Install rear cover (A).
4. Install insulator bushings (B).
5. Install condenser (C) and attach condenser wire (D).
103000
PN=244
RG,RG34710,2128 1915MAR971/1
Remove Pulley Nut
R
W
6
0
3
6
U
N
1
5
D
E
C
8
8
Remove Pulley Nut
A22 mm Socket
BJD306A-1 Tool
CJD306A-2 Tool
NOTE: Pulley nut need not be removed if you are certain
housing as described earlier in this group and
leave rotor in front housing.
1. Install a 22 mm socket (A) on JD306A-1 Tool (B) (from
JD306A Alternator Pulley Nut Tool Set) to hold nut.
rotor shaft.
3. Hold rotor and remove nut, pulley and fan.
25
10
17
RG,RG34710,2129 1915MAR971/2
Remove and Inspect Front Bearing
R
W
6
0
3
8
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Remove Screws
AScrews (3 Used)
1. Remove three screws (A) holding bearing retainer to
front housing.
103000
PN=245
RG,RG34710,2129 1915MAR972/2
R
W
6
0
3
9
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Inspect Parts for Damage
25
10
18
ABearing Retainer
BCollars
CBearing
DBearing Bore
2. Remove bearing retainer (A), collars (B) and bearing
(C).
3. Inspect bearing and bearing bore (D) for damage.
Bearing may be reused, if not damaged.
4. Inspect collars (B) and felt washers on collars. Also
inspect O-ring on bearing retainer.
RG,RG34710,2130 1915MAR971/1
Install Front Bearing Assembly
1. Wipe bearing, bearing cavity, collars and felt washers
with a clean cloth.
2. Coat bearing with a thin film of grease to aid
installation of bearing in housing.
3. Install bearing assembly.
RG,RG34710,2131 1915MAR971/1
R
W
6
0
1
7
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
AOhmmeter
BRotor Shaft
CSlip Rings
1. Use an ohmmeter (A) or test lamp to test for continuity.
2. Attach ohmmeter to rotor shaft (B) and each slip ring
(C).
103000
PN=246
RG,RG34710,2132 1915MAR971/1
Test Rotor for Open or Shorted Circuits
R
W
6
0
1
8
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Measure Resistance
25
10
19
AOhmmeter
BSlip Ring
CSlip Ring
1. Connect ohmmeter (A) to each slip ring (B and C) to
measure resistance.
2. Resistance should be 35 ohms. Replace rotor if
resistance is too high or too low.
RG,RG34710,2133 1915MAR971/1
Recondition Slip Rings
NOTE: Rough or out-of-round slip rings can cause short
brush life.
1. Mount rotor assembly on lathe.
2. If slip rings are rough or scored, turn them just enough
to eliminate roughness. If slip rings are out-of-round,
turn them to within 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) of total
indicator reading.
3. Polish slip rings sparingly with No. 00 sandpaper or
400-grit silicon carbide paper.
insulation.
103000
PN=247
RG,RG34710,2134 1915MAR971/2
Install Rotor and Front Housing
R
W
6
0
5
4
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Install Rotor and Front Housing
25
10
20
APin
BRear Housing
1. Push back brushes to clear rear bearing.
2. Insert pin (A) through hole in rear housing to hold
brushes fully retracted.
3. Place felt washer on rear bearing end of rotor shaft,
install rotor in rear housing (B) and remove wire. Be
sure brushes have good contact with rotor slip rings.
RG,RG34710,2134 1915MAR972/2
R
W
6
0
5
5
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Secure Front Housing
AFront Housing
BThrough Bolts (4 Used)
4. Slide front housing (A) onto rotor shaft and secure with
four through bolts (B). Rotate rotor to ensure that it is
free from any interferences.
103000
PN=248
RG,RG34710,2135 1915MAR971/1
Install Pulley Assembly
R
W
6
0
3
6
U
N
1
5
D
E
C
8
8
Install Pulley Assembly
A22 mm Socket
BJD306A-1 Tool
CJD306A-2 Tool
Install fan, pulley, washer and pulley nut. Tighten pulley
nut to specifications using JD306A Alternator Pulley Nut
Tool.
Specification
Pulley NutTorque 6687 Nm (5065 lb-ft) ..........................................
1. Install a 22 mm socket (A) on JD306A-1 (B) to hold
nut.
rotor shaft.
3. Hold rotor shaft and tighten nut to torque above.
25
10
21
RG,RG34710,2136 1915MAR971/1
Install Regulator
R
W
6
0
5
3
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
8
Install Regulator
AInsulator
BRegulator
CCover
1. Slip insulator (A) over regulator terminals. Slip it back
into notches at base of terminals.
2. Attach regulator (B) and cover (C).
Refer to your machine technical manual for alternator
installation and correct V-belt adjustments.
103000
PN=249
25
10
22
103000
PN=250
Group 15
Denso Alternator with Built-In Regulator Repair
OUO1004,0000B78 1921SEP001/4
Essential Tools
25
15
1
OUO1004,0000B78 1921SEP002/4
R
2
6
5
2
8
U
N
3
1
J
A
N
8
9
JD306A
OUO1004,0000B78 1921SEP003/4
R
G
5
4
9
5
U
N
0
9
J
A
N
9
0
JDG672
Alternator Pulley Tool Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JDG672
Remove and install alternator pulley retaining nut on
12-volt, 120-amp Denso alternator.
103000
PN=251
OUO1004,0000B78 1921SEP004/4
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
25
15
2
OUO1004,0000B7A 1921SEP001/1
Other Material
Number Name Use
Sandpaper
(U.S.) Chevron SR1-2 Grease Lubricate alternator bearing
103000
PN=252
25
15
3
OUO1004,0000BB3 1928SEP001/1
Denso Charging Circuit Repair Specifications
(Alternators with Built-In Regulator)
New Brush Exposed Length 10.5 mm (0.40 in.)
Used Brush Minimum Exposed Length 4.5 mm (0.18 in.)
Rotor Slip Ring OD 14.014.4 mm (0.550.57 in.)
Rear End Cover Torque 4.5 Nm (40 lb-in.)
Drive End-to-Rear End Frame Torque 4.5 Nm (40 lb-in.)
IC Regulator Torque 2.0 Nm (18 lb-in.)
Brush Assembly Torque 2.0 Nm (18 lb-in.)
Rectifier Terminal Torque 6.5 Nm (57 lb-in.)
103000
PN=253
25
15
4
RG,RG34710,2139 1908SEP001/1
Denso Charging Circuit Test Specifications
(Alternators with Built-In Regulator)
John Deere Denso Voltage Rated Output
Part No. Part No. (Amps)
CH10493 0210007281 12 25
RE34888 1002115030 12 90
RE34890 1002117130 12 120
RE37201 1002116031 12 120
RE42123 1002116030 12 120
RE42778 1002114200 12 40
RE44140 1003116050 12 120
RE46043 1002112470 12 60
RE46608 1002116420 12 140
RE500226 1012117780 12 140
RE500227 1022111180 12 90
RE51921 1012116050 12 120
RE51922 1002116040 12 120
RE60745 1012117130 12 120
RE65414 1022110040 24 60
RE70268 101211133 12 40
RE71763 5101211148 12 65
RE72917 1012112471 12 60
RE72918 1022115121 12 65
Item Specification
Regulator Output Voltage 13.915.1 volts
NOTE: Earlier Denso alternators may have the original
Nippondenso label.
103000
PN=254
25
15
5
RG,RG34710,2140 1915MAR971/1
Disassemble and Test Denso Alternator with Built-In Regulator
R
G
5
4
8
0
U
N
0
2
F
E
B
8
9
Test Denso Alternator with Regulator
AV-Ribbed Pulley FBearing (2 Used) KS Terminal Insulator OBrush Holder
BSpacer Collar GBushing LRectifier PSpring
CDrive End Frame HRetainer Plate MIC Regulator QBrush
DStator IRotor NBearing Cover RRear End Cover
EStud Bolt JRear End Frame
103000
PN=255
25
15
6
RG,RG34710,2141 1915MAR971/13
R
G
5
4
8
1
U
N
0
9
J
A
N
9
0
Install Sockets
AJDG672 Socket
BSnap-On SIMM100, 10 mm Impact Socket
NOTE: Pulley nut need not be removed if you are sure
housing as described and leave rotor in front
housing.
Remove alternator pulley using JD306A Alternator Pulley
Tool Set.
For 12-volt, 120-amp alternator, use JDG672 Alternator
Pulley Tool Set as follows:
1. Install JDG672 Socket (A) on shaft nut. Hold socket
using a 24 mm wrench as shown.
2. Install Snap-On SIMM100, 10 mm Impact Socket (B)
onto rotor shaft hex.
3. Hold rotor shaft and remove nut and pulley.
RG,RG34710,2141 1915MAR972/13
R
G
5
4
8
2
U
N
0
9
J
A
N
9
0
Remove Nut from Rectifier Terminal
ARectifier Terminal
4. Remove nut and insulator from rectifier terminal (A).
5. Remove three nuts holding rear end cover to alternator
assembly and remove cover.
103000
PN=256
RG,RG34710,2141 1915MAR973/13
R
G
5
4
8
3
U
N
0
9
J
A
N
9
0
Remove Rubber Boot
25
15
7
ARubber Boot
6. Remove rubber boot (A) from brush assembly.
7. Remove two screws securing brush holder assembly to
rectifier and remove brush holder assembly. Remove
gasket from below brushes.
RG,RG34710,2141 1915MAR974/13
R
G
5
4
8
4
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
8
9
Measure Length of Brush
8. Measure length of brush protruding from the brush
holder.
Replace brush assembly if length is not within
minimum serviceable length.
Specification
New BrushExposed Length 10.5 mm (0.40 in.) ......................................
Used BrushMinimum Exposed
Length 4.5 mm (0.18 in.) .............................................................................
103000
PN=257
RG,RG34710,2141 1915MAR975/13
R
G
5
4
8
5
U
N
0
9
J
A
N
9
0
Remove IC Regulator Screws
25
15
8
AIC Regulator
9. Remove three screws securing IC regulator (A) to end
frame and remove regulator.
RG,RG34710,2141 1915MAR976/13
R
G
5
4
8
7
U
N
0
2
M
A
R
8
9
Check Continuity
ARectifier Output Terminal
BStator Attaching Points
10. Disconnect four stator lead wires. Remove rectifier
from alternator end frame.
11. Connect red lead of multimeter to output terminal (A)
of rectifier. Connect stator attaching points (B) with
the black lead of meter.
There should not be continuity.
12. Reverse polarity of multimeter leads and repeat test
outlined in step 11.
There should be continuity.
If there is continuity in both directions, diode is
shorted. If no continuity in either direction, diode is
open.
If either diode is defective, rectifier bridge must be
replaced.
103000
PN=258
RG,RG34710,2141 1915MAR977/13
R
G
5
4
8
8
U
N
0
9
J
A
N
9
0
Remove Nuts and Bushings
25
15
9
ARubber Bushings (4 Used)
BNuts (4 Used)
13. Remove four rubber bushings (A) from stator leads.
Do not stretch stator leads.
14. Remove four nuts (B) from stud bolts that hold drive
and rear end frames together.
RG,RG34710,2141 1915MAR978/13
R
G
5
4
8
9
U
N
0
9
J
A
N
9
0
15. Carefully insert two flat screwdrivers in opposite
openings between front and rear end housing.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT insert screwdriver blade more
than 1.6 mm (1/16 in.). Damage to stator
windings may result.
16. Apply prying pressure at several points to separate
housings.
NOTE: If housings are difficult to separate, use a jaw-type
puller to bear on rotor shaft and pull on rear end
frame.
RG,RG34710,2141 1915MAR979/13
R
G
5
4
9
0
U
N
0
9
J
A
N
9
0
17. Remove rotor from housing by lightly tapping shaft
(as shown) with a soft-faced hammer. Be careful not
to drop rotor.
103000
PN=259
RG,RG34710,2141 1915MAR9710/13
R
G
5
4
9
1
U
N
0
9
J
A
N
9
0
18. Remove screws holding bearing retainer plate and
remove plate. Drive bearing from housing. Remove
bearing cover.
19. Install new bearing and bearing cover in housing
bore. Install bearing retainer plate and tighten screws
securely.
25
15
10
RG,RG34710,2141 1915MAR9711/13
R
G
5
4
9
2
U
N
0
9
J
A
N
9
0
20. Connect ohmmeter leads to each slip ring (as shown)
to measure resistance.
Resistance should be 2.04.0 ohms. Replace rotor if
resistance is not within specification.
21. Connect black () lead of ohmmeter to end of shaft
and the red (+) lead to each slip ring.
There should be no continuity (0.1 ohm or less).
Replace rotor if test shows continuity.
RG,RG34710,2141 1915MAR9712/13
R
G
5
4
9
3
U
N
0
9
J
A
N
9
0
22. Measure slip ring OD. Replace rotor if slip ring OD is
below the acceptable limit.
Specification
Rotor Slip RingOD 14.014.4 mm (0.550.57 in.) ...............................
23. If slip rings are rough or scored, turn them just
enough to eliminate roughness. Polish sparingly with
No. 00 sandpaper or 400-grit silicon carbide paper.
103000
PN=260
RG,RG34710,2141 1915MAR9713/13
R
G
5
4
9
4
U
N
0
9
J
A
N
9
0
insulation.
NOTE: Remove bearing only if replacement is necessary.
24. If necessary, remove bearing from rotor shaft using a
puller as shown. If desired, rotor may be clamped in a
soft-jawed vise.
25
15
11
103000
PN=261
25
15
12
RG,RG34710,2142 1915MAR971/1
Assemble Denso Alternator
R
G
5
4
7
9
U
N
0
2
F
E
B
8
9
Assemble Denso Alternator
ADriver End Frame EConnector ISlip Ring LRotor
BRear End Frame FIC Regulator JRectifier MBearing (2 Used)
CStator Windings GSpring KRear End Cover NPulley
DS Terminal HBrush
Assemble alternator in the reverse sequence of
disassembly procedure while paying close attention to
the following details:
1. If one bearing needs replacing, replace both
bearings as a set. Lubricate bearings with grease.
2. Be sure screws securing IC regulator are in the
correct position, so that too long of a screw will not
touch rear end frame and cause battery
overcharging.
3. Compress brush springs during assembly for
clearance past slip rings.
4. Torque all hardware to specifications.
Specification
Rear End CoverTorque 4.5 Nm (40 lb-in.) .......................................
Drive End-to-Rear End
FrameTorque 4.5 Nm (40 lb-in.) .......................................................
IC RegulatorTorque 2.0 Nm (18 lb-in.) .............................................
Brush AssemblyTorque 2.0 Nm (18 lb-in.) .......................................
Rectifier TerminalTorque 6.5 Nm (57 lb-in.) .....................................
Pulley NutTorque 94127 Nm (7095 lb-ft) .................................
103000
PN=262
Section 30
Robert Bosch Alternators
Contents
Page
Group 05Robert Bosch Alternator Theory of
Operation
Function of Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-05-1
Group 10Robert Bosch Alternator Repair
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-1
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-1
Robert Bosch Charging Circuit Repair
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-2
Robert Bosch Charging Circuit Test
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-3
Alternator, Section View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-4
Alternator Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-5
Removing Brush Holder with Regulator. . . . . . .30-10-5
Alternator Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-6
Stator Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-6
Diode Plate Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-7
Alternator Exploded View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-8
30
Testing Rotor for Short Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-9
Testing Rotor for Ground. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-9
Testing Slip Rings and Rotor Shaft for Radial
Runout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-10
Turning Down Slip Rings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-10
Testing Stator Coil for Short Circuit . . . . . . . . .30-10-11
Testing Stator Coil for Grounds. . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-11
Replacing Carbon Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-12
Replacing Ball Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-12
Checking Positive Diodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-13
Checking Negative Diodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-14
Testing Exciting Diodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-15
Diode Plate Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-16
Soldering Stator Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-16
Pressing Ball Bearing onto Rotor Shaft . . . . . .30-10-17
Pressing Rotor into Drive End Frame . . . . . . .30-10-17
Assemble Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-18
Installing Brush Holder with Regulator. . . . . . .30-10-18
Fan and Belt Pulley Installation . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-19
103000
PN=1
Contents
30
103000
PN=2
Group 05
Robert Bosch Alternator Theory of Operation
30
05
1
RG,RG34710,2143 1915MAR971/1
Function of Alternator
L
1
1
0
7
4
9
U
N
0
1
F
E
B
8
9
Bosch 14-Volt Alternator
AAlternator CExciting Coil (Rotor) EBattery GStarter Motor Switch
BCurrent Coil (Stator) DRegulator FAlternator Indicator Light
The Bosch 14-volt alternator is a 12-pole, self-induced
synchronous generator. The current coil is located in
the stator, and the exciting coil in the rotor. The
exciting current is supplied by the rectifier (terminal
D+) through the regulator, two carbon brushes and slip
rings to the exciting coil in the rotor.
The alternator is normally driven by a fan belt from the
engine crankshaft. The rotor is supported by two
permanently lubricated bearings.
The alternator generates alternating current which is
then transformed into direct current by the rectifier
diodes.
The alternator windings are Y-connected. The coil
ends U, V and W (see illustration) are connected to
the rectifier diodes. The current flows through the
diode and terminal B+ directly to the positive pole of
the battery.
Alternator current is generated in each stator coil (B) of
the alternator. During one revolution of the rotor (C),
the voltage in the stator coil rises from 0 to the positive
maximum, drops to 0, rises to the negative maximum
and again drops to 0. Then the process is repeated.
As the stator coils are Y-connected, a three-phase or
alternating current is generated. The individual phases
are shifted 120.
A sealed electronic regulator is used to regulate the
alternator voltage. This regulator, which cannot be
adjusted, limits the alternator voltage to approximately
14 volts.
103000
PN=265
Robert Bosch Alternator Theory of Operation
30
05
2
103000
PN=266
Group 10
Robert Bosch Alternator Repair
OUO1004,0000B7C 1921SEP001/2
Essential Tools
30
10
1
OUO1004,0000B7C 1921SEP002/2
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
OUO1004,0000BBF 1919OCT001/1
Other Material
Number Name Use
194891 (U.S.) Delco-Remy High Temperature Apply to end frame bearing seat.
Bearing Grease
103000
PN=267
30
OUO1004,0000B7F 1921SEP001/1
Robert Bosch Charging Circuit Repair
Specifications
Slip Rings Maximum Radial Runout 0.03 mm (0.0012 in.)
Rotor Shaft Maximum Radial Runout 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
Slip Rings Minimum Length 20 mm (0.79 in.)
Slip Rings Minimum OD 26.8 mm (1.055 in.)
Used Brushes Minimum Exposed Length 5 mm (0.2 in.)
New Brushes Exposed Length 10 mm (0.4 in.)
Alternator Housing Cap Screws Torque 4.05.5 Nm (3348 lb-in.)
Armature End Play 0.10.3 mm (0.0040.012 in.)
Alternator Pulley Nut Torque 3545 Nm (2532 lb-ft)
10
2
103000
PN=268
30
10
3
RG,RG34710,2145 1908SEP001/1
Robert Bosch Charging Circuit Test
Specifications
Rating
John Deere Robert Bosch Model/Series Volts Amps
Part No. Part No.
AE52707 F120 061 422 12 120
AE53101 9 120 060 042, 0 120 K1 12 (14) 120
484 017, 0 120 484 019
AH137883 0 120 484 011 K1 12 (14) 95
AL32141 0 120 339 512 12 (14) 33
AL35998 0 120 488 218 12 55
AL67175 0 120 402 318 12 55
AL78689 0 120 488 267 K1 12 (14) 55
AL78690 0 120 484 016 K1 12 (14) 85
AL78692 0 120 484 017 K1 12 (14) 120
AL81436 0 120 488 290 K1 12 (14) 55
AL81437 0 120 484 020 K1 12 (14) 85
AL81438 0 120 488 019 K1 12 (14) 120
AT161324 0 120 488 206 K1 24 (28) 45
AT168711 0 120 468 136 N1 24 (28) 80
AT173624 0 120 488 205, 0 120 K1 12 (14) 65
060 040
AT175194 9 120 060 041 K1 12 (14) 95
AT175195 9 120 060 039 K1 24 (28) 45
AT175839 0 120 468 055 N1R 12 (14) 135
AT185696 F 005 0022 24 45
AT208541 0 120 500 078 24 80
AT220393 F 005 A0 0023 12 65
AT220394 F 005 A0 0024 12 95
AT85458 0 122 469 004 N1 24 (28) 50
AT185951 F 005 A0 0025 12 120
AZ23575 0 120 339 549 12 (14) 35
AZ38462 0 120 484 012, 0 120 K1 12 (14) 95
402 566
RE36267 0 120 484 011 K1 12 (14) 90
RE36268 0 120 468 055 N1 12 (14) 135
Item Specification
Stator winding resistance 0.400.44 ohms
Rotor winding resistance 4.04.40 ohms
103000
PN=269
30
10
4
RG,RG34710,2146 1915MAR971/1
Alternator, Section View
L
1
0
6
7
6
7
A
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
8
9
Alternator, Section View
AStator Assembly DBearing and End Frame GRegulator IRotor
BStator Winding ESlip Ring HBearing and Drive End
CHeat Sink FCarbon Brush Frame
103000
PN=270
RG,RG34710,2147 1915MAR971/1
Alternator Removal
L
1
0
6
7
6
8
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Alternator Removal
Disconnect ground straps of battery.
Disconnect cables from alternator.
Remove alternator per instructions in machine technical
manual.
30
10
5
RG,RG34710,2148 1915MAR971/1
Removing Brush Holder with Regulator
L
1
0
6
7
6
9
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Remove Brush Holder with Regulator
NOTE: Before dismantling alternator, first remove brush
holder with regulator so carbon brushes will not
break during disassembly.
103000
PN=271
RG,RG34710,2149 1915MAR971/1
Alternator Disassembly
L
1
0
6
7
7
0
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Mark End Frames and Stator
30
10
6
APosition Marks
Mark position of both bearing end frames and stator for
later assembly (A).
Press rotor out of drive end frame.
RG,RG34710,2150 1915MAR971/1
Stator Removal
L
1
0
6
7
7
1
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Unsolder Stator Windings
Unsolder stator windings from diode leads of diode plate.
103000
PN=272
RG,RG34710,2151 1915MAR971/1
Diode Plate Removal
L
1
0
6
7
7
2
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Diode Plate Removal
Remove screws from connections D+ and B+.
Lift out diode plate.
30
10
7
103000
PN=273
30
10
8
RG,RG34710,2152 1915MAR971/1
Alternator Exploded View
L
1
0
6
7
7
3
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
8
9
AlteratorExploded View
1Retaining Plate 8Fan 15Carbon Brush (2 Used) 24Ball Bearing
2Ball Bearing 9Belt Pulley Repair Set 16Gasket 25Slip Ring
3Washer 10Snap Ring
1
17Suppression Capacitor 26Rotor
4Stator Coil 11Hex Nut
1
18Cylinder Screw 27Woodruff Key
1
5Drive End Frame 12Screw with Spring Washer 19Gasket 28Screw with Spring Washer
6Cylinder Screw (4 Used) (2 Used) 20End Frame (3 Used)
7Countersunk Screw (4 13Regulator with Brush 21Diode Plate 29Protective Cap
Used)
1
Holder 22Spring Washer
1
30Repair Kit for Terminals
14Compression Spring (2 23O-Ring W, D+ and B+
Used)
1
Rotor Repair Kit.
103000
PN=274
RG,RG34710,2153 1915MAR971/1
Testing Rotor for Short Circuit
L
1
0
6
7
7
4
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
With a test lamp:
Test lamp must light brightly.
With an ohmmeter:
Ohmmeter indication must be between 4.0 and 4.4 ohms.
If test fails, replace rotor.
30
10
9
RG,RG34710,2154 1921SEP001/1
Testing Rotor for Ground
L
1
0
6
7
7
5
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Test Rotor for Ground
Use an ohmmeter to test for continuity.
Attach ohmmeter to rotor and each slip ring.
Replace rotor if test shows continuity.
103000
PN=275
RG,RG34710,2155 1915MAR971/1
Testing Slip Rings and Rotor Shaft for Radial
Runout
L
1
0
6
7
7
7
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Rotor Shaft Test Point
30
10
10
ARotor Shaft Test Point
Check maximum radial runout of slip rings and rotor
shaft.
Specification
Slip RingsMaximum Radial
Runout 0.03 mm (0.0012 in.) ......................................................................
Rotor ShaftMaximum Radial
Runout 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) ........................................................................
RG,RG34710,2156 1915MAR971/1
Turning Down Slip Rings
L
1
0
6
7
7
6
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Turning Down Slip Rings ASlip Ring Length
Turn down slip rings to length of only (A).
Specification
Slip RingsMinimum Length 20 mm (0.79 in.) ..........................................
Check diameter of slip rings.
Specification
Slip RingsMinimum OD 26.8 mm (1.055 in.) ...........................................
103000
PN=276
RG,RG34710,2157 1915MAR971/1
Testing Stator Coil for Short Circuit
L
1
0
6
7
7
8
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Test Phase Outlets
APhase Outlet
BPhase Outlet
CPhase Outlet
Test phase outlets with respect to each other as follows:
A and B; B and C; A and C.
With test lamp:
Test lamp must light up brightly
With ohmmeter:
Indications between 0.40 and 0.44 ohms.
If test fails, replace stator coil.
30
10
11
RG,RG34710,2158 1915MAR971/1
Testing Stator Coil for Grounds
L
1
0
6
7
7
9
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Test Stator Coil for Grounds
Connect ohmmeter (or test lamp) to stator lead and stator
frame.
Repeat test for each stator lead.
If test shows continuity, replace stator.
103000
PN=277
30
10
12
RG,RG34710,2159 1919OCT001/1
Replacing Carbon Brushes
L
1
0
6
7
8
0
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Dimension
ACarbon Brush Dimension
Replace carbon brushes if dimension (A) is less than
specified.
Specification
Used BrushesMinimum
Exposed Length 5 mm (0.2 in.) ...................................................................
NOTE: When soldering copper lead, make sure solder
(rosin-core solder only) does not seep into the
copper leads.
Solder new carbon brushes in such a way that dimension
(A) does not exceed specifications.
Specification
New BrushesExposed Length 10 mm (0.4 in.) .......................................
IMPORTANT: The service life of carbon brushes and
ball bearings are matched to each
other. Therefore, always replace ball
bearings when renewing carbon
brushes. Before installing new carbon
brushes, slip rings must be checked
and turned down if necessary.
RG,RG34710,2160 1915MAR971/1
Replacing Ball Bearings
L
1
0
6
7
8
1
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Remove Attaching Screws
AScrews (4 Used)
Remove attaching screws (A) of drive end frame retaining
plate and force rotor out of drive end frame.
Pull off rotor ball bearing.
Removed ball bearings must be replaced.
103000
PN=278
RG,RG34710,2161 1915MAR971/2
Checking Positive Diodes
L
1
0
6
7
8
2
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Check Positive Diodes
30
10
13
APositive Heat Sink
BDiode Leads
Consecutively place positive test probe of ohmmeter to
positive heat sink (A) and negative test probe to leads (B)
of diodes.
Meter must not show continuity.
RG,RG34710,2161 1915MAR972/2
L
1
0
6
7
8
3
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Reversed Polarity
If no fault is found in the above described test, carry out
this test with reversed polarity (see illustration).
Meter must show continuity.
NOTE: Test voltage 612 volts DC.
103000
PN=279
RG,RG34710,2162 1915MAR971/2
Checking Negative Diodes
L
1
0
6
7
8
4
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Check Negative Diodes
30
10
14
ADiode Leads
BPositive Heat Sink
Consecutively place positive test probe of ohmmeter to
positive heat sink (B) and negative test probe to leads (A)
of diodes.
RG,RG34710,2162 1915MAR972/2
L
1
0
6
7
8
5
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Reverse Polarity
ADiode Leads
BPositive Heat Sink
103000
PN=280
RG,RG34710,2163 1915MAR971/2
Testing Exciting Diodes
L
1
0
6
7
8
6
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Test Exciting Diodes
30
10
15
ADiode Leads
BD+ Connection
Place positive test probe of an ohmmeter on connection
D+ (B) and negative probe onto diode lead (A).
RG,RG34710,2163 1915MAR972/2
L
1
0
6
7
8
7
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Reverse Polarity
ADiode Leads
BD+ Connection
103000
PN=281
RG,RG34710,2164 1915MAR971/1
Diode Plate Installation
L
1
0
6
7
7
2
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Install Diode Plate
Pay attention to perfect insulation connections B+, D+
and the positive diode heat sink in respect to end frame.
Install diode plate as shown and tighten screws.
30
10
16
RG,RG34710,2165 1915MAR971/1
Soldering Stator Coils
L
1
0
6
7
7
1
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Solder Stator Coils
IMPORTANT: Use only rosin-core solder.
Make sure that no solder seeps inside diode plate.
Avoid overheating diodes.
103000
PN=282
RG,RG34710,2166 1915MAR971/1
Pressing Ball Bearing onto Rotor Shaft
L
1
0
6
7
8
8
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Pressing Ball Bearing Onto Rotor Shaft
For pressing on, use a sleeve which presses against the
ball bearing inner race.
IMPORTANT: Never press onto drive end frame;
damage may result.
30
10
17
RG,RG34710,2167 1915MAR971/1
Pressing Rotor into Drive End Frame
L
1
0
6
7
8
9
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Retaining Plate
ARetaining Plate
Use a new retaining plate (A) when installing new ball
bearing.
103000
PN=283
RG,RG34710,2168 1921SEP001/1
Assemble Alternator
L
1
0
6
7
9
0
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Alternator Assembly
AScrews (4 Used)
Apply high temperature bearing grease such as Bosch
FT70V1 or Delco Remy No. 194891 to end frame bearing
seat. Place spring washer end in frame and carefully join
both alternator halves, paying attention to markings.
Tighten screws (A) to specifications.
Specification
Alternator Housing Cap Screws
Torque 4.05.5 Nm (3348 lb-in.) ..........................................................
Check armature end play.
Specification
ArmatureEnd Play 0.10.3 mm (0.0040.012 in.) ................................
30
10
18
RG,RG34710,2169 1915MAR971/1
Installing Brush Holder with Regulator
L
1
0
6
7
9
1
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Install Brush Holder with Regulator
AGasket
Carefully insert brush holder with regulator. Make sure
that gasket (A) fits correctly. Tighten screws securely.
103000
PN=284
RG,RG34710,2170 1915MAR971/1
Fan and Belt Pulley Installation
L
1
0
6
7
9
2
U
N
1
1
J
U
L
8
9
Tighten Securing Nut
Tighten securing nut to specifications.
Specification
Alternator Pulley NutTorque 3545 Nm (2532 lb-ft) .........................
NOTE: To install alternator and adjust belt tension, refer
to machine technical manual.
30
10
19
103000
PN=285
30
10
20
103000
PN=286
Section 35
Valeo Alternators
Contents
Page
Group 05Valeo Alternator Theory of Operation
Valeo Alternator Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-05-1
Valeo Regulator Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-05-2
Group 10Valeo Alternator Repair
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-10-1
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-10-1
Valeo Charging Circuit Repair Specifications. . .35-10-2
Valeo Charging Circuit Test Specifications . . . .35-10-2
Disassemble Alternator and Test
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-10-3
Assemble Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-10-8
Group 15Valeo A13N-Series Alternator Repair
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-15-1
Valeo A13N-Series Repair Specifications . . . . .35-15-1
Valeo A13N-Series Test Specifications . . . . . . .35-15-2
Disassemble and Test Valeo A13N-Series
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-15-2
Assemble Valeo A13N-Series Alternator . . . . . .35-15-9
35
103000
PN=1
Contents
35
103000
PN=2
Group 05
Valeo Alternator Theory of Operation
35
05
1
RG,RG34710,2171 1915MAR971/1
Valeo Alternator Operation
T
5
2
1
8
4
U
N
3
1
M
A
Y
8
9
Valeo Alternator Operation
1Stator
2Rotor Winding (Field)
3Rotor Slip Ring
4Brushes
5Regulator Terminal
6Output Terminal
7Isolation Diode
8Regulator
In an alternator, the magnetic field of the rotor is moved
across stationary conductors in the stator. This permits a
permanent connection between the stator windings and
the output terminal. Slip rings are used to transmit the
field current to the rotor field winding.
The alternator produces power in the form of a
three-phase alternating current and voltage. The
alternating current is rectified to direct current by a
three-phase full-wave rectifier circuit using six silicon
rectifier diodes. Since the diode will pass current in only
one direction (from alternator to battery or load), the
alternator does not require the use of a cutout relay.
The entire DC output of the system passes through the
isolation diode. This provides the system with several
distinct advantages. It prevents the battery from
discharging through the regulator and alternator field
without the use of relays or switches. Electrically, the
indicator lamp is connected across the isolation diode.
When the system is operating properly, the alternator
output voltage is very nearly the same as the battery
voltage. This means that the voltage potential across the
isolation diode is low and the indicator lamp shows that
the alternator is charging.
The alternator output current is controlled by the current
flow through the field coil (rotor). The amount of current
required is determined and controlled by the regulator.
Since there is very little residual magnetism in the
alternator, it is necessary to supply a small amount of
excitation current to the field (rotor) to start the process of
current generation. The excitation resistor supplies this
starting current when the key switch is turned on. This
resistor is enclosed in the sealed regulator case. Once the
alternator is excited, a voltage is developed at the
regulator terminal and the voltage regulator takes over
control of the system voltage.
103000
PN=289
35
05
2
RG,RG34710,2172 1915MAR971/5
Valeo Regulator Operation
T
5
1
5
3
7
U
N
0
2
J
U
N
8
9
Valeo Regulator Operation
1Thermistor (RT)
2Field Discharge Diode
3Transistor (T-2)
4Transistor (T-1)
5Zener Diode
6Excitation Resistor
7To Alternator Indicator Light
The transistor regulator is an electronic switching device
composed principally of transistors, resistor, and diodes to
form a completely static unit containing no moving parts.
The transistors are used to switch the alternator field
current on and off and are controlled by the resistors and
the Zener diode.
A Zener diode is a special diode that will break down and
permit a reverse flow of current when the voltage reaches
a certain value, without damaging the semiconductor
material. This diode is the trigger which senses the
maximum desired voltage and turns the transistor on or
off to limit charging system voltage.
The field discharge diode provides an alternator current
path to protect the transistors from induced high voltage
from the alternator field windings. The sudden stopping of
field current by the transistor and subsequent collapsing of
the magnetic field cause an induced voltage in the rotor
windings.
The thermistor (RT) is a temperature compensating
resistor. Its resistance varies with temperature and
controls the operating point of the Zener diode so that a
high system voltage is produced in cold weather when
needed, and a lower system voltage in warm weather.
When the voltage appearing at the output terminal of the
alternator rises to a predetermined value (1.44 volts), the
voltage which appears across the Zener diode permits
current to flow in the base of transistor T-1. This causes
transistor T-1 to turn on and reverse bias transistor T-2,
thus turning off the current applied to the alternator field.
When the system voltage drops below the predetermined
value, the Zener diode stops conducting, T-1 turns off and
T-2 turns on. When transistor T-2 is switched on, field
current again is supplied to the alternator.
The operation of transistor T-2 is in effect like a switch,
turning the alternator field current on and off as the
electrical supply varies due to the varying electrical load.
This action occurs many times a second, so fast it cannot
be detected in the alternator output.
103000
PN=290
RG,RG34710,2172 1915MAR972/5
The solid-state regulator is either mounted on rear of
alternator or mounted internally. It controls output by
controlling current through the field. In operation, the
regulator has the following three phases.
35
05
3
RG,RG34710,2172 1915MAR973/5
N
3
7
7
6
1
U
N
0
2
M
A
Y
8
9
ARegulator
BBattery
CKey Switch
DRotor
EField Windings
FDelta Stator
GRectifier Diodes
HDiode Trio
(Phase I also applies when alternator is running but only if
voltage.)
1. Current flows from battery (B) through key switch (C)
to regulator (A).
2. From there, current flows through resistors R8, R7, and
R1 to transistor Q2, turning it on.
3. Transistor Q2 then provides a path so current can flow
through field (E) to ground, enabling alternator to
4. Zener diode D1 prevents flow of current to transistor
Q1. A Zener diode is a special type of diode which will
not permit current to pass until voltage reaches a
certain preset level. If voltage exceeds that level,
current can pass through the Zener diode.
103000
PN=291
35
05
4
RG,RG34710,2172 1915MAR974/5
N
3
7
7
6
2
U
N
0
2
M
A
Y
8
9
ARegulator
BBattery
CKey Switch
DRotor
EField Windings
FDelta Stator
GRectifier Diodes
HDiode Trio
1. The key switch (C) and rectifier bridge diodes (G) all
have equal voltage. Therefore, no current flows from
key switch to regulator.
2. Current, now coming from rectifier bridge diodes, flows
through resistors R7 and R1 to turn on transistor Q2.
3. Transistor Q2 still provides a path to ground through
field (E), enabling alternator to generate electricity.
Alternating current is induced in the stator windings (F).
The rectifier bridge converts it to direct current,
charge the battery.
the Zener diode D1.
103000
PN=292
35
05
5
RG,RG34710,2172 1915MAR975/5
N
3
7
7
6
3
U
N
0
2
M
A
Y
8
9
Phase IIIShut-Off
ARegulator
BBattery
CKey Switch
DRotor
EField Windings
FDelta Stator
GRectifier Diodes
HDiode Trio
Phase IIIShut-Off
D1.
2. Current cannot pass through Zener diode D1 to turn on
control transistor Q1.
3. Current from transistor Q1 cuts off voltage to transistor
Q2, turning it off. There is now no path to ground for
current through field (E).
5. With transistor Q2 off, system voltage starts to drop in
unrestricted fashion until it falls below the Zener diode
D1 critical voltage. When this occurs, Zener diode D1
and transistor Q1 switch off and Q2 turns on again.
6. Phases II and III are repeated many times per second
103000
PN=293
35
05
6
103000
PN=294
Group 10
Valeo Alternator Repair
OUO1004,0000B80 1921SEP001/2
Essential Tools
35
10
1
OUO1004,0000B80 1921SEP002/2
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
OUO1004,0000B82 1921SEP001/1
Other Material
Number Name Use
TY16285 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Low Apply to front bearing plate and
CXTY24311 (Canadian) Strength) housing through bolts.
222 (LOCTITE
)
103000
PN=295
OUO1004,0000B83 1921SEP001/1
Valeo Charging Circuit Repair Specifications
Alternator Housing Through Bolts Torque 5 Nm (44 lb-in.)
Ground () Terminal Nut Torque 4 Nm (35 lb-in.)
Optional Terminal Nut Torque 4 Nm (35 lb-in.)
Battery Positive (+) Terminal Nut Torque 5 Nm (44 lb-in.)
35
10
2
RG,RG34710,2174 1908SEP001/1
Valeo Charging Circuit Test Specifications
NOTE: Formerly Motorola alternators made in France.
Min. Output @ 25C (77F)
John Deere Part Field Current
Valeo Part No. Pulley Grooves Rated Amps Amps RPM
No. (Volts)
RE20600 2940090
a
W/O 35 14 2630 30004000
RE30838 2518033
b
Dual 35 14 2630 30004000
RE40575 2518032
b
Single 35 14 2630 30004000
RE40576 2518073
b
Single 80 14 6878 30004000
a
With additional resistor.
b
With included regulator (Packard connector).
Item Specification
Maximum Continuous Speed 12000 rpm
Maximum Intermittent Speed 16000 rpm
Maximum Recommended Working Temperature 80C (176F)
103000
PN=296
RG,RG34710,2175 1915MAR971/19
Disassemble Alternator and Test
Components
C
D
5
7
1
2
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Unscrew Cover Attaching Screws
35
1Screws (3 Used)
1. Remove regulator after having identified the color
coding of the wires.
2. Unscrew the three cover attaching screws (1) and
remove cover.
10
3
RG,RG34710,2175 1915MAR972/19
C
D
5
7
1
3
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Remove Brush Assembly
3. Remove the brush assembly with caution and turn it
toward the outside in order to protect the brushes.
4. Inspect brushes. If either one is worn, cracked or oil
RG,RG34710,2175 1915MAR973/19
C
D
5
7
1
4
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
JT05791 Digital Multimeter
5. Touch each brush with test leads using JT05791
Digital Multimeter. No continuity should be found, even
if either brush has slid up or down in its channel. If
there is continuity, replace the brush assembly.
103000
PN=297
RG,RG34710,2175 1915MAR974/19
C
D
5
7
1
5
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Connect Test Leads
6. Connect the test leads of JT05791 Digital Multimeter
on the field terminal and on its corresponding brush.
Continuity should be found even when moving
brushes. If there is no continuity, replace the brush
assembly.
RG,RG34710,2175 1915MAR975/19
C
D
5
7
1
6
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Test for Continuity
7. Connect the test leads of JT05791 Digital Multimeter
on the second terminal and on its corresponding brush.
Continuity should be found even when moving
brushes. If there is no continuity, replace the brush
assembly.
35
10
4
RG,RG34710,2175 1915MAR976/19
C
D
5
7
1
7
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Test Resistance
8. Connect the test leads to each slip ring. The resistance
must be between 3.8 and 5.2 ohms.
9. Connect an ohmmeter between a slip ring and the
alternator housing. The resistance should be infinity.
RG,RG34710,2175 1915MAR977/19
C
D
5
7
1
8
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Check the Stator Insulation
10. Check if the winding has been damaged by
overheating.
11. Check the stator insulation by connecting an
ohmmeter between the alternator housing and in
succession with each stator phase winding. The
resistance should be infinity.
103000
PN=298
RG,RG34710,2175 1915MAR978/19
C
D
5
7
1
9
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Remove Link Diode Bridge
1Phase Winding
2D+ Terminal
3Screws
12. Unsolder the leads of phase winding (1), and D+
terminal (2).
13. Take out link diode bridge after removing the screws
(3).
35
10
5
RG,RG34710,2175 1915MAR979/19
C
D
5
7
2
0
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Test Diode
14. Using a power supply not exceeding 12 volts and an
indicator lamp in series, check the current flow
through each diode.
15. Test positive diodes by connecting the indicator lamp
between each phase terminal and the B+ terminal.
Just touch the lamp probes briefly.
If the indicator lamp lights only in one direction, the
diode is good. Continue testing diode as outlined in
step 16.
If the indicator lamp lights in both directions, the diode
is shorted. Replace diode.
If the indicator lamp does not light in either direction,
the diode circuit is open. Replace diode.
103000
PN=299
RG,RG34710,2175 1915MAR9710/19
C
D
5
7
2
1
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Test Diodes
16. Test negative diodes by connecting the lamp between
each phase terminal and the heat sink.
If the indicator lamp lights only in one direction, the
diode is good. Continue with step 17.
If the indicator lamp lights in both directions, the diode
is shorted. Replace diode.
If the indicator lamp does not light in either direction,
the diode is open circuit. Replace diode.
17. Test the trio by connecting the test leads on the D+
terminal and on each phase terminal in sequence.
Then reverse the polarity.
35
10
6
RG,RG34710,2175 1915MAR9711/19
C
D
5
7
2
2
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
18. Note the orientation of the housing and take out the
four through bolts.
RG,RG34710,2175 1915MAR9712/19
C
D
5
7
2
3
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Remove Rear Housing
19. Remove the rear housing. If it is glued to the stator,
take care not to damage the winding.
103000
PN=300
RG,RG34710,2175 1915MAR9713/19
C
D
5
7
2
4
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Remove O-Ring
20. Remove O-ring from rear bearing bore.
RG,RG34710,2175 1915MAR9714/19
C
D
5
7
2
5
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Remove Stator
21. Remove stator from front housing.
35
10
7
RG,RG34710,2175 1915MAR9715/19
C
D
5
7
2
6
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Remove Pulley Nut and Lock Washer
22. Remove pulley nut and lock washer.
23. Pull alternator from pulley. Remove fan.
RG,RG34710,2175 1915MAR9716/19
C
D
5
7
2
7
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Press Rotor Out
24. Press rotor out of front housing.
103000
PN=301
RG,RG34710,2175 1915MAR9717/19
C
D
5
7
2
8
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Remove Rear Bearing
25. Remove rear bearing using a suitable puller.
RG,RG34710,2175 1915MAR9718/19
C
D
5
7
2
9
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Unscrew Screws
26. Unscrew the three screws securing the bearing plate.
35
10
8
RG,RG34710,2175 1915MAR9719/19
C
D
5
7
3
0
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Extract the Front Bearing
27. Extract the front bearing.
RG,RG34710,2176 1915MAR971/11
Assemble Alternator
C
D
5
7
3
1
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Assemble Alternator
1. Fit the front bearing to its housing by pressing on the
outer ring as shown.
2. Install the bearing plate. Apply LOCTITE
222 Thread
Lock and Sealer (low strength) on the threads of the
three screws and tighten.
103000
PN=302
RG,RG34710,2176 1915MAR972/11
C
D
5
7
3
2
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Press Rear Bearing onto Rotor
3. Press rear bearing onto rotor using a suitable driver.
RG,RG34710,2176 1915MAR973/11
C
D
5
7
3
3
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Install Rotor
4. Install rotor into front housing.
35
10
9
RG,RG34710,2176 1915MAR974/11
C
D
5
7
2
5
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Install Stator
5. Install stator.
RG,RG34710,2176 1915MAR975/11
C
D
5
7
3
4
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Install Rear Housing
6. Install rear housing, taking care that marks made when
disassembling are in line. Use a new O-ring in rear
bearing bore.
103000
PN=303
RG,RG34710,2176 1915MAR976/11
C
D
5
7
2
2
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Install Through Bolts
7. Install the four through bolts. Apply LOCTITE
222
Thread Lock and Sealer (low strength) on the threads
of the through bolts and tighten to specifications.
Specification
Alternator Housing Through
BoltsTorque 5 Nm (44 lb-in.) ...................................................................
RG,RG34710,2176 1915MAR977/11
C
D
5
7
3
5
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Install Fan
8. Install fan.
35
10
10
RG,RG34710,2176 1915MAR978/11
C
D
5
7
2
6
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Tighten Pulley Nut
9. Install pulley, nut and lock washer. Tighten the pulley
nut to specifications.
Specification
Pulley NutTorque 61 Nm (45 lb-ft) .........................................................
RG,RG34710,2176 1915MAR979/11
C
D
5
7
1
9
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Install Diode Bridge
1Phase Winding
2D+ Terminal
3Screws
10. Install the diode bridge and tighten screws (3).
11. Solder the leads of phase winding (1) and D+ terminal
(2). DO NOT use acid-core solder.
103000
PN=304
RG,RG34710,2176 1915MAR9710/11
C
D
5
7
1
3
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Install Brush Assembly
12. Install the brush assembly.
35
10
11
RG,RG34710,2176 1915MAR9711/11
C
D
5
7
1
2
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Installation and Adjustments
1Screws (3 Used)
13. Install the rear cover. Tighten the three screws (1).
14. Install regulator. It is essential that connections be
made correctly; reversals will cause damage.
15. Refer to your machine technical manual for alternator
installation and proper V-belt adjustments.
16. Tighten terminal nuts to specifications.
Specification
Ground () Terminal Nut
Torque 4 Nm (35 lb-in.) ..............................................................................
Optional Terminal NutTorque 4 Nm (35 lb-in.) .......................................
Battery Positive (+) Terminal
NutTorque 5 Nm (44 lb-in.) .....................................................................
103000
PN=305
35
10
12
103000
PN=306
Group 15
Valeo A13N-Series Alternator Repair
OUO1004,0000B84 1921SEP001/2
Essential Tools
35
15
1
OUO1004,0000B84 1921SEP002/2
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
OUO1004,0000B87 1921SEP001/1
Valeo A13N-Series Repair Specifications
Ground (B) Terminal Nut Torque 4 Nm (35 lb-in.)
Output (B+) Terminal Nut Torque 5 Nm (44 lb-in.)
Front-to-Rear Housing Through Bolts Torque 5 Nm (44 lb-in.)
103000
PN=307
RG,RG34710,2177 1915MAR971/1
Valeo A13N-Series Test Specifications
Min. Output
@ 25C (77F)
John Deere Valeo Model Pulley Ground Rated Amps Alt. RPM
Part No. Grooves (Amps)
RE53906 2541673 Single N 50 3943 30004000
Item Specification
Rotor winding resistance 3.6 ohms
Stator resistance 0.000 ohms
Alternator output voltage 13.714.7 volts
Maximum recommended working temperature 80C (176F)
Maximum continuous alternator speed 9000 rpm
35
15
2
DPSG,RG34710,102 1913SEP991/15
Disassemble and Test Valeo A13N-Series Alternator
C
D
3
0
3
6
3
U
N
1
4
A
P
R
9
4
Valeo A13N-Series Alternator
1Nut 6Fan Spacer 11Rotor 16Regulator and Brush
2Washer 7Front Housing 12Rear Ball Bearing Assembly
3Pulley 8Through-Bolt (4 Used) 13Plastic Ball Bearing Cage 17Rear Cover
4Spacer 9Front Ball Bearing 14Rear Housing
5Fan 10Stator 15Rectifier Diode Bridge and
Diode-Trio Assembly
103000
PN=308
DPSG,RG34710,102 1913SEP992/15
C
D
3
0
3
6
4
U
N
1
4
A
P
R
9
4
Remove Regulator/Brush Assembly
35
15
ARear Cover
BRegulator/Brush Assembly
1. Pull out the rear cover (A).
2. Remove regulator/brush assembly (B).
3
DPSG,RG34710,102 1913SEP993/15
C
D
3
0
3
6
5
U
N
1
4
A
P
R
9
4
Inspect Brushes
3. Inspect brushes. If either one is worn, cracked or oil
soaked, replace the regulator/brushes assembly.
4. Touch each brush with test leads. No continuity should
be found even if either brush has slid up or down in its
channel. If there is continuity, replace the brush
assembly.
103000
PN=309
DPSG,RG34710,102 1913SEP994/15
C
D
3
0
3
6
6
U
N
1
4
A
P
R
9
4
35
15
ATerminal
BBrush
CMetallic Regulator Box
DBrush
(B) and between metallic box of regulator (C) and
brush (D). If there is no continuity at either brush,
replace the brush assembly.
4
DPSG,RG34710,102 1913SEP995/15
C
D
3
0
3
6
7
U
N
1
4
A
P
R
9
4
Check Resistance
6. Connect the test leads to each slip ring of the rotor.
The ohmmeter should read a resistance of 3.60 ohms.
7. Connect the ohmmeter between a slip ring and the
alternator housing. The resistance should be infinity.
103000
PN=310
DPSG,RG34710,102 1913SEP996/15
C
D
3
0
3
6
8
U
N
1
4
A
P
R
9
4
Check Winding for Damage
8. Check if the winding has been damaged by
overheating.
9. Check the stator insulation by connecting an ohmmeter
between the alternator housing and in succession with
each stator phase winding. The resistance should be
infinity.
35
15
5
DPSG,RG34710,102 1913SEP997/15
C
D
3
0
3
6
9
U
N
1
4
A
P
R
9
4
Remove Rectifier Diode Bridge/Diode Trio
APhase Winding
BScrew and Nuts
10. Unsolder the leads of phase winding (A).
11. Take out the rectifier diode bridge/diode trio assembly
after removing the screw and nuts (B).
103000
PN=311
DPSG,RG34710,102 1913SEP998/15
C
D
3
0
3
7
0
U
N
1
4
A
P
R
9
4
35
15
APositive Plate
BThree Terminals
12. Test positive diodes. Test for continuity between the
positive plate (A) and each of three terminals (B).
Continuity should be observed in one direction only.
Replace entire rectifier diode bridge if any diode fails
test.
6
DPSG,RG34710,102 1913SEP999/15
C
D
3
0
3
7
1
U
N
1
4
A
P
R
9
4
ANegative Plate
BThree Phases
CDiode Trio Terminal
13. Test negative diodes. Test for continuity between the
negative plate (A) and each of three phases (B).
14. Test the diode trio by connecting the test leads on
each phase (B) with the corresponding diode trio
terminal (C).
Continuity should be observed in one direction only.
Replace entire rectifier diode bridge if any diode fails
test.
103000
PN=312
DPSG,RG34710,102 1913SEP9910/15
C
D
3
0
3
7
2
U
N
1
4
A
P
R
9
4
15. Note the orientation of the housing and take out the
four through bolts.
35
15
7
DPSG,RG34710,102 1913SEP9911/15
C
D
3
0
3
7
3
U
N
1
4
A
P
R
9
4
Remove Rear Housing
16. Remove the rear housing. If it is glued to the stator,
take care not to damage the winding.
DPSG,RG34710,102 1913SEP9912/15
C
D
5
7
2
5
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Remove Stator
17. Remove stator from housing.
103000
PN=313
DPSG,RG34710,102 1913SEP9913/15
C
D
3
0
3
7
4
U
N
1
4
A
P
R
9
4
18. Remove pulley and fan. Note the order of washers
and spacers to ensure a proper reinstallation.
35
15
8
DPSG,RG34710,102 1913SEP9914/15
C
D
5
7
2
7
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Press Rotor Out of Front Housing
19. Press rotor out of front housing.
DPSG,RG34710,102 1913SEP9915/15
C
D
5
7
2
8
U
N
2
6
J
U
L
8
9
Remove Rear Ball Bearing
20. Remove rear ball bearing using a suitable puller.
NOTE: Since the front ball bearing is set in front housing,
it cannot be removed. If required, replace the front
housing/ball bearing assembly.
103000
PN=314
35
15
9
RG,RG34710,2178 1915MAR971/1
Assemble Valeo A13N-Series Alternator
C
D
3
0
3
7
5
U
N
0
8
D
E
C
9
4
Valeo A13N-Series Alternator
1Through Bolt (4 Used) 2Pulley Nut
Assemble alternator in the reverse sequence of
disassembly procedure using the following torque
specifications.
Ground (B) Terminal Nut Torque 4 Nm (35 lb-in.)
Output (B+) Terminal Nut Torque 5 Nm (44 lb-in.)
Front-to-Rear Housing Through Bolts Torque 5 Nm (44 lb-in.)
103000
PN=315
35
15
10
103000
PN=316
Section 40
Magneton Alternators
Contents
Page
Group 05Magneton Alternator Theory of
Operation
Operation of Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-05-1
Group 10Magneton Alternator Repair
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-1
Magneton Charging Circuit Repair
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-2
Magneton Charging Circuit Test
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-3
Exploded View of Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-4
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-5
Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-6
Disassembly of Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-7
Testing Brush/Regulator Assembly . . . . . . . . . .40-10-9
Testing Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-10
Testing Stator/Rectifier Bridge Assembly. . . . .40-10-11
Rectifier Bridge Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-12
Reassembly of Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-12
Installation of Alternator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-14
40
103000
PN=1
Contents
40
103000
PN=2
Group 05
Magneton Alternator Theory of Operation
40
05
1
RG,RG34710,2179 1915MAR971/1
Operation of Alternator
C
D
3
0
4
8
9
U
N
0
7
J
A
N
9
7
Magnetron Alternator
AAlternator DRegulator GIgnition JDiode Trio
BCurrent Coil (Stator) EBattery HProtection Device KRectifier Diode Bridge
CExiting Coil (Rotor) FIndicator Light
The Magneton alternator is a synchronous three-phase
generator. The current coil is located in the stator, and
the exiting current is supplied by the diode trio (J)
through the regulator (D+ circuit), two carbon brushes
and slip rings to the exiting coil in the rotor.
The alternator is normally driven by the fan belt from
the engine crankshaft. The rotor is supported by two
permanently lubricated bearings.
The alternator generates alternating current which is
then transformed into direct current by the rectifier
diode bridge (K).
The alternating windings are delta-connected. The coil
ends X, Y, and Z are connected to the rectifier diode
as shown. Alternating current is generated in each
stator coil (B) of the alternator. During one revolution
of the rotor (C), the voltage in the stator coil rises from
0 to the positive maximum, drops to 0, rises to the
negative maximum and again drops to 0. The current
then flows through the diode and terminal B+ directly
to the positive pole of the battery.
A sealed electronic regulator is used to regulate
alternator voltage. This regulator, which cannot be
adjusted, limits the alternator voltage to approximately
14 volts.
A protection device (H), including a Zener diode and a
capacitor, protects diode from voltage surges and
suppresses radio interference.
103000
PN=319
Magneton Alternator Theory of Operation
40
05
2
103000
PN=320
Group 10
Magneton Alternator Repair
OUO1004,0000B88 1921SEP001/2
Essential Tools
OUO1004,0000B88 1921SEP002/2
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
40
10
1
103000
PN=321
OUO1004,0000B8B 1921SEP001/1
Magneton Charging Circuit Repair
Specifications
Brush Minimum Exposed Length 7 mm (0.27 in.)
Rectifier Bridge-to-Rear Housing Torque 3 Nm (27 lb-in.)
Nuts
Capacitor Mounting Nut Torque 3 Nm (27 lb-in.)
B+ Terminal Nut Torque 4 Nm (35 lb-in.)
W Terminal Nut Torque 3 Nm (27 lb-in.)
Front-to-Rear Housing Bolts Torque 3 Nm (27 lb-in.)
40
10
2
103000
PN=322
RG,RG34710,2181 1908SEP001/1
Magneton Charging Circuit Test
Specifications
John Deere Magneton Rated Nominal Nominal Pulley
Part No. Model No.
a
Amps Voltage Alternator rpm Grooves
RE501634 443 113 516 241 55 12 6000 Poly-Vee
RE503543 443 113 516 971 40 24 6000 Poly-Vee
RE506196 9515-241 55 14 6000 Poly-Vee
RE57960 443 113 516 765 55 14 6000 Single
RE57961
b
443 113 516 762 55 14 6000 Dual
RE70779 443 113 516 875 40 24 6000 Single
RE70780 443 113 516 872 40 24 6000 Dual
a
Magneton Alternators are now manufactured by Pal-Mag Company (since 1988).
b
Not a service part. Order RE57960.
Item Specification
Rotor winding resistance 2.95 ohms
Stator resistance 0.00 ohms
Alternator output voltage 13.514.2 volts
Working temperature range -40C+90C
Maximum D+ terminal current load 0.5 amp
Maximum continuous alternator speed 13000 rpm
40
10
3
103000
PN=323
40
10
4
RG,RG34710,2182 1915MAR971/1
Exploded View of Alternator
C
D
3
0
4
8
8
U
N
1
3
D
E
C
9
6
AlternatorExploded View
1Pulley Nut, M14 x 1.5 5Rotor 9Front Bearing 12Rectifier Bridge Assembly
1
2Lock Washer 6Rear Bearing 10Front Housing 13Capacitor
1
3Pulley
1
7Spring Collar 11Regulator and Brush 14Rear Housing
4Fan 8Stator Assembly
1
1
Available as service parts.
103000
PN=324
RG,RG34710,2183 1915MAR971/1
Identification
C
D
3
0
4
7
0
U
N
1
3
D
E
C
9
6
Parts Identification
The information for parts identification is stamped on the
body of the alternator.
40
10
5
103000
PN=325
40
10
6
RG,RG34710,2184 1919OCT001/1
Troubleshooting
Symptom Problem
Solution
Alternator indicator light stays Loose connection Check
off with ignition on and engine
not running.
Regulator failure Replace brush/regulator assembly
Stator failure (short-circuit) Replace complete alternator.
Alternator indicator light stays Drive belt loose or broken Adjust tension or replace
on with engine running
(alternator is not charging) at any
speed.
Loose connection Check
Brush/regulator or capacitor failure Replace
Diode failure Replace complete rectifier bridge
Stator failure Replace complete alternator
Rotor failure Replace complete alternator
Alternator indicator light stays Alternator speed too low Use smaller alternator pulley
on with engine running
(alternator is not charging) at low
speed.
Battery overcharging. Low electrical consumption Use regulator with narrower
regulation range (RE69380)
Regulator failure Replace
103000
PN=326
RG,RG34710,2185 1915MAR971/7
Disassembly of Alternator
Z
T
0
6
1
3
U
N
0
1
F
E
B
9
4
Remove Pulley Nut
APulley Nut
1. Remove pulley nut (A), lock washer, pulley and fan
from shaft.
40
10
7
RG,RG34710,2185 1915MAR972/7
Z
T
0
6
1
4
U
N
0
1
F
E
B
9
4
Remove Shaft Key and Spacer
BShaft Key
CSpacer
2. Remove shaft key (B) and spacer (C) from shaft.
103000
PN=327
RG,RG34710,2185 1915MAR973/7
C
D
3
0
4
7
1
U
N
1
3
D
E
C
9
6
Remove Brush/Regulator Assembly
DWire
EScrews and Washers
3. Disconnect wire (D) from terminal. Remove screws and
washers (E). Remove brush/regulator assembly by
tilting top of regulator up and away from alternator.
40
10
8
RG,RG34710,2185 1915MAR974/7
Z
T
0
6
1
6
U
N
0
1
F
E
B
9
4
Remove Bolts
ABolts (3 Used)
4. Remove the three bolts (A) from front housing side.
RG,RG34710,2185 1915MAR975/7
C
D
3
0
4
7
2
U
N
1
3
D
E
C
9
6
Split Alternator
BSlot
5. Place alignment marks along the alternator to note the
orientation of housings. Split alternator by carefully
prying at slot (B) using a screwdriver against housing.
103000
PN=328
RG,RG34710,2185 1915MAR976/7
C
D
3
0
4
7
3
U
N
1
3
D
E
C
9
6
Housing Assemblies
CRotor/Front Housing Assembly
DStator/Rear Housing Assembly
6. Remove rotor/front housing assembly (C) from
stator/rear housing assembly (D).
RG,RG34710,2185 1915MAR977/7
C
D
3
0
4
7
4
U
N
1
3
D
E
C
9
6
Remove Capacitor
40
10
9
ECapacitor
FNuts and Washers (2 Used)
GB+ Terminal Nut and Washers
HW Terminal Nut and Washers
JStator/Rectifer Bridge Assembly
7. Remove capacitor (E). Remove nuts and washers (F)
from rear housing. Remove B+ terminal nut and
washers (G). Remove W terminal nut and washers
(H). Remove stator/rectifer bridge assembly (J) from
rear housing.
RG,RG34710,2186 1915MAR971/2
Testing Brush/Regulator Assembly
C
D
3
0
4
7
5
U
N
1
3
D
E
C
9
6
Check Brushes
ABrushes
1. Check brushes (A) for free movement against spring
tension. If either brush is worn beyond specification,
replace the brush/regulator assembly. Also replace if
the brushes are cracked or oil-soaked.
Specification
BrushMinimum Exposed Length 7 mm (0.27 in.) ....................................
2. Touch each brush with meter test leads. No continuity
should be found, even if either brush can slip up or
down in its channel. If there is continuity, replace the
brush/regulator assembly.
103000
PN=329
RG,RG34710,2186 1915MAR972/2
C
D
3
0
4
7
6
U
N
1
3
D
E
C
9
6
BBrush
CWire
DBrush
E Body Ground
3. Check for continuity between brush (B) and wire (C).
4. Connect regulator to an electrical source corresponding
to the nominal voltage, the + at the wire (C) and the
(ground) on the body (E). Continuity between
brush (D) and body should be observed in one
direction only.
If defective, replace the brush/regulator assembly.
RG,RG34710,2187 1915MAR971/2
Testing Rotor
C
D
3
0
4
7
7
U
N
1
3
D
E
C
9
6
Inspect Slip Rings
40
10
10
ASlip Rings
1. Inspect slip rings (A) of rotor for scoring or rough
surface. Polish slip rings sparingly with No. 00
sandpaper.
RG,RG34710,2187 1915MAR972/2
C
D
3
0
4
7
8
U
N
1
3
D
E
C
9
6
Slip Ring and Shaft
BShaft
2. Connect ohmmeter between both slip rings of the rotor.
Resistance should be 2.95 ohms.
3. Check the rotor for insulation by connecting an
ohmmeter between each slip ring and shaft (B).
Resistance should be infinity.
If insulation, resistance or slip ring are defective,
replace complete alternator.
103000
PN=330
RG,RG34710,2188 1915MAR971/2
Testing Stator/Rectifier Bridge Assembly
C
D
3
0
4
7
9
U
N
1
3
D
E
C
9
6
Test Stator/Rectifier Bridge Assembly
AStator Winding
BStator Lead
CStator Frame
1. Inspect stator winding (A) for discoloration or a burned
odor indicating a short circuit.
2. Check stator for grounds by connecting an ohmmeter
between each stator lead (B) and stator frame (C).
Resistance should be infinity.
Replace complete alternator if any defect is noted.
40
10
11
RG,RG34710,2188 1915MAR972/2
C
D
3
0
4
8
0
U
N
1
3
D
E
C
9
6
Check Positive Diodes
DPhase Terminal
EB+ Plate
FB Plate
GD+ Terminal
3. Check positive diodes by connecting an ohmmeter
between each phase terminal (D) and the B+ plate
(E), then reverse the polarity.
4. Check negative diodes by connecting an ohmmeter
between each phase terminal (D) and the B plate
(F) or ground, then reverse the polarity.
5. Check the diode trio by connecting an ohmmeter
between each phase terminal (D) and the D+ terminal
(G), then reverse the polarity.
reading in the other direction is good. A diode with the
same reading in both directions is bad. If any diode
fails the test, replace the entire rectifier bridge.
103000
PN=331
RG,RG34710,2189 1915MAR971/1
Rectifier Bridge Replacement
C
D
3
0
4
8
1
U
N
1
3
D
E
C
9
6
Rectifier Bridge Replacement
APhase Winding
BW Terminal
1. To replace the rectifier bridge, unsolder the leads of
phase winding (A) and W terminal (B) using a
soldering iron.
2. Position the replacement rectifier bridge and solder
phase winding leads. Solder W terminal at the proper
location.
RG,RG34710,2190 1915MAR971/6
Reassembly of Alternator
C
D
3
0
4
8
2
U
N
1
3
D
E
C
9
6
Reassembly of Alternator
NOTE: Refer to exploded view earlier in this group.
1. Install stator and rectifier bridge into rear housing using
alignment mark.
40
10
12
103000
PN=332
RG,RG34710,2190 1915MAR972/6
C
D
3
0
4
8
3
U
N
1
3
D
E
C
9
6
Install Parts
ANuts and Washers (2 Used)
BCapacitor
CNut and Washer
DB+ Terminal
EW Terminal
2. Secure rectifier bridge to rear housing by the two nuts
and washers (A). Install capacitor (B) with nut and
washer (C). Tighten nuts (A) and (C) to specifications.
Specification
Rectifier Bridge-to-Rear Housing
NutsTorque 3 Nm (27 lb-in.) ...................................................................
Capacitor Mounting NutTorque 3 Nm (27 lb-in.) ....................................
3. Install insulated washer, flat washer, capacitor wire,
lock washer and nut on B+ terminal (D). Tighten to
specification.
Specification
B+ Terminal NutTorque 4 Nm (35 lb-in.) ................................................
4. Install insulated washer, flat washer, spade terminal,
lock washer and nut on W terminal (E). Tighten to
specifications.
Specification
W Terminal NutTorque 3 Nm (27 lb-in.) ...............................................
40
10
13
RG,RG34710,2190 1915MAR973/6
C
D
3
0
4
8
4
U
N
1
3
D
E
C
9
6
Install Mounting Bolts
FMounting Bolts (3 Used)
5. Place rotor/front housing assembly into rear housing
using alignment marks. Press by hand for final
installation.
6. Install the three mounting bolts (F) with washers.
Tighten to specifications.
Specification
Front-to-Rear Housing Bolts
Torque 3 Nm (27 lb-in.) ..............................................................................
103000
PN=333
RG,RG34710,2190 1915MAR974/6
C
D
3
0
4
8
5
U
N
1
3
D
E
C
9
6
Install Brush/Regulator Assembly
GScrews and Washers (2 Used)
HTerminal
7. Install brush/regulator assembly with caution. Tilt it so
that the brushes contact the rotor slip rings. Secure
brush/regulator with the two screws and washers (G).
Attach wire to terminal (H).
RG,RG34710,2190 1915MAR975/6
C
D
3
0
4
8
6
U
N
1
3
D
E
C
9
6
Install Shaft Key, Spacer, and Fan
40
10
14
JShaft Key
KSpacer
LFan
8. Install shaft key (J), spacer (K) and fan (L).
RG,RG34710,2190 1915MAR976/6
C
D
3
0
4
8
7
U
N
1
6
D
E
C
9
6
Install Pulley
MPulley
NLock Washer and Nut
9. Install pulley (M) with lock washer and nut (N). Tighten
to specifications.
Specification
Alternator Pulley NutTorque 40 Nm (29 lb-ft) ........................................
RG,RG34710,2191 1915MAR971/1
Installation of Alternator
Refer to machine technical manual to install alternator and
to adjust belt tension.
103000
PN=334
Section 45
Leece-Neville Alternators
Contents
Page
Group 05Leece-Neville Alternator Theory of
Operation
Alternator Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45-05-1
Group 10Leece-Neville Alternator Repair
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45-10-1
Leece-Neville Repair Specifications. . . . . . . . . .45-10-1
Leece-Neville Charging Circuit Test
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45-10-1
Repair Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45-10-2
Charging System Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45-10-2
Alternator Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45-10-2
Alternator Output Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45-10-3
Diode Trio Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45-10-3
Full Field Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45-10-4
Adjust Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45-10-5
45
103000
PN=1
Contents
45
103000
PN=2
Group 05
Leece-Neville Alternator Theory of Operation
OUO1004,0000B34 1911SEP001/1
Alternator Operation
R
G
1
1
1
5
5
U
N
1
2
S
E
P
0
0
AIgnition Terminal
BBattery
Vehicle battery power is applied to the ignition terminal
(A), to supply excitation to the field coil (rotor coil) through
the regulator and brushes. This creates a magnetic field
around the rotor and through the stator.
When the rotor is set in motion, the moving magnetic field
induces an alternating current (AC) in the stator windings.
This output current increases with the speed of the rotor.
The AC produced in the stator is converted to direct
current (DC) by the positive and negative rectifier
assemblies. The rectifier assemblies are connected to the
alternator output terminals to provide DC output for
charging the batteries and to satisfy the vehicle electrical
loads.
The adjustable regulator monitors the output voltage
through sensing leads which are connected to the positive
and negative rectifier assemblies. When the output
voltage deviates from the set voltage, the regulator takes
corrective action to maintain the output voltage at the
proper level.
45
05
1
103000
PN=337
Leece-Neville Alternator Theory of Operation
45
05
2
103000
PN=338
Group 10
Leece-Neville Alternator Repair
OUO1004,0000B8C 1921SEP001/2
Essential Tools
OUO1004,0000B8C 1921SEP002/2
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
OUO1004,0000B3B 1913SEP001/1
Leece-Neville Repair Specifications
45
10
1
OUO1022,0000002 1914SEP001/1
Leece-Neville Charging Circuit Test
Specifications
John Deere Part No. Leece-Neville Part No. Volts Rated Amps
RE500920 A0014860JB 12 200
103000
PN=339
OUO1004,0000B35 1911SEP001/1
Repair Alternator
There are no serviceable parts for the alternator available
from John Deere. Replace alternator as required. (Refer
to machine technical manual for removal and installation.)
If alternator pulley is removed, reinstall and torque pulley
nut to specifications.
Specification
Alternator Pulley NutTorque 95108 Nm (7080 lb-ft) .......................
OUO1004,0000B3D 1913SEP001/1
Charging System Failure
Causes of Charging System Failure:
Charging system malfunction is identified by battery
condition.
Undercharged batteries caused by one or a
combination of the following:
Loose belts; corroded, broken, loose, or dirty
terminals; broken wiring; undersize wiring; defective
batteries.
Alternator field circuit malfunction caused by one or
a combination of the following:
Poor contacts between regulator and brushes.
Defective diode trio.
No residual magnetism in rotor.
Defective or improperly adjusted regulator.
Damaged or worn brushes.
Damaged or worn slip rings.
Poor connection between slip ring assembly and
field coil leads.
Rotor coil shorted, open, or grounded.
Alternator generating section malfunction caused by
one or a combination of the following:
Stator phase(s) shorted, open, or grounded.
Rectifier assembly grounded.
Rectifier(s) shorted or open.
Overcharged batteries caused by one or a
Defective battery.
Poor sensing lead contact to regulator or rectifier
assembly.
45
10
2
OUO1004,0000B3E 1913SEP001/1
Alternator Troubleshooting
NOTE: For fast and accurate troubleshooting, ensure that
belts are properly tensioned, and that wiring and
terminals are in good working condition. Check
batteries per manufacturers specifications to
establish if they are defective. Ensure that
batteries are 95100% charged.
103000
PN=340
OUO1004,0000B3F 1913SEP001/1
Alternator Output Test
1. Shut off all electrical accessories and run engine at
approximately 10001200 rpm.
IMPORTANT: Use an accurate voltmeter to
measure output voltage. DO NOT
rely on dashboard gauges.
2. Connect a DC voltmeter to the battery terminals
and measure voltage. Make a note of the readings,
Compare to the values specified by the vehicle
manufacturer. If reading is above specified voltage,
an OVERCHARGE condition is present.
3. If the reading is below specified voltage, an
UNDERCHARGE condition is present.
If either condition is observed, perform DIODE TRIO
TEST in this group.
NOTE: The following tests are designed to identify the
source of alternator failure. Refer to the
manufacturers service manual for detailed
descriptions on how to disassemble, test, and
properly assemble the alternator. No repair
parts are available from John Deere. Only
replacement alternators are available.
45
10
3
OUO1004,0000B40 1913SEP001/1
Diode Trio Test
1. Remove the diode trio from the alternator.
2. Connect the negative () ohmmeter test lead to
the diode trio lead terminal. Connect the positive (+)
test lead to each of the three copper contact pads,
one at a time. Observe the resistance at each
contact pad and write down the resistance for each
contact for later reference.
3. Reverse the leads so the positive (+) lead is
connected to the diode trio lead terminal and the
negative () test lead connects to the contact
pads. Again observe the resistance at each of the
contact pads and record the results for each
contact.
NOTE: The diode trio is OK when a LOW resistance
reading is observed in one direction and a
HIGH resistance is observed in the other
direction. Occasionally the diode trio
malfunctions under operating conditions only.
4. If the diode trio is malfunctioning, replace alternator.
Otherwise, reinstall the diode trio on the alternator.
NOTE: There are no serviceable parts available from
John Deere. Replacement of entire alternator
is necessary if failure is detected.
103000
PN=341
45
10
4
OUO1004,0000B38 1912SEP001/2
Full Field Test
R
G
1
1
1
5
7
A
U
N
1
3
S
E
P
0
0
Test Alternator
AIgnition Terminal
BFull Field Access Hole
CPositive Battery Terminal
DNegative Output Terminal
ETerminal 3
FTerminal 2
GTerminal 1
1. Run engine at approximately 1000 rpm with all
electrical accessories OFF. Measure the output voltage
across the alternator terminals (C and D) and write it
down for later reference.
NOTE: Use a digital voltmeter with 0.01-volt reading
capabilities.
2. Attach a short jumper to a 51 mm (2 in.) piece of stiff
wire (a paper clip is suitable).
3. Connect the other end of the jumper to the negative
() alternator output terminal (D) and insert the wire in
the full field access hole (B). Hold the wire firmly
against the brush terminal inside the housing.
4. With the jumper in place, connect a voltmeter across
the alternator terminals (C and D) and run the engine
at approximately 1000 rpm. Compare this voltage
reading with the voltage reading obtained in Step 1.
5. With the jumper still hooked up and the wire in the
FULL FIELD ACCESS HOLE, connect an AC voltmeter
across terminals 1 and 2 (G and F), 1 and 3 (G and
E), and 2 and 3 (F and E), and note the voltages. If all
of the voltages are approximately the same, they are
considered balanced.
6. Remove the jumper and wire from the alternator. If the
voltage in step 4 is higher than the voltage in step 1,
and the voltages measured in step 5 are balanced, the
stator and alternator are OK.
If the voltage in step 4 is higher than the voltage in
step 1, and the voltages measured in step 5 are not
balanced, the alternator stator or rectifier(s) are
defective. Replace alternator.
If the voltage in step 4 is lower or equal to the voltage
in step 1, and the voltages measured in step 5 are
balanced, the alternator is defective. Replace
alternator.
103000
PN=342
OUO1004,0000B38 1912SEP002/2
If the voltage in step 4 is lower or equal to the voltage
in step 1, and the voltages measured in step 5 are not
balanced, alternator stator or rectifier(s) are defective.
Replace alternator.
OUO1004,0000B37 1911SEP001/1
Adjust Regulator
R
G
1
1
1
5
6
A
U
N
1
3
S
E
P
0
0
Adjust Regulator
APlastic Screw
NOTE: Battery must be at least 95% charged prior to
performing this procedure. Also, make sure wire
connections and belt tension are OK.
1. Shut off all electrical accessories and run the engine at
approximately 1000 rpm.
2. Connect a voltmeter across alternator terminals.
3. Remove plastic screw (A) from regulator and insert a
small screwdriver through hole to engage in slotted
adjustment screw inside regulator.
IMPORTANT: The adjustment potentiometer screw
has high and low stops. DO NOT exert
excessive pressure and force the
screwdriver past the stops.
4. Turn the adjustment screw clockwise to raise the
voltage or counterclockwise to lower the voltage. Set
alternator voltage to vehicle specifications.
5. Reinstall plastic screw (A) in regulator.
45
10
5
103000
PN=343
45
10
6
103000
PN=344
Section 50
Prestolite Alternators
Contents
Page
Group 05Prestolite Alternator Theory of
Operation
Alternator Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-05-1
Group 10Prestolite Alternator Repair
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-10-1
Prestolite Charging Circuit Test
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-10-1
Repair Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-10-1
Charging System Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-10-2
Alternator Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-10-2
Test Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-10-3
50
103000
PN=1
Contents
50
103000
PN=2
Group 05
Prestolite Alternator Theory of Operation
OUO1004,0000B43 1914SEP001/1
R
G
1
1
1
6
0
U
N
1
8
S
E
P
0
0
ANegative Diode Assembly
BStator
CRotor
DNegative Output
EDiode Trio
FRegulator Terminal
GPositive Output
HPositive Diode Assembly
The alternator converts mechanical and magnetic energy
to AC current and voltage by the rotation of an
electromagnetic field/rotor (C) inside a three-phase stator
assembly (B). The AC current and voltage are changed to
DC by a three-phase, full-wave rectifier assembly using
negative and positive diodes (A and H).
Since diodes pass current in only one direction, their
arrangement in the alternator eliminates the need for a
cut-out relay in the voltage regulator. The individual
rectifier diodes, three positive (H) and three negative (A),
are assembled in two temperature dissipating heat sinks.
The heat sinks are placed in the alternator with threaded
studs that also serve as circuit terminals.
Maximum charging current is limited by the design and
connections in the stator assembly, eliminating the need
for a current regulating relay in the voltage regulator.
The diode trio (E) is a low-current version of the rectifier
assembly and must be of the same polarity. The diode trio
allows for the use of a charging lamp and prevents battery
drain when the charging system is not in operation.
The voltage regulator is an electronic switching device
which senses the system voltage level at regulator
terminal (F) and switches the voltage applied to the field
in order to maintain proper system voltage.
50
05
1
103000
PN=347
Prestolite Alternator Theory of Operation
50
05
2
103000
PN=348
Group 10
Prestolite Alternator Repair
OUO1004,0000B8D 1921SEP001/2
Essential Tools
OUO1004,0000B8D 1921SEP002/2
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
50
OUO1022,0000001 1914SEP001/1
Prestolite Charging Circuit Test
Specifications
John Deere Part No. Prestolite Part No. Volts Rated Amps
AH148633 8SC2020Z 12 185
AT178902 8MR2084KS 12 51
RE50811 8MR2069T, 70D43841T, 12 90
70D43841T02
RE20486 70D43198S, 85AZ2035V 12 130
10
1
OUO1004,0000B42 1914SEP001/1
Repair Alternator
There are no serviceable parts from John Deere available
for this alternator. Replace alternator as required.
103000
PN=349
OUO1004,0000B3D 1913SEP001/1
Charging System Failure
Causes of Charging System Failure:
Charging system malfunction is identified by battery
condition.
Undercharged batteries caused by one or a
Loose belts; corroded, broken, loose, or dirty
terminals; broken wiring; undersize wiring; defective
batteries.
Alternator field circuit malfunction caused by one or
a combination of the following:
Poor contacts between regulator and brushes.
No residual magnetism in rotor.
Damaged or worn brushes.
Damaged or worn slip rings.
Poor connection between slip ring assembly and
field coil leads.
Rotor coil shorted, open, or grounded.
Alternator generating section malfunction caused by
one or a combination of the following:
Stator phase(s) shorted, open, or grounded.
Rectifier assembly grounded.
Rectifier(s) shorted or open.
Overcharged batteries caused by one or a
Defective battery.
Poor sensing lead contact to regulator or rectifier
assembly.
OUO1004,0000B3E 1913SEP001/1
Alternator Troubleshooting
NOTE: For fast and accurate troubleshooting, ensure that
belts are properly tensioned, and that wiring and
terminals are in good working condition. Check
batteries per manufacturers specifications to
establish if they are defective. Ensure that
batteries are 95100% charged.
50
10
2
103000
PN=350
50
10
3
OUO1004,0000B46 1914SEP001/2
Test Alternator
R
G
1
1
1
5
8
U
N
1
5
S
E
P
0
0
Typical Alternator Configuration
AIgnition Switch
BCharging Lamp
CRegulator Terminal
DNegative Terminals
EGround
FBattery
GPositive Output Terminal
HJumper Wire (Use Only for Diode Trio Test)
Alternator Output Test
NOTE: Ensure that belts are properly tensioned, and that
wiring and terminals are in good working
condition. Check batteries per manufacturers
specifications to establish if they are defective.
Ensure that batteries are 95100% charged.
IMPORTANT: Use an accurate voltmeter to measure
output voltage. DO NOT rely on
dashboard gauges.
1. Start and run engine at approximately 1000 rpm. Turn
on vehicle headlights and blower fan (low speed).
Check system voltage by connecting voltmeter to
output terminal (G) and negative battery post. Compare
reading to the values specified by the vehicle
manufacturer.
2. If alternator voltage does not fall within the specified
range, replace alternator.
Diode Trio Test (MR Series Alternator)
1. Check for battery voltage at output terminal (G) and for
1.53 volts at regulator terminal (C).
2. Install jumper wire (H) between terminals (C and G).
3. Operate engine at low idle with all electrical
accessories OFF.
4. If charging lamp (B) is off and charging voltage is
present at output terminal (G), the diode trio is
probably open (defective). Replace alternator.
Field Diode Test (SC Series Alternators)
1. Check for battery voltage at output terminal.
2. Install jumper wire between alternator positive output
tereminal and indicator lamp terminal.
3. Operate engine at low idle with all electrical
accessories OFF.
103000
PN=351
OUO1004,0000B46 1914SEP002/2
4. Connect voltmeter to positive and negative output
terminals on alternator.
5. If alternator output is 13.514.1 volts, the field diode
assembly is defective. Replace alternator.
50
10
4
103000
PN=352
Section 60
60
Delco-Remy Starter Motors
Contents
Page Page
Check Pinion Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-23 Group 05Starting Circuit Theory of Operation
Make Solenoid No-Load Test . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-24 General Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-05-1
Typical Starting Circuit Operation . . . . . . . . . . .60-05-1
Group 15Delco-Remy 30MT, 35MT, 37MT Starter
Typical Starter Motor Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . .60-05-2
Motor Repair
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-1
Group 10Delco-Remy 10/20/22/25/27/28MT Starter
Motor Repair
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-2
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-1
Delco-Remy 30MT, 35MT, and 37MT
Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-1 Starter Motor Repair Specifications . . . . . . . .60-15-3
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-2 Delco-Remy 30MT, 35MT, and 37MT
Starter Motor Test Specifications . . . . . . . . . .60-15-4 Delco-Remy 10MT, 20MT, 22MT, 25MT,
Diagnosing Starter Motor Malfunctions . . . . . . .60-15-5 27MT, 28MT Starter Motor Repair
Delco-Remy Starter Motor Cutaway
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-3
ViewSeries 30MT, 35MT, and 37MT . . . . .60-15-6
Delco-Remy 10MT, 20MT, 22MT, 25MT,
Test Starter Motor Before Disassembly. . . . . . .60-15-7
27MT, 28MT Starter Motor Test
Make No-Load Test for Solenoid. . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-9
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-4
Disassemble Delco-Remy Starter Motor
Diagnosing Starter Motor Malfunctions . . . . . . .60-10-5
(Series 35MT Illustrated) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-10
Install New Bushings During Disassembly. . . .60-15-15
ViewSeries 10MT, 20MT, 22MT, 25MT, 27MT,
Clean Starter Motor Components . . . . . . . . . .60-15-16
28MT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-6
Inspect Armature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-17
Check Operation of Motor Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-6
Make Short Circuit Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-17
Make Solenoid Pull-In Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-7
Make Armature Ground Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-18
Make Solenoid Hold-In Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-8
Make Open Circuit Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-18
Make Solenoid No-Load Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-8
Make Ground Circuit Test for Field
Disassemble Starter Motor and Test
Windings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-19
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-9
Make Open Circuit Test for Shunt
Windings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-19
Make Open Circuit Test for Field Windings . . .60-15-20
Remove Field Windings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-20
Inspect Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-21
Make Open Circuit Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-14 Test Brush Holder for Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-21
Inspect Brush Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-22 Make Ground Circuit Test for Field
Inspect and Clean Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-22 Windings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-14
Assemble Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-22
Inspect Plunger, Shift Lever, and Overrunning
Remove Field Coils (If Necessary) . . . . . . . . .60-10-15
Clutch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-23
Install Field Windings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-16
Assemble Starter Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-23
Disassemble Solenoid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-16
Check Armature End Play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-26
Inspect and Clean Solenoid Parts . . . . . . . . . .60-10-17
Check for Proper Pinion Clearance . . . . . . . . .60-15-27
Make No-Load Test (After Assembly) . . . . . . .60-15-28
Remove Drive End Bushing and Wick. . . . . . .60-10-18
Install Drive End Bushing and Wick. . . . . . . . .60-10-19
Group 20Delco-Remy 40MT, 41MT, 42MT, 50MT
Inspect Drive Motor ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-19
Inspect Center Bushing ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-20 Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-1
Inspect Commutator End Frame Bushing . . . .60-10-20
Continued on next page Assemble Starter Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-21
103000
PN=1
Contents
Page
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-2
Delco-Remy 40MT, 41MT, 42MT, and
50MT Starter Motor Repair Specifications . . .60-20-3
60
Delco-Remy 40MT, 41MT, 42MT, and
50MT Starter Motor Test Specifications . . . . .60-20-4
ViewSeries 40MT, 41MT, 42MT, and
50MT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-6
Test Starter Motor Before Disassembly. . . . . . .60-20-6
Test Pull-In and Hold-In Windings . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-9
Make No-Load Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-10
Disassemble Delco-Remy Starter Motor (
Series 50MT Illustrated). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-12
Make Ground Circuit Test for Field
Windings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-17
Windings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-17
Remove Field Windings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-18
Inspect Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-19
Test Brush Holder for Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-20
Inspect Brush Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-20
Install New Bushings40MT, 41MT, and
42MT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-21
Install New Bushings50MT. . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-23
Inspect Solenoid Plunger and Shift Lever
Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-27
Inspect Overrunning Clutch and Pinion . . . . . .60-20-27
Inspect and Clean Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-28
Check for Proper Pinion Clearance . . . . . . . . .60-20-32
103000
PN=2
Group 05
Starting Circuit Theory of Operation
60
05
1
RG,RG34710,2192 1915MAR971/1
General Information
IMPORTANT: Never operate starter motor longer than
30 seconds. Allow at least 2 minutes for
cooling and battery recovery before
operating again. Overheating caused by
excessive operation will seriously
damage starter motor.
RG,RG34710,2193 1909OCT001/1
Typical Starting Circuit Operation
R
G
1
3
1
3
U
N
2
0
A
P
R
8
9
AWire from Relay
BCable from Battery
CPull-In Winding
DHold-In Winding
ESolenoid Plunger
FMain Contacts
GField Windings
HCommutator Brushes
IArmature
JShunt Windings
When wire from relay (A) is energized, current flows
through both pull-in winding (C) and hold-in winding (D) to
ground.
Current through windings engages solenoid plunger (E),
which closes main contacts (F). When main contacts
close, current through pull-in windings stops. Current
continues through hold-in winding, keeping solenoid
engaged and main contacts closed.
With main contacts closed, current flows from battery
cable (B) to starter motor at a very high rate. Four heavy
field windings (G) carry current to commutator brushes
(H).
Light shunt windings (J) are wrapped together with two of
the heavy field windings. Shunt windings are connected to
solenoid switch terminal and directly to ground. They
provide additional low speed torque to assist engine
rotation and prevent overheating of motor.
From field windings, current flows through armature
windings (I) to ground, making contact through
commutator brushes (H).
Strong magnetic fields are set up by current flow through
field windings and armature windings. Windings are
arranged so that magnetic fields constantly repel each
other, rotating armature.
103000
PN=355
60
05
2
RG,RG34710,2194 1915MAR971/1
Typical Starter Motor Operation
R
2
5
2
2
8
U
N
1
4
N
O
V
8
8
1Snap Ring 7Field Connector 13Field Windings 19Brake Washer
2Drive End Housing 8End Frame Cover 14Armature 20Wear Pads
3Shift Lever 9Brush 15Pole Shoe 21Overrunning Clutch
4Plunger 10Bushing 16Oil Seal 22Pinion Stop
5Shunt Field Terminal 11Thrust Washers 17Bushing 23Bushing
6Solenoid Assembly 12Commutator 18Felt
When solenoid (6) engages, it pulls shift lever (3). Shift
lever pushes overrunning clutch drive (21) to engage
pinion in starter gear on flywheel. As armature (14)
turns, it cranks engine.
When engine starts, overrunning clutch spins freely on
shaft. This prevents overspeeding of armature by
flywheel.
When key switch is released, current to solenoid
hold-in winding is shut off. Current can feed through
both pull-in and hold-in windings from main contacts,
but direction of current is reversed in pull-in winding.
The two windings cancel each other, and solenoid is
released.
A spring pushes solenoid back to disengaged position.
This opens main contacts and shuts off current to field
windings and armature.
Shift lever retracts overrunning clutch drive,
disengaging pinion from flywheel. Brake washer (19)
slows armature to a stop.
103000
PN=356
Group 10
Delco-Remy 10/20/22/25/27/28MT Starter Motor Repair
60
10
1
OUO1004,0000B8F 1925SEP001/2
Essential Tools
OUO1004,0000B8F 1925SEP002/2
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
OUO1004,0000B90 1925SEP001/2
OUO1004,0000B90 1925SEP002/2
Bushing, Bearing, and Seal Driver Set . . . . . . D01045AA
Remove and install all commutator, drive end, and center
bushings and/or bearings.
103000
PN=357
60
10
2
OUO1004,0000B91 1925SEP001/1
Other Material
Number Name Use
(U.S.) Mineral Spirits Clean armature, solenoid and
brushes.
(U.S.) 00 Sandpaper Clean commutator.
103000
PN=358
60
10
3
OUO1004,0000B92 1925SEP001/1
Delco-Remy 10MT, 20MT, 22MT, 25MT, 27MT,
28MT Starter Motor Repair Specifications
Brush Spring Minimum Tension 990 gram force(35 ounce-force)
Brushes Minimum Length Beyond Holder 7.9 mm (0.31 in.)
Field Pole Shoe Screws Torque 41 Nm (30 lb-ft)
Solenoid R Terminal Contact Height 1.592.38 mm (0.0620.093 in.)
New Drive End Housing Bushing ID 11.70911.811 mm (0.4610
0.4650 in.)
Wear Limit 12.065 mm (0.475 in.)
Oil Clearance 0.0510.127 mm (0.00200.0050
in.)
Motor Drive ID 14.27514.300 mm (0.5620
0.5630 in.)
Wear Limit 14.579 mm (0.5740 in.)
New Center Bearing Plate Bushing ID 19.30419.354 mm (0.7600
0.7620 in.)
Wear Limit 19.608 mm (0.7720 in.)
Oil Clearance 0.2540.381 mm (0.01000.0150
in.)
New Commutator End Frame ID 14.31314.338 mm (0.5635
Bushing 0.5645 in.)
Wear Limit 14.554 mm (0.5730 in.)
Oil Clearance 0.0510.127 mm (0.00200.0050
in.)
Housing Attaching Cap Screws Torque 1823 Nm (159204 lb-in.)
Commutator End Frame Cap Screws Torque 1823 Nm (159204 lb-in.)
Pinion-to-Pinion Stop Clearance 0.253.56 mm (0.0100.140 in.)
103000
PN=359
60
10
4
RG,RG34710,2198 1908SEP001/1
Delco-Remy 10MT, 20MT, 22MT, 25MT, 27MT,
28MT Starter Motor Test Specifications
No Load Test (Includes Solenoid Current)
John Deere Delco-Remy System Motor Current Draw (Amps) Armature RPM
Part No. Model No. -Series Voltage Voltage
AH76330 1108360-10MT 12 9 35006000
AR11160 1109434 12 10 65110 650010700
AR11161 1107547 24 23.5 60130 49008500
AR60085 1109147-20MT 12 9 5080 55009000
AR69750 1998364-22MT 12 10 75175 690014900
AR91813 1109576-SD300 12 10 65110 650010700
AT10806 1107736 12 9 50 35006000
AT10958 1113104 12 9 5075 35005500
AT11324 1107175 6 5.6 70 5500
AT12283 1107879 12 9 5580 35006000
AT12458 1108672 12 11.8 5585 63008700
AT15335 1107547 24 23.5 60130 49008500
AT16883 1107176 6 5.6 70 5500
AT17411 1108672 12 11.8 5585 63008700
AT18025 1109421-SD300 12 10 6090 650010500
AT18150 1107577-20MT 12 9 40140 800013000
AT18150 1107599-20MT 12 9 40140 800013000
AT18150 1107863-20MT 12 9 40140 800013000
AT18150 1107871-20MT 12 9 40140 800013000
AT19196 1998364-20MT 12 10 75175 690014900
AT25619 1107863-20MT 12 9 40140 800013000
AT25619 1107871-20MT 12 10 75175 800013000
AT418T 1107685 12 9 5075 35006000
AT452T 1107713 12 9 5075 35006000
RE19187 1998367-20MT 12 9 40140 690014900
RE19737 1998519-20MT 24 20 4080 800013700
RE50095 1113271-28MT 12 10 125190 30005600
RE51723 1113283-28 MT 12 10 125190 30005600
RE51725 1113272-28MT 24 20 75100 36006300
RE52119 1113272-28MT 24 20 75100 36006300
RE60654 10479628-28MT 12 10.6 135190 36005600
RE62916 1113271-28MT 12 10 125190 30005600
RE64647 10479630-28MT 12 10.6 135190 36005600
103000
PN=360
60
10
5
RG,RG34710,2199 1915MAR971/1
Diagnosing Starter Motor Malfunctions
Fails to Operate, No Current Draw
Open field circuit (all field windings)
Open armature windings
Defective brush contact with commutator
Open solenoid windings
Defective solenoid contacts
Fails to Operate, High Current Draw
Grounded field windings or armature windings
Seized bearings
Low Speed, Low Current Draw
High internal resistance
Low Speed, High Current Draw
Excessive friction
Shorted armature
Grounded armature or field windings
High Speed, High Current Draw
Shorted field windings
NOTE: This test will not detect individual
open-circuited field coilsthe stator would
have a slow cranking speed but would pass
this test.
103000
PN=361
60
10
6
RG,RG34710,2200 1915MAR971/1
Delco-Remy Starter Motor Cutaway View
Series 10MT, 20MT, 22MT, 25MT, 27MT, 28MT
N
2
7
6
2
2
U
N
2
2
S
E
P
8
8
Series 20MT Shown
AGrommet
BField Connectors
CPlunger
DSolenoid
EReturn Spring
FShift Lever
GBrake Washer
HBushing
IPinion Stop
JOverheating Clutch
KSpiral Splines
LCenter Bearing
MField Coil
NArmature
OBushing
IMPORTANT: Never operate starter motor more than
operating again. Overheating, caused
by excessive operation, will seriously
RG,RG34710,2201 1915MAR971/2
Check Operation of Motor Drive
T
8
1
5
3
0
U
N
0
1
N
O
V
8
8
Turn Overrunning Clutch Pinion
1. Turn overrunning clutch pinion by hand. Clutch pinion
should turn freely on shaft in overrunning direction
only.
103000
PN=362
60
10
7
RG,RG34710,2201 1915MAR972/2
T
8
1
5
3
1
U
N
0
1
N
O
V
8
8
Turn Armature
2. Turn armature by prying against pinion with
screwdriver. Check for dragging armature, seized
bushings or bent shaft.
If there is any interference, disassemble and repair
starter motor.
NOTE: DO NOT conduct the no-load test unless armature
turns freely.
RG,RG34710,2202 1915MAR971/2
Make Solenoid Pull-In Test
T
8
1
5
3
2
U
N
0
1
N
O
V
8
8
Disconnect Field Connector
1. To prevent damage, solenoid must be on starter motor
when testing the windings.
2. Disconnect field connector from solenoid M terminal
as shown.
RG,RG34710,2202 1915MAR972/2
T
8
1
5
1
9
U
N
2
5
M
A
Y
8
9
Make Connections
1Voltmeter
2Carbon Pile Resistor
3Battery
4Ammeter
3. Make connections as shown. Quickly adjust the carbon
pile resistor to obtain 5 volts. The ammeter reading
must be 1315.5 amps.
103000
PN=363
60
10
8
RG,RG34710,2203 1915MAR971/1
Make Solenoid Hold-In Test
T
8
1
5
2
0
U
N
2
5
M
A
Y
8
9
Make Solenoid Hold-In Test
1Voltmeter
3Battery
4Ammeter
Make connections as shown. Adjust the carbon pile
resistor to obtain 10 volts. The ammeter reading should
be 14.516.5 amps.
A high ammeter reading indicates windings are grounded
or short circuited.
A low ammeter reading indicates excessive resistance
(usually in a connection).
No ammeter reading indicates windings are open
circuited.
To prevent overheating, do not energize the pull-in
winding longer than 15 seconds. Current draw will
decrease as the winding temperature increases.
If the fault cannot be repaired and the solenoid
performance is questionable, replace the windings.
DPSG,OUOE003,27 1917DEC981/1
Make Solenoid No-Load Test
T
8
1
5
2
1
U
N
2
5
M
A
Y
8
9
2Battery
3Ammeter
4Voltmeter
5Jumper Lead with Switch
6Tachometer
1. Clamp starter motor drive housing in vise.
2. Make connections as shown.
3. Close switch to operate starter motor and adjust
carbon pile resistor to obtain 9.0 volts.
Current draw must be to specifications given at
beginning of this group.
103000
PN=364
60
10
9
RG,RG34710,2204 1915MAR971/11
Disassemble Starter Motor and Test Components
N
3
8
1
5
5
U
N
2
0
A
P
R
8
9
Delco-Remy No. 1998367 Shown
1Bushing 13Armature 23Snap Ring 33Brush Pivot Pin (2 Used)
2Lubricating Wick 14Thrust Washer 24Thrust Collar 34Brush Holder Kit
3Plug 15Center Bearing Assembly 25Dowel Pin 35Bushing
4Drive End Housing 16Brake Washer 26Field Frame 36Lubricating Wick
5Shifter Pivot Screw 17Lock Wire 27Insulating Bushing 37Commutator End Frame
6Spring Pin 18Collar 28Field Winding Coil 38Bolt (2 Used)
7Shifter 19Overrunning Clutch 29Brush Spring (2 Used) 39Brush Ground Lead (2
8Solenoid Plunger Spring 30Grounded Brush Holder (2 Used)
9Solenoid Return Spring 20Bushing Used) 40Brush (4 Used)
10Gasket 21Overrunning Clutch 31Insulated Brush Holder (2 41Field Pole Shoe
11Solenoid Assembly Assembly Used) 42Pole Shoe Screw (8 Used)
12Field Coil Connector 22Pinion Stop 32Brush Mounting Screws (4
Used)
RG,RG34710,2204 1915MAR972/11
T
8
1
5
3
5
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Remove Commutator End Frame
1. Remove commutator end frame cap screws and
commutator end frame.
103000
PN=365
60
10
10
RG,RG34710,2204 1915MAR973/11
T
8
1
5
3
6
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Remove Field Frame
2. Disconnect field coil connector and remove field frame.
RG,RG34710,2204 1915MAR974/11
T
5
9
8
3
A
V
U
N
1
2
A
P
R
9
0
Check Brushes and Brush Springs
3. Make sure brushes are not binding holders. The full
brush surface must ride on commutator.
4. Check by hand to make certain brush springs are
giving firm contact between brushes and commutator.
If springs are distorted or discolored, replace them.
RG,RG34710,2204 1915MAR975/11
T
8
1
5
3
7
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Remove Pins, Holders, and Springs
5. Remove brush pins, brush holders and brush springs.
Check brush spring tension.
Specification
Brush SpringMinimum Tension 990 gram force (35 ounce-force) ...........
103000
PN=366
60
10
11
RG,RG34710,2204 1915MAR976/11
T
8
1
5
2
3
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Measure Brushes
6. Check brushes for being oil soaked or worn beyond
specifications.
Specification
BrushesMinimum Length
Beyond Holder 7.9 mm (0.31 in.) ................................................................
RG,RG34710,2204 1915MAR977/11
T
8
1
5
3
8
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Tighten Screws Securely
7. Tighten screws securely when installing new brushes.
RG,RG34710,2204 1915MAR978/11
T
8
1
5
3
9
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Remove Parts
8. Remove screws, solenoid switch assembly, solenoid
gasket and plunger return spring.
RG,RG34710,2204 1915MAR979/11
T
8
8
8
5
5
U
N
2
1
F
E
B
9
0
Remove Armature
ABearing Screws
9. Remove the shift lever cap screw and center bearing
screws (A).
10. Remove armature.
103000
PN=367
60
10
12
RG,RG34710,2204 1915MAR9710/11
T
8
1
5
4
1
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Drive Pinion Stop
11. Use a 1/2-in. pipe nipple or other suitable metal
cylinder to drive pinion stop toward pinion.
RG,RG34710,2204 1915MAR9711/11
T
8
8
8
5
6
U
N
2
1
F
E
B
9
0
Center Bearing Plate
ARetaining Ring
BBearing Plate
12. Remove retaining ring (A), pinion stop, and
overrunning clutch drive.
13. Remove brake washer and center bearing plate (B).
DPSG,OUOE003,28 1917DEC981/1
Clean Starter Motor Components
IMPORTANT: Never clean armature, field windings, or
overrunning clutch drive in solvent. All
parts except overrunning clutch drive
may be cleaned with mineral spirits and
a brush.
1. Clean components using mineral spirits and a brush.
2. Dry with compressed air or a clean cloth.
103000
PN=368
60
10
13
RG,RG34710,2205 1915MAR971/1
Inspect Armature
X
1
4
5
1
U
N
2
5
J
A
N
8
9
Inspect Armature
1. Place armature in V-blocks and check for a bent shaft.
Replace armature if shaft is bent.
2. Inspect armature for signs of dragging against pole
shoes or scoring under bushings.
3. Carefully check commutator for roughness, burned
commutator bars or any material that might cause
short circuits between bars.
4. Clean and touch up commutator, if necessary, with 00
sandpaper. NEVER use emery cloth.
NOTE: If commutator is out of round, badly burned or
rough, it can be turned down slightly on a lathe.
Remove only enough metal to eliminate problem.
Do not undercut commutator after turning, as this
will cause shorts between commutator bars.
RG,RG34710,2206 1915MAR971/1
Make Short Circuit Test
T
8
1
5
4
3
U
N
0
7
D
E
C
8
8
Place armature in a growler and hold hacksaw blade
above each slot while slowly rotating the armature.
If coil is shorted, the blade will be attracted to and
repelled from the slot.
Short circuit most often occurs because of copper dust or
filings between two commutator segments. Clean
commutator segments to correct this short.
103000
PN=369
60
10
14
RG,RG34710,2207 1915MAR971/1
Make Armature Ground Test
T
9
0
2
5
3
U
N
2
0
N
O
V
8
9
1. Set ohmmeter to read on highest scale.
2. Place one test lead on the armature core or shaft.
Place other lead on commutator.
If the test meter indicator swings toward zero, the
armature is grounded. Replace armature.
RG,RG34710,2208 1915MAR971/1
Make Open Circuit Test
T
9
0
2
5
4
U
N
1
9
O
C
T
8
8
1. Set ohmmeter to read on lowest scale.
2. Place one test lead on ohmmeter segment. Place other
test lead on an adjacent segment.
3. Repeat this operation for all segments by moving one
lead at a time.
If the test meter indicator does not swing to zero and
remain stationary, the armature coil between these two
segment is open. Replace armature.
RG,RG34710,2209 1915MAR971/1
Make Ground Circuit Test for Field Windings
T
8
1
5
4
6
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Make Ground Circuit Test
2. Connect one test lead to the field frame and the other
test lead to the field connector.
If the test meter indicator swings toward zero, the field
coils are grounded. Replace the field windings.
103000
PN=370
60
10
15
RG,RG34710,2210 1915MAR971/1
Make Open Circuit Test for Field Windings
T
8
1
5
4
7
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
1. Set ohmmeter on its lowest scale.
2. Connect one test lead to a field coil lead. Connect the
other test lead to the field connector.
remains stationary, the field coils have an open circuit.
Replace field coils.
RG,RG34710,2211 1915MAR971/2
Remove Field Coils (If Necessary)
T
8
1
5
4
8
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Remove Field Connector
1. The field connector must be removed before the field
coils can be removed from frame.
RG,RG34710,2211 1915MAR972/2
T
8
1
5
4
9
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Remove Field Windings
2. Place field frame in a soft-jawed vise.
IMPORTANT: Do not squeeze sides of field frame in
vise or strike with a hammer. If an
impact screwdriver is used to remove
pole shoe screws, support each pole
shoe individually using a pole shoe
spreader or nose of anvil.
3. Make a scribe mark on pole shoe and field frame for
proper assembly.
4. Use a large screwdriver bit and socket wrench to
remove pole shoe screws.
5. Remove pole shoes. Then carefully remove field
windings as an assembly.
IMPORTANT: Handle windings very carefully.
Windings are easily damaged, causing
shorts, opens, or grounds.
103000
PN=371
60
10
16
RG,RG34710,2212 1915MAR971/1
Install Field Windings
1. Carefully insert field windings.
2. Align scribe marks on pole shoes and field frame.
Assemble shoe so the long lip points in direction of
armature rotation.
3. Tighten pole shoe screws to specifications. Use a
center punch to lightly stake one edge of each screw.
Specification
Field Pole Shoe ScrewsTorque 41 Nm (30 lb-ft) ...................................
RG,RG34710,2213 1915MAR971/1
Disassemble Solenoid
T
5
9
6
6
A
B
U
N
0
2
A
P
R
9
0
AM Terminal
BS Terminal
CCover Screws
1. Remove hex nuts from M and S terminals (A) and
(B).
2. Remove the two screws (C) and cover.
103000
PN=372
60
10
17
RG,RG34710,2214 1915MAR971/3
Inspect and Clean Solenoid Parts
T
5
9
6
6
A
A
U
N
1
1
A
P
R
9
0
Inspect and Clean Solenoid Parts
Inspect all solenoid parts for wear, dirt, and corrosion.
Wipe all parts and connections with mineral spirits and a
clean cloth or brush. Dry with a clean cloth.
Firm pressure should be felt on the plunger when fully
depressed. If plunger is weak, replace solenoid winding
and plunger assembly.
RG,RG34710,2214 1915MAR972/3
T
8
8
8
5
8
U
N
2
1
F
E
B
9
0
R Terminal Contact Finger
AMain Contact
BR Terminal Contact Finger
The R terminal contact finger (B) height above the
surface of the main contact (A) must be 1.592.38 mm
(1/163/32 in.). Bend contact finger if adjustment is
necessary.
Specification
Solenoid R Terminal Contact
Height 1.592.38 mm (0.0620.093 in.) ..................................................
RG,RG34710,2214 1915MAR973/3
T
8
1
5
5
3
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Replacement Stud Clips
Replacement S terminal and M terminal stud clips must
be crimped to winding leads.
103000
PN=373
60
10
18
RG,RG34710,2215 1915MAR971/1
Assemble Solenoid
1. Place gasket on winding terminal.
2. Align main contact vertically.
3. Place packing on switch cover.
4. Tighten switch cover screws to solenoid winding and
plunger assembly securely.
NOTE: Solenoid contacts and plunger will be damaged if
current is applied to solenoid when removed from
starter motor.
RG,RG34710,2216 1915MAR971/3
Remove Drive End Bushing and Wick
T
8
1
5
2
4
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Measure Drive End Bushing
1. Measure drive end bushing.
Specification
New Drive End Housing
BushingID 11.70911.811 mm
(0.46100.4650 in.)
...............................................................
Wear Limit 12.065 mm (0.475 in.) ..............................................................
Oil Clearance 0.0510.127 mm
(0.00200.0050 in.)
.................................................................
Wear Limit 0.432 mm (0.0170 in.) ..............................................................
RG,RG34710,2216 1915MAR972/3
T
8
1
5
5
6
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Remove Plug and Drive End Wick
2. Remove plug and drive end wick.
103000
PN=374
60
10
19
RG,RG34710,2216 1915MAR973/3
T
8
1
5
5
7
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
27493 Disk and 27491 Disk
127493 Disk
227491 Disk
3. Use 27493 Disk (1) and 27491 Disk (2) from
D01045AA Bushing, Bearing and Seal Driver Set to
remove the drive end bushing.
RG,RG34710,2217 1915MAR971/2
Install Drive End Bushing and Wick
T
8
1
5
5
8
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Drive End Bushing and Wick
1. Install drive end bushing by pressing it from the outside
in. Press it even with the end of the drive housing.
RG,RG34710,2217 1915MAR972/2
T
8
1
5
5
9
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Drive End Wick and Pipe Plug
2. Drill bushing through oil wick hole using same size drill
as oil wick hole.
3. After drilling, ream bushing to maintain proper oil
clearance between shaft and bushing.
4. Soak new wicks in SAE 10 engine oil. Install drive end
wick and pipe plug.
RG,RG34710,2218 1915MAR971/1
Inspect Drive Motor ID
T
8
1
5
2
5
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Inspect Drive Motor ID
Measure the motor drive ID.
Specification
Motor DriveID 14.27514.300 mm
(0.56200.5630 in.)
.........................................................
Wear Limit 14.579 mm (0.5740 in.) ............................................................
The motor drive cannot be repaired and must be replaced
if defective.
103000
PN=375
60
10
20
RG,RG34710,2219 1915MAR971/1
Inspect Center Bushing ID
T
8
1
5
2
6
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Inspect Center Bushing ID
Measure the center bushing ID and oil clearance.
Specification
New Center Bearing Plate
(0.76000.7620 in.)
...............................................................
Wear Limit 19.608 mm (0.7720 in.) ............................................................
(0.01000.0150 in.)
.................................................................
Wear Limit 0.635 mm (0.0250 in.) ..............................................................
Burnish bushing to size if necessary.
RG,RG34710,2220 1918OCT001/1
Inspect Commutator End Frame Bushing
T
8
1
5
2
7
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Inspect Commutator End Frame Bushing
Measure commutator end frame bushing ID and oil
clearance.
Specification
New Commutator End Frame
(0.56350.5645 in.)
...............................................................
Wear Limit 14.554 mm (0.5730 in.) ............................................................
(0.00200.0050 in.)
.................................................................
Wear Limit 0.406 mm (0.0160 in.) ..............................................................
Burnish bushing to size if necessary.
103000
PN=376
60
10
21
RG,RG34710,2221 1915MAR971/7
Assemble Starter Motor
T
8
1
5
6
0
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Lubricate Splines and Armature Shaft
1. Lubricate splines and drive end of armature shaft with
SAE 10 engine oil.
2. Install center bearing plate and brake washer.
RG,RG34710,2221 1915MAR972/7
T
8
8
8
6
0
U
N
2
1
F
E
B
9
0
Armature Shaft
APinion Stop
BDrive End Thrust Collar
CRetaining Ring
3. With motor drive in place on armature shaft, install
pinion stop (A) with cupped side toward drive end of
armature shaft.
4. Use the drive end thrust collar (B) and a 1/2-in. pipe
nipple, or other suitable metal cylinder, to drive the
retaining ring (C) into its groove on the armature shaft.
RG,RG34710,2221 1915MAR973/7
T
8
8
8
6
1
U
N
2
1
F
E
B
9
0
Hold Thrust Collar
ADrive End Thrust Collar
5. Use pliers and the drive end thrust collar (A) to force
the pinion stop into place over the retaining ring.
6. Hold thrust collar (A) in place while installing armature.
103000
PN=377
60
10
22
RG,RG34710,2221 1915MAR974/7
T
8
8
8
5
5
U
N
2
1
F
E
B
9
0
Center Bearing Plate Screws
ACenter Bearing Plate Screws
7. With shift lever fork in motor drive collar, install
armature, shift lever and solenoid switch plunger in
drive housing.
8. Install the shift lever cap screw and the center bearing
plate screws (A).
RG,RG34710,2221 1915MAR975/7
T
8
1
5
6
3
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Solenoid Gasket/Plunger Return Spring
9. Install solenoid gasket and plunger return spring.
RG,RG34710,2221 1915MAR976/7
T
8
8
8
6
2
U
N
2
1
F
E
B
9
0
Commutator End Spacer Washer
ACommutator End Spacer Washer
10. Install solenoid switch assembly and screws.
11. Install commutator end spacer washer (A).
103000
PN=378
60
10
23
RG,RG34710,2221 1915MAR977/7
T
8
1
5
3
5
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Install Commutator End Frame
12. Install frame, with field coil assembly and brushes,
onto rotor.
Specification
Housing Attaching Cap Screws
Torque 1823 Nm (159204 lb-in.) ........................................................
13. Attach field connector to the solenoid switch M
terminal.
14. Install commutator end frame and cap screws and
tighten to specifications.
Specification
Commutator End Frame Cap
ScrewsTorque 1823 Nm (159204 lb-in.) .........................................
RG,RG34710,2222 1915MAR971/2
Check Pinion Clearance
T
8
8
9
5
2
U
N
2
5
M
A
Y
8
9
Check Pinion Clearance
ABattery
BSolenoid
CStarter Motor
DJumper Wire
Pinion clearance cannot be adjusted, but must be
checked after reassembly of the starter motor. Improper
clearance is an indication of worn parts.
1. Disconnect motor field coil connector from the solenoid
motor terminal and insulate it carefully.
2. Make connections as shown using a 12-volt battery.
103000
PN=379
60
10
24
RG,RG34710,2222 1915MAR972/2
T
8
1
5
2
8
U
N
2
2
M
A
R
9
0
Push Pinion Toward Armature
3. Momentarily touch a jumper lead from the solenoid
motor terminal to solenoid frame. The pinion will shift
into cranking position and remain until the battery is
disconnected.
4. Push pinion toward armature.
5. Measure the distance between pinion and pinion stop.
Specification
Pinion-to-Pinion StopClearance 0.253.56 mm (0.0100.140 in.) .......
RG,RG34710,2223 1915MAR971/1
T
8
1
5
2
1
U
N
2
5
M
A
Y
8
9
2Battery
3Ammeter
4Voltmeter
5Jumper Lead with Switch
6Tachometer
1. Clamp starter motor drive housing in vise.
carbon pile resistor to obtain 9.0 volts.
Current draw must be to specifications given at
103000
PN=380
Group 15
Delco-Remy 30MT, 35MT, 37MT Starter Motor Repair
60
15
1
OUO1004,0000B93 1925SEP001/2
Essential Tools
OUO1004,0000B93 1925SEP002/2
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
OUO1004,0000B94 1925SEP001/2
OUO1004,0000B94 1925SEP002/2
103000
PN=381
60
15
2
OUO1004,0000B95 1925SEP001/1
Other Material
Number Name Use
brushes.
(U.S.) ESSO Beacon 325 or Delco-Remy Lubricate various stator components.
No. 1960954 Lubricant
103000
PN=382
60
15
3
OUO1004,0000B96 1925SEP001/1
Delco-Remy 30MT, 35MT, and 37MT Starter
Motor Repair Specifications
Drive Housing Bushing ID 14.2814.33 mm (0.5620.564 in.)
Wear Tolerance 14.58 mm (0.574 in.)
Oil Clearance 0.050.13 mm (0.0020.005 in.)
Lever Housing Bushing ID 19.2319.25 mm (0.7570.758 in.)
Commutator End Frame Bushing ID 14.2814.33 mm (0.5620.564 in.)
Brush Minimum Length 12 mm (0.50 in.)
Brush Minimum Tension 22 N (80 ounce-force)
Shift Lever Housing-to-Field Housing Torque 1823 Nm (159204 lb-in.)
Cap Screws
Drive Housing-to-Shift Lever Housing Torque 1823 Nm (159204 lb-in.)
Cap Screws
Commutator End-to-Field Frame Cap Torque 1823 Nm (159204 lb-in.)
Screws
Pinion-to-Pinion Stop Clearance 0.253.56 mm (0.0100.140 in.)
103000
PN=383
60
15
4
RG,RG34710,2227 1908SEP001/2
Delco-Remy 30MT, 35MT, and 37MT Starter
Motor Test Specifications
AB4094R 1107193 6 5 3060 29005300
AM3397T 1107165 6 5.6 70 5500
AR11010 1107725 12 9 5075 45006400
AR11138 1107555 24 20 5290 700013000
AR11141 1113135 24 20 5070 70009500
AR11152 1108180 12 9 5075 35006000
AR11300 1107785 12 9 5580 35006000
AR28053 1113148 24 20 5070 70009500
AR34406 1113656-35MT 12 9 75105 50007000
AR41627 1113402-35MT 12 9 124185 47007600
AR55638 1113672-35MT 12 9 124185 47007600
AR62267 1113402-35MT 12 9 124185 47007600
AR72308 1113093-35MT 12 9 5070 35005500
AR77254 1113391-35MT 12 9 124185 47007600
AR78538 1113391-35MT 12 9 124185 47007600
AR91813 1109576-SD300 12 10 65110 650010700
AT10224 1108072 6 5.7 5391 36506350
AT15334 1107523 12 9 5080 55009000
AT16209 1107556 12 9 40140 800013000
AT16880 1108099 6 5 90125 29005300
AT16881 1107200 6 5.7 90125 45006400
AT91813 1109421-SD300 12 10 6090 650010500
RE27462 1993799-37MT 12 10 140175 66008200
RE29400 1993829-37MT 24 20 115175 30004800
RE36646 1993930-37MT 24 20 5075 33004400
RE37961 1993894-37MT 12 10 120160 60008700
RE38632 1993917-37MT 24 20 5075 33004400
RE41755 1993894-37MT 12 10 120160 60008700
RE43300 1993917-37MT 24 20 5075 33004400
RE48077 10478819-37MT 24 20 5075 33004400
RE48134 1993917-37MT 24 20 5075 33004400
RE52955 10478957-37MT 12 10 120160 60008700
RE53217 10478957-37MT 12 11 130175 61008700
RE53404 10478814-37MT 24 20 5075 33004400
RE53575 10478814-37MT 24 20 33004400
RE59586 10478819-37MT 24 20 5075 33004400
103000
PN=384
60
15
5
RG,RG34710,2227 1908SEP002/2
RE59593 10478957-37MT 12 11 130175 61008700
RE59594 10478814-37MT, 24 20 5075 33004400
10479181
RE65189 10478814-37MT 24 20 5075 33004400
RG,RG34710,2228 1915MAR971/1
Seized bearings
Excessive friction
Shorted armature
this test.
103000
PN=385
60
15
6
RG,RG34710,2229 1915MAR971/1
Series 30MT, 35MT, and 37MT
R
G
4
9
9
3
U
N
1
9
J
A
N
9
0
Series 37MT Shown
AGrommet
BField Connectors
CGaskets
DPlunger
ESolenoid
FO-Ring
GOil Wick
HBoot
IShift Lever
JBushing
KOverrunning Clutch
LSeal
MField Coil
NArmature
OBrushes
PEnd Cap
NOTE: Series 37MT starter motors use TORX
screws
for all external fasteners. Two different size
TORX
drivers are required to service the 37MT

motorT40 and E8. These drives can be
procured from a local tool source.
TORX is a registered trademark of Camcar/Textron.
103000
PN=386
60
15
7
RG,RG34710,2230 1915MAR971/4
Test Starter Motor Before Disassembly
R
2
6
5
4
9
N
U
N
1
6
S
E
P
9
9
only.
RG,RG34710,2230 1915MAR972/4
R
2
6
5
5
0
U
N
0
9
F
E
B
9
0
Turn Armature
If you discover any interference, disassemble and
repair starter motor. Do not conduct no-load test unless
armature turns freely.
103000
PN=387
60
15
8
RG,RG34710,2230 1915MAR973/4
R
G
4
6
6
6
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
8
9
Terminals
ASolenoid
BBattery Terminal
CMotor Terminal
DSwitch Terminal
3. Connect a 12-volt battery to solenoid (A) with
heavy-duty jumper cables. Connect battery terminal (B)
on solenoid to positive battery terminal and motor
terminal (C) to negative battery terminal.
IMPORTANT: Do not engage solenoid longer than one
to two seconds, because closing
solenoid switch provides a dead short
across battery.
4. Use a screwdriver blade to short across from battery
terminal to switch terminal (D). Solenoid should
engage, pushing overrunning clutch drive to engage
position.
When screwdriver is removed, solenoid should return
sharply to the disengage position. If solenoid engages
but then chatters instead of staying firmly engaged,
hold-in winding is defective and solenoid must be
replaced. Be sure solenoid is connected securely to
start frame. If shift lever or overrunning clutch drive
appears to bind, disassemble and repair starter.
RG,RG34710,2230 1915MAR974/4
R
7
8
2
2
0
P
1
U
N
2
3
J
A
N
9
0
Check for Defects
5. If solenoid does not engage, remove solenoid and
manually move shift lever back and forth. If lever
moves smoothly, pull-in winding is defective and
solenoid must be replaced. If there is pressure felt
when moving the shift lever, but solenoid does not
engage when tested, disassemble and repair starter.
103000
PN=388
60
15
9
RG,RG34710,2231 1915MAR971/1
Make No-Load Test for Solenoid
R
G
4
6
6
0
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
8
9
Make No-Load Test for Solenoid
ABattery
BAmmeter
CShunt
DSwitch
EVoltmeter
FStarter Motor
GTachometer
HCarbon Pile Resistor
1. If armature turns freely, make connections as shown.
Use an ammeter capable of measuring several
hundred amps. Make sure the battery is fully charged.
carbon pile resistor to obtain specified voltage.
Compare rpm and current draw with values given in
specifications at the beginning of this group.
3. If speed and current draw are slightly low, connect a
voltmeter between motor terminal and field frame.
Voltage during test may be reduced because of high
current draw on battery.
4. If speed or current draw is significantly different than
specified, use the diagnostic list earlier in this group.
103000
PN=389
60
15
10
RG,RG34710,2232 1915MAR971/8
Disassemble Delco-Remy Starter Motor (Series 35MT Illustrated)
R
G
4
6
6
1
U
N
0
6
J
A
N
9
4
Series 35MT
103000
PN=390
60
15
11
RG,RG34710,2232 1915MAR972/8
1Solenoid Case and Coil 17Shift Lever 34Washer 50Field Winding Connector
2Switch Terminal Stud (2 18O-RIng 35Armature 51Brush Support (2 Used)
Used) 19Plug 36Spacer 52Brush Holder Support Pin
3Motor Terminal Stud 20Brake Washer 37Oil Seal (2 Used)
4Contact Disk and Push Rod 21Gasket 38O-Ring 53Brush Holder Pin (2 Used)
5Return 22O-Ring 39Center Bushing 54Brush Spring (2 Used)
6Battery Terminal Stud 23Shift Lever Shaft 40Pipe Plug 55Brush Spring Lead (2
7Cover Gasket 24O-Ring 41Wick Used)
8Cover 25Shift Lever Housing 42Retaining Ring 56Brush Holder (2 Used)
9Sealing Washer 26Special Nut 43Field Winding Assembly 57Brush Holder (2 Used)
10Rear Bushing 27Retaining Ring 44Pole Shoe (4 Used) 58Brush (4 Used)
11Drive Housing 28Spring Retainer 45Insulator (2 Used) 59Tapping Screw (4 Used)
12Wick 29Shift Lever Spring 46Field Terminal Stud 60Front Bushing
13Pipe Plug 30Spring Retainer 47Insulator Bushing 61Commutator End Frame
14Retaining Ring 31Boot 48Main Frame 62Pipe Plug
15Pinion Stop 32Washer 49Machine Screw (8 Used) 63Wick
16Overrunning Clutch Drive 33Plunger
RG,RG34710,2232 1915MAR973/8
R
G
4
6
6
2
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
8
9
Field Winding Connector and Cap Screws
AField Winding Connector
BSolenoid Mounting Cap Screws
1. Clean exterior of starter motor with compressed air
before disassembling.
2. Remove field winding connector (A).
3. Remove solenoid mounting cap screws (B).
4. Remove nuts and sealing washers (9) from solenoid
motor and S terminals. (See exploded view.)
5. Remove switch cover (8) and cover gasket (7).
103000
PN=391
60
15
12
RG,RG34710,2232 1915MAR974/8
R
G
2
9
8
9
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
8
9
Solenoid Removed
1Boot
2Plunger
6. Push boot (1) back, and slide solenoid away (shown
removed) from boot and plunger (2).
RG,RG34710,2232 1915MAR975/8
R
7
8
2
2
0
T
1
U
N
2
3
J
A
N
9
0
7. IF NECESSARY, remove cover plug and disconnect
solenoid plunger from shift lever. Grasp plunger and
remove self-locking nut.
NOTE: Pinion clearance is controlled by self-locking nut.
Do not change adjustment unless complete
disassembly is required. Check pinion clearance,
covered later in this group.
8. Scribe a mark across main frame (48) and end frame
(61) as reassembly reference. (See exploded view.)
9. Remove four cap screws attaching commutator end
frame to main frame.
10. Remove commutator end frame.
103000
PN=392
60
15
13
RG,RG34710,2232 1915MAR976/8
R
G
4
6
6
3
U
N
1
9
J
A
N
9
0
Remove Drive Housing
ABrushes
BGrounded Brush Holders
CInsulated Brush Holders
DTapping Screws
ESupport
FPin
11. Slide brush holder pin (F) out of support (E) to
remove brushes (A). Remove tapping screws (D)
which attach brushes to grounded brush holders (B)
and insulated brush holders (C).
12. Scribe a mark across drive housing and shift lever
housing for proper assembly.
13. Remove drive end housing cap screws and remove
drive housing.
RG,RG34710,2232 1915MAR977/8
R
2
6
5
5
8
U
N
0
9
F
E
B
9
0
Pinion Stop and Pipe Coupling
APipe Coupling
BPinion Stop
14. Remove pinion stop (B). Use a pipe coupling (A) or
other metal cylinder to drive pinion stop toward pinion
as shown. Remove retaining ring and slide pinion
stop off shaft.
15. Slide shift lever housing and overrunning clutch drive
off shaft.
103000
PN=393
60
15
14
RG,RG34710,2232 1915MAR978/8
R
G
2
9
9
2
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
8
9
Slide Armature
1Armature
16. Carefully slide armature (1) out of field frame. If
spacer washer remains in housing, pull it out and
install on shaft.
103000
PN=394
60
15
15
RG,RG34710,2233 1915MAR971/2
Install New Bushings During Disassembly
NOTE: Refer to exploded view earlier in this group.
1. Remove plugs (13 and 62) and lubricating wicks (12
and 63).
2. Replace bushings (10, 39, and 60) if worn longer than
wear tolerances given.
Specification
Drive Housing BushingID 14.2814.33 mm (0.5620.564
in.)
...................
Wear Tolerance 14.58 mm (0.574 in.) ........................................................
Oil Clearance 0.050.13 mm (0.0020.005 in.) .......................................
Wear Tolerance 0.43 mm (0.017 in.) ..........................................................
Specification
Lever Housing BushingID 19.2319.25 mm (0.7570.758
in.)
..................
Specification
Commutator End Frame
BushingID 14.2814.33 mm (0.5620.564
in.)
...........................................
3. Remove the commutator end frame housing (61) using
a blind hole puller. Remove other bushings using
drivers from tool set listed below.
Use the following disks from D01045AA Bushing,
Bearing and Seal Driver Set when replacing bushing.
Bushing Pilot Disk Drive Disk
Drive Housing Bushing 27491 27495
Commutator Bushing 27491 27494
Lever Housing Bushing 27494 27497
4. Drive new bushings into end frame to same depth as
old bushing.
103000
PN=395
60
15
16
RG,RG34710,2233 1915MAR972/2
T
3
3
1
4
2
N
U
N
3
1
M
A
Y
8
9
Install Plug
1Drill Bushing
2Plug
3Oil Wick
5. Use a drill the same size as the oil wick hole and drill
bushing (1).
Only if necessary, carefully ream bushing to size.
6. Saturate new wicks (3) with SAE 10W clean engine oil
and install.
7. Install plug (2) and tighten securely.
RG,RG34710,2234 1915MAR971/1
a brush.
103000
PN=396
60
15
17
RG,RG34710,2235 1915MAR971/1
Inspect Armature
X
1
4
5
1
U
N
2
5
J
A
N
8
9
Inspect Armature
RG,RG34710,2236 1915MAR971/1
R
G
7
8
0
7
4
C
1
U
N
0
9
J
A
N
9
0
filings between segments. Clean commutator segments to
correct this short.
103000
PN=397
60
15
18
RG,RG34710,2237 1915MAR971/1
T
9
0
2
5
3
U
N
2
0
N
O
V
8
9
RG,RG34710,2238 1915MAR971/1
T
3
1
4
2
6
U
N
2
7
J
U
L
8
9
lead at a time.
remains stationary, the armature coil between these
two segments is open. Replace armature.
103000
PN=398
60
15
19
RG,RG34710,2239 1915MAR971/1
R
G
7
8
0
7
6
Q
1
U
N
0
9
J
A
N
9
0
Make Ground Circuit Test
1. Set the D09001TT Volt-Ohm-Amp Meter to read on
highest scale.
2. Place one test lead on a clean stop on field frame.
Place other lead on the copper terminal bolt.
If the ohmmeter indicator swings toward zero, a
grounded circuit is indicated. Replace the field
windings.
RG,RG34710,2240 1915MAR971/1
Make Open Circuit Test for Shunt Windings
2. Place one test lead on the eyelet terminal. Place other
lead on the terminal bolt.
If the ohmmeter does not swing to zero, it is open
circuited. Replace the field winding assembly.
103000
PN=399
60
15
20
RG,RG34710,2241 1909OCT001/1
R
2
6
5
5
4
N
U
N
1
1
A
P
R
8
9
A1/4-Ohm Resistor
B12-Volt Battery
CField Terminal
DInsulated Brush Lead
EHacksaw Blade
All four windings are connected in parallel. Test each
winding for an open circuit.
1. Connect a test battery (B) to field terminal (C) and
either insulated brush lead (D) using a resistor (A) to
limit current draw.
2. Use a hacksaw blade (E) to test windings for
magnetism. If any winding is not magnetic, the winding
is open circuited. Repair or replace windings.
NOTE: Because 1/4 ohm resistors capable of carrying
several hundred watts are not widely available, a
suggested alternative is to connect four 1-ohm
resistors in parallel. Each resistor should be rated
for at least 150 watts. A carbon pile resistor can
also be used. Limit current to 4070 amps.
There is no suitable way to check field windings for
short circuits. Winding resistance is too low to permit
detection of a short circuit.
RG,RG34710,2242 1915MAR971/2
R
7
8
2
2
1
I
1
U
N
2
3
J
A
N
9
0
1. If field windings are suspected of being damaged,
place field frame in a soft-jawed vise.
NOTE: Do not squeeze sides of field frame in vise or
strike with a hammer. If an impact screwdriver is
used to remove pole shoe screws, support each
pole shoe individually using a pole shoe spreader
or the nose of an anvil.
2. Use a large screwdriver or bit and socket wrench on
pole shoe screws.
103000
PN=400
60
15
21
RG,RG34710,2242 1915MAR972/2
R
G
2
9
9
5
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
8
9
New Field Windings
1Starter Field Frame
2Pole Shoe
3Notched End
3. Remove pole shoes (2). Then carefully remove field
4. Install new field windings and tighten pole shoe screws
as tight as possible. Use a center punch to lightly stake
one edge of each screw.
IMPORTANT: Make sure the notched end (3) on pole
shoe is facing the brush end of the field
frame starter (1).
RG,RG34710,2243 1909OCT001/1
Inspect Brushes
1. Inspect brushes (58) closely. (See exploded view this
group.) Make sure brush holders (56 and 57) are clean
and are not binding. Full width of brush should contact
commutator.
2. Replace brushes if they are oil soaked or are worn
beyond specifications.
Specification
BrushMinimum Length 12 mm (0.50 in.) .................................................
RG,RG34710,2244 1915MAR971/1
Test Brush Holder for Ground
1. Set ohmmeter on its highest scale.
2. Place one test lead on commutator end frame. Place
other lead on brush holder.
If dial indicator swings toward zero, the positive brush
holder is grounded and should be replaced.
103000
PN=401
60
15
22
RG,RG34710,2245 1915MAR971/1
Inspect Brush Springs
1. Inspect and replace brush springs if they are distorted
or discolored.
2. Measure brush spring tension with a spring scale.
Specification
BrushMinimum Tension 22 N (80 ounce-force) .......................................
RG,RG34710,2246 1915MAR971/1
Inspect and Clean Solenoid
1. Replace contact disk (4, see exploded view in this
group), if it is badly corroded.
2. Be sure all connections are clean and tight. Wipe parts
with mineral spirits and brush. Dry clean with a cloth.
IMPORTANT: Solenoid contacts and plunger will be
damaged if current is applied to
solenoid when removed from starter
motor.
RG,RG34710,2247 1915MAR971/1
Assemble Solenoid
NOTE: Replacement S terminal clips and motor terminal
studs are soldered to wiring leads.
1. Assemble solenoid parts using a new gasket (7, see
exploded view in this group) and sealing washers (9).
2. Tighten cover (8) screws securely.
103000
PN=402
60
15
23
RG,RG34710,2248 1909OCT001/1
Inspect Plunger, Shift Lever, and
Overrunning Clutch Assembly
1. Remove plug (19, see exploded view in this group) and
inspect shift lever spring (33) and shift lever assembly
for wear or damage.
2. Press plunger inward and check tension on plunger
spring (29). Spring should not compress easily.
Replace plunger assembly if spring is weak.
3. Inspect overrunning clutch drive (16) for wear or
damage. Rotate the pinion. Pinion gear should rotate
smoothly (but not easily) in one direction. The pinion
gear should not rotate in the opposite direction.
4. If pinion gear does not rotate smoothly or if it is worn,
chipped, or burred, replace clutch drive assembly.
IMPORTANT: Do not clean overrunning clutch drive
with solvent. Solvent would dissolve
lubricant in clutch mechanism. Clean
only by wiping with a clean cloth. Do
not lubricate drive.
RG,RG34710,2249 1915MAR971/4
R
G
2
9
9
2
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
8
9
Install Armature
1Armature
1. Carefully install armature (1) into field frame. Be sure
spacer is installed on end of armature shaft before
installing into main frame.
IMPORTANT: To avoid possible damage to brush
holders, it is best to install brush
assembly dismantled.
103000
PN=403
60
15
24
RG,RG34710,2249 1915MAR972/4
T
3
3
1
4
5
N
Y
U
N
2
7
J
U
L
8
9
Shift Lever Housing
1Gasket
2Shift Lever
3Seal Plug
4Shift Lever Shaft
5Brake Washer
NOTE: Always use new O-rings, packing, and gaskets
when assembling starter motor.
2. Lubricate bearing surface with Delco-Remy No.
1960954 Lubricant or its equivalent.
3. Install seal plug (3), gasket (1) and brake washer (5)
into shift lever housing.
4. Place overrunning clutch drive in shift lever housing,
making certain that shift lever is engaged in slot.
5. Slide shift lever housing and overrunning clutch drive
into armature shaft.
103000
PN=404
60
15
25
RG,RG34710,2249 1915MAR973/4
R
2
6
5
6
0
N
U
N
0
9
F
E
B
9
0
Pinion Stop
APinion Stop
BRetaining Ring
CWasher
6. Slide pinion stop (A) onto shaft, with open side toward
end of shaft. Install retaining ring (B) in groove. Force
pinion stop over ring, using a washer (C) and two pairs
of pliers as shown. Remove washer.
NOTE: Series 37MT starter motors have TORX
screws
for all external fasteners. Tighten screws to same
torque values as given for conventional screws.
7. Install shift lever housing on field using five cap screws
and lock washers. Tighten screws to specifications.
Specification
Shift Lever Housing-to-Field
Housing Cap ScrewsTorque 1823 Nm (159204 lb-in.) ...................
8. Align scribe marks on drive housing and shift lever
housing (made during disassembly). Install the six
special screws in drive housing.Tighten screws to
specifications.
Specification
Drive Housing-to-Shift Lever
Housing Cap ScrewsTorque 1823 Nm (159204 lb-in.) ...................
9. If pinion clearance has not been changed, install hole
plug (19, see exploded view in this group) in shift lever
housing. Otherwise, it should be left out until clearance
is adjusted at conclusion of assembly.
103000
PN=405
60
15
26
RG,RG34710,2249 1915MAR974/4
R
G
4
6
6
4
U
N
1
9
J
A
N
9
0
Brushes, Holders, and Springs
ABrushes
BGrounded Brush Holders
CInstalled Brush Holders
DBrush Springs
10. Install brush holders (B and C), brushes (A) and
springs (D). When installing brushes, turn longer side
toward armature windings. Make sure full width of
each brush contacts commutator and brush holders
are not binding.
11. Install commutator end frame on field frame (position
so scribe marks made during disassembly are
aligned). Tighten cap screws securely and evenly to
specifications.
Specification
Commutator End-to-Field Frame
Cap ScrewsTorque 1823 Nm (159204 lb-in.) .................................
12. Install solenoid on field frame. Be sure that plunger
(33, see exploded view) and boot (31) are installed
correctly. Tighten solenoid-to-field frame cap screws
securely.
NOTE: Do not install field winding connector (50) until
pinion clearance has been checked.
13. Check armature end play and pinion clearance before
installing starter motor.
RG,RG34710,2250 1915MAR971/1
Check Armature End Play
1. Attach a dial indicator on drive housing and position
indicator plunger on end of armature shaft to measure
end play.
Specification
ArmatureEnd Play 0.131.27 mm (0.0050.050 in.) ............................
Wear Limit 1.52 mm (0.060 in.) ..................................................................
2. If end play is not within specifications, recheck
installation to determine cause.
103000
PN=406
60
15
27
RG,RG34710,2251 1915MAR971/1
Check for Proper Pinion Clearance
R
2
5
2
2
4
U
N
0
9
F
E
B
9
0
APinion
BPinion Stop
CFeeler Gauge
DPress on Clutch to Take Up Movement
E0.253.56 mm (0.0100.140 in.) Clearance
1. Connect a 12-volt battery to the solenoid frame and S
terminal.
2. Momentarily connect a jumper wire between solenoid
frame and motor terminal to pull solenoid plunger in.
3. Press overrunning clutch (D) toward commutator and
measure pinion clearance (E) with a feeler gauge (C).
4. Clearance between pinion (A) and pinion stop (B)
should be as follows:
Specification
Pinion-to-Pinion StopClearance 0.253.56 mm (0.0100.140 in.) .......
5. If pinion clearance is not within specifications, turn
self-locking nut (26, see exploced view in this group) to
adjust clearance.
6. After adjusting to correct pinion clearance, install
adjusting hole plug (19) and tighten securely.
7. Install field winding connector (50). Tighten nuts
securely.
103000
PN=407
60
15
28
RG,RG34710,2252 1915MAR971/1
Make No-Load Test (After Assembly)
R
G
4
6
6
0
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
8
9
Make No-Load Test
ABattery
BAmmeter
CShunt
DSwitch
EVoltmeter
FStarter Motor
GTachometer
HCarbon Pile Resistor
1. Clamp starter in vise.
2. Connect a fully charged 12-volt battery (A), ammeter
(B), shunt (C), control switch (D), voltmeter (E) carbon
pile resistor (H), and tachometer (G) to starter motor
(F).
carbon pile resistor to obtain specified voltage.
4. Starter motor should rotate smoothly at the specified
speed, voltage, and current draw given at the
103000
PN=408
Group 20
Delco-Remy 40MT, 41MT, 42MT, 50MT Starter Motor Repair
60
20
1
OUO1004,0000B97 1925SEP001/4
Essential Tools
OUO1004,0000B97 1925SEP002/4
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
OUO1004,0000B97 1925SEP003/4
R
G
1
1
1
6
2
U
N
2
1
S
E
P
0
0
D01045AA
Install commutator end frame bushing.
103000
PN=409
60
20
2
OUO1004,0000B97 1925SEP004/4
R
G
1
1
1
6
1
U
N
2
1
S
E
P
0
0
D01061AA
Remove commutator end frame bushing.
OUO1004,0000B99 1925SEP001/1
Other Material
Number Name Use
brushes.
103000
PN=410
60
20
3
OUO1004,0000B9A 1925SEP001/1
Delco-Remy 40MT, 41MT, 42MT, and 50MT
Starter Motor Repair Specifications
Field Pole Shoe Cap Screws Torque 41 Nm (30 lb-ft)
New Brush Length 19 mm (0.75 in.)
Used Brush Minimum Length 16 mm (0.63 in.)
Brush Spring Minimum Tension 22 N (80 ounce-force)
Starter Motor Drive Housing Bushing ID 15.8815.93 mm (0.6250.627 in.)
(40MT, 41MT, 42MT) Maximum Serviceable ID 16.18 mm (0.637 in.)
Starter Motor Lever Housing Bushing ID 24.4624.51 mm (0.9630.965 in.)
(40MT, 41MT, 42MT) Maximum Serviceable ID 24.69 mm (0.972 in.)
Starter Motor Commutator End ID 16.8716.97 mm (0.6640.668 in.)
Frame Bushing (40MT, 41MT, 42MT) Maximum Serviceable ID 17.22 mm (0.678 in.)
Starter Motor Drive Housing Bushing ID 15.8815.90 mm (0.62500.6260
(50MT) in.)
Starter Motor Lever Housing Bushing ID 21.4121.44 mm (0.84300.8440
(50MT) in.)
Starter Motor Commutator End ID 14.2714.30 mm (0.56200.5630
Frame Bushing (50MT) in.)
Oil Clearance 0.050.10mm (0.00200.0040 in.)
Shift Lever Housing Cap Screws Torque 1823 Nm (159204 lb-in.)
Drive End Housing Cap Screws Torque 1823 Nm (159204 lb-in.)
Pinion-to-Drive Housing Clearance 8.339.92 mm (0.3280.391 in.)
103000
PN=411
60
20
4
RG,RG34710,2256 1908SEP001/1
Delco-Remy 40MT, 41MT, 42MT, and 50MT
Starter Motor Test Specifications
AM3397T 1107165 6 5.6 70 5500
AR102188 1114831-40MT 12 10 140215 40007000
AR102190 1109841-50MT 24 20 80125 55008500
AR102770 1114869-40MT 24 20 95120 55007500
AR102771 1114843-40MT 24 20 70110 55009000
AR46886 1114191-40MT 12 9 140215 40007000
AR55313 1114735-40MT 24 20 70110 55009000
AR55314 1113827-40MT 24 20 7595 55007500
AR62153 1114166-40MT 12 11 160230 49008300
AR72308 1113093 12 9 5070 35005500
AR78235 1109978-50MT 24 20 95120 55007500
AT16311 1107326 12 9 5580 35006000
AT16882 1108093 6 5.7 90125 45006400
AT409T 1107166 12 10 115170 66009000
RE10321 1114819-40MT 12 10 140215 40007000
RE10464 1990269-50MT 24 20 95120 55007500
RE12101 1990270-50MT 24 20 95120 55007500
RE13942 1990325-40MT 12 10 140215 40007000
RE24305 1990354-42MT 12 10 115170 66009000
RE28781 1990356-42MT 12 10 100170 55007800
RE28782 1990357-42MT 24 20 6075 65007700
RE28783 1990358-42MT 12 10 100170 55007800
RE38633 1993935-42MT 12 10 115170 66009000
RE38634 1993936-42MT 24 20 5090 63008400
RE41756 1190325-42MT 12 10 140215 40008300
RE51792 1993934-42MT 12 10 115170 66009000
RE61547 10479052-42MT 12 11 100170 55007800
RE62911 1049071-41MT 12 11 130175 61008700
RE63094 10479053-42MT 24 23 6075 63008400
RE64474 10479071-41MT 12 11 130175 61008700
RE65103 10479628 12 10.6 135190 36005600
RE67432 10479098-41MT 12 11 130175 61008700
RE69590 1193935-42MT 12 10 115170 66009000
103000
PN=412
60
20
5
RG,RG34710,2258 1915MAR971/1
Seized bearings
Excessive friction
Shorted armature
this test.
103000
PN=413
60
20
6
RG,RG34710,2259 1915MAR971/1
Series 40MT, 41MT, 42MT, and 50MT
R
G
4
9
9
4
U
N
1
9
J
A
N
9
0
Series 42MT Shown
AField Connectors
BGasket
CBushing
DSolenoid
EO-Ring
FBoot
GShift Lever
HBushing
IOverrunning Cutch
JSeal
KField Coil
LArmature
MBrushes
NEnd Cap
OOil Wick
NOTE: Series 42MT starter motors use TORX
screws
for all external fasteners. Two different size
TORX
drivers are required to service the motor

T40 and E8. These drivers can be procured from
a local tool source.
RG,RG34710,2260 1915MAR971/5
R
7
8
2
2
0
Q
1
U
N
2
3
J
A
N
9
0
only.
103000
PN=414
60
20
7
RG,RG34710,2260 1915MAR972/5
R
7
8
2
2
0
R
1
U
N
2
3
J
A
N
9
0
Turn Armature
repair starter motor.
NOTE: Do not conduct the no-load test unless armature
turns freely.
RG,RG34710,2260 1915MAR973/5
R
G
3
4
2
2
U
N
2
5
S
E
P
8
9
Solenoid Ground Wire
ASolenoid Ground Wire
3. Be sure solenoid ground wire (A) is connected securely
to starter end frame.
RG,RG34710,2260 1915MAR974/5
R
G
3
4
2
3
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
Connect 12-Volt Battery
4. Connect a 12-volt battery to solenoid with heavy-duty
jumper cables. Connect battery terminal on solenoid to
positive (+) battery terminal. Connect motor terminal to
negative (-) battery terminal.
103000
PN=415
60
20
8
RG,RG34710,2260 1915MAR975/5
R
G
3
4
2
4
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
Use Screwdriver
IMPORTANT: DO NOT engage solenoid longer than
one or two seconds, because closing
solenoid switch provides a dead short
across battery.
5. Use a screwdriver to short across from battery terminal
to switch terminal. Solenoid should engage, pushing
overrunning clutch drive to engaged position.
When screwdriver is removed, solenoid should return
sharply to the disengaged position. If solenoid
engages, but then chatters instead of staying firmly
engaged, hold-in winding is defective and solenoid
must be replaced. Be sure solenoid and ground wire
are connected securely to starter frame. If shift lever or
overrunning clutch drive appears to bind, disassemble
and repair starter.
103000
PN=416
60
20
9
RG,RG34710,2261 1909OCT001/1
Test Pull-In and Hold-In Windings
R
G
3
4
1
8
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
8
9
Exploded View
AGround Terminal CBattery Terminal EAmmeter G24-Volt Battery
BMotor Terminal DSwitch Terminal FSwitch
1. (See exploded view in this group.) Remove field coil
connector (42) and return wire (31).
2. Make connections shown by dashed lines for
testing pull-in windings.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT energize pull-in windings
longer than 15 seconds. Current
draw will decrease as winding
temperature increases, which could
damage windings.
3. Close switch (F) and observe ammeter (E).
Ammeter should read 2428 amps for 24-volt
motors and 5563 amps for 12-volt motors.
4. Make connections shown by solid lines for testing
hold-in windings.
5. Close switch and observe ammeter. Ammeter
should read 4.1 amps maximum for 24-volt motors
and 69 amps for 12-volt motors.
6. Interpret test results as follows:
High Ammeter Reading
Windings are grounded or short circuited.
Low Ammeter Reading
Excessive resistance is present (usually in a
connection).
No Ammeter Reading
Windings are open circuited.
NOTE: If the fault cannot be repaired and the solenoid
performance is questionable, replace the
windings.
103000
PN=417
60
20
10
RG,RG34710,2262 1915MAR971/1
Make No-Load Test
R
G
3
4
1
9
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
8
9
Make No-Load Test
ABatteries
BTachometer
CSwitch
DAmmeter
EVoltmeter
FTo Voltmeter
GTo Ammeter
HTo Switch
1. Install field connector and connect solenoid return lead.
2. Make connections as shown. Use an ammeter capable
of measuring at least 300 amps.
3. Close switch to operate starter. Compare rpm and
current draw with specifications given at beginning of
this group.
Battery voltage will drop due to high current draw. If
speed and current draw are slightly low, repeat test,
observing voltmeter. Voltage may be reduced due to
high current draw.
Interpret test results as follows:
Grounded terminal or field windings
Seized bearings
Excessive friction
Shorted armature
103000
PN=418
60
20
11
103000
PN=419
60
20
12
RG,RG34710,2263 1915MAR971/9
Disassemble Delco-Remy Starter Motor ( Series 50MT Illustrated)
R
G
4
2
7
8
U
N
0
3
S
E
P
9
1
Delco-Remy Starter Motor (50MT)
103000
PN=420
60
20
13
RG,RG34710,2263 1915MAR972/9
1Terminal Plate Gasket 27Wiring Lead 48Insulator Bushing 72Small O-Ring
2Terminal Stud (2 Used) 28Bushing 49O-Ring (2 Used) 73Shift Lever Housing
3Machine Screw (2 Used) 29Disk 50Commutator End Frame 74Lever Housing Bushing
4Solenoid Winding Terminal 30Spring Bushing 75Oil Seal
5Strip Insulator 31Solenoid Return Wire 51Commutator End Frame 76Spacer Washer
6Insulator 32Field Frame 52Lubrication Wick (3 Used) 77Armature
7Screw (4 Used) 33Brush Plug Gasket (2 53Plug (3 Used) 78Thrust Washer
8Terminal Used) 54Lock Washer (9 Used) 79Drive End Housing
9Plate 34Plug (3 Used) 55Special Hex Screw (9 Bushing
9ASolenoid Cover 35Field Lead Insulator (2 Used) 80Special Screw 38 mm
10Nut (4 Used) Used) 56Insulator (1-1/2 in.) Long (5 Used)
11Washer (2 Used) 36Field Coil and Brush Lead 57Brushes (4 Used) 81Special Screw 22 mm (7/8
12Lock Washer Insulator (2 Insulator 58Machine Screw (4 Used) in.) Long (2 Used)
Used) 37Field Terminal Stud 59Spring (4 Used) 82Drive End Housing
13Washer (2 Used) 38Insulator 60Plain Washer (3 Used) 83Split Washer (2 Used)
14Lock Washer (2 Used) 39Special Packing 61Lock Washers (3 Used) 84Pinion Stop Cup
15Nut (2 Used) 40Insulating Washers 25 mm 62Machine Screw (3 Used) 85Pinion
16Nut (2 Used) (1 in.) OD (2 Used) 63Field Pole Shoe (4 Used) 86Small Washer
17Lock Nut 41Solenoid Mounting (4 64Field Coil Assembly 87Spring
18Snap Ring Used) 65Gasket 88Spring Cup
19Retainer 42Field Coil Connector 66Brake Washer 89Large Washer
20Spring 43Jam Nut (3 Used) 67Adjusting Hole Plug 90Spacer
21Retainer 44Washer (2 Used) Gasket 91Overrunning Clutch
22Boot 45Brush Holder Assembly 68Seal Plug Bushing
23Washer 46Insulating Washers 2mm 69Pole Shoe Screw (8 Used) 92Overrunning Clutch
24Plunger (7/8 in.) OD (2 Used) 70Shift Lever Shaft 93Shift Lever
25Screw (4 Used) 47Packing 71O-Ring
26Solenoid Winding and
Case Assembly
RG,RG34710,2263 1915MAR973/9
R
G
3
4
2
7
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
Disassemble Starter Motor
BField Winding Connector
CSolenoid Mounting Cap Screws
1. Disconnect solenoid ground wire (A).
2. Remove field winding connector (B).
3. Remove solenoid mounting cap screws (C).
103000
PN=421
60
20
14
RG,RG34710,2263 1915MAR974/9
R
G
3
4
2
8
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
Push Boot Back
ABoot
BPlunger
4. Push boot (A) back, and slide solenoid away (shown
removed) from boot and plunger (B).
RG,RG34710,2263 1915MAR975/9
R
7
8
2
2
0
T
1
U
N
2
3
J
A
N
9
0
Remove Self-Locking Nut
5. IF NECESSARY, remove cover plug and disconnect
solenoid plunger from shift lever. Grasp plunger and
remove self-locking nut as shown.
NOTE: Pinion clearance is controlled by self-locking nut.
Do not change adjustment unless complete
disassembly is required. Check pinion clearance
as covered later in this group.
103000
PN=422
60
20
15
RG,RG34710,2263 1915MAR976/9
R
G
3
4
2
9
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
Brush Cover Plugs Shown Removed
AO-Ring (2 Used)
BCap Screw (2 Used)
CReference Marks
DCap Screw (4 Used)
6. Remove field brush cover plugs (shown removed) and
O-rings (A). Remove screws (B) from field winding
leads.
NOTE: Scribe reference marks (C) across end frame and
field frame for reassembly.
7. Remove end frame cap screws (D).
RG,RG34710,2263 1915MAR977/9
R
G
3
4
2
0
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
Slide Brush Holder Assembly
ABrush Strap Machine Screws
BBrush Leads
8. Carefully slide brush holder assembly away from
armature. Remove brush strap machine screws (A).
Inspect brush leads (B) for fraying or discoloration.
NOTE: If only brushes are going to be installed, it is not
necessary to remove brush holder assembly.
103000
PN=423
60
20
16
RG,RG34710,2263 1915MAR978/9
R
G
3
4
3
1
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
Remove Shift Lever Housing
AReference Mark
BDrive End Housing
CShift Lever Housing
DOverrunning Clutch
9. Scribe a reference mark (A) across drive housing (B)
and shift lever housing (C) for proper assembly.
10. Remove drive end housing cap screws and remove
drive housing.
11. Remove shift lever housing with overrunning clutch
(D).
RG,RG34710,2263 1915MAR979/9
R
G
3
4
3
2
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
Armature
AArmature
12. Carefully slide armature (A) out. If spacer washer
remains in housing, pull it out and install on shaft.
103000
PN=424
60
20
17
RG,RG34710,2264 1915MAR971/1
R
G
7
8
0
7
6
Q
1
U
N
0
9
J
A
N
9
0
Volt-Ohm-Amp Meter
1. Set the D09001TT Volt-Ohm-Amp Meter to read on
highest scale.
2. Place one test lead on a clean spot on field frame.
Place other lead on the copper terminal bolt.
windings.
RG,RG34710,2265 1915MAR971/1
3. If the ohmmeter does not swing to zero, it is open
103000
PN=425
60
20
18
RG,RG34710,2266 1909OCT001/1
R
2
6
5
5
4
N
U
N
1
1
A
P
R
8
9
A1/4-Ohm Resistor
B12-Volt Battery
CField Terminal
EHacksaw Blade
All four field windings are connected in parallel. Test each
1. Connect a test battery (B) to field terminal (C) and to
either insulated brush lead (D) using a resistor (A) to
limit current draw.
2. Use a hacksaw blade (E) to test windings for
magnetism. If any winding is not magnetic, the winding
is open circuited. Repair or replace windings.
NOTE: Because 1/4 ohm resistors capable of carrying
There is no suitable way to check field windings for
short circuits. Winding resistance is too low to permit
detection of a short circuit.
RG,RG34710,2267 1915MAR971/2
R
7
8
2
2
1
I
1
U
N
2
3
J
A
N
9
0
Field Frame in Vise
1. If field windings are suspected of being damaged,
place field frame in a soft-jawed vise.
NOTE: Do not squeeze sides of field frame in vise or
strike with a hammer. If an impact screwdriver is
used to remove pole shoe screws, support each
pole shoe individually using a pole shoe spreader
or the nose of an anvil.
2. Use a large screwdriver or bit and socket wrench on
pole shoe screws.
103000
PN=426
60
20
19
RG,RG34710,2267 1915MAR972/2
R
7
8
2
2
1
H
1
U
N
2
3
J
A
N
9
0
Notched End Facing Brush End
AField Frame
BNotched End on Pole Shoes
3. Remove pole shoes. Then carefully remove field
4. Install new field windings and tighten pole shoe screws
to specifications. Use a center punch to lightly stake
one edge of each screw.
Specification
Field Pole Shoe Cap Screws
Torque 41 Nm (30 lb-ft) .............................................................................
IMPORTANT: Make sure the notched end (B) on pole
shoe is facing the brush end of the field
frame (A).
RG,RG34710,2268 1915MAR971/1
Inspect Brushes
R
G
3
4
2
1
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
Inspect Brushes
ABrush Spring
BBrushes
CBrush Holders
1. Remove brushes (B) by lifting brush up and away from
brush spring (A).
2. Replace brushes if they are oil soaked, worn, pitted, or
damaged. If brushes are worn beyond specification,
replace them.
Specification
New BrushLength 19 mm (0.75 in.) ........................................................
Used BrushMinimum Length 16 mm (0.63 in.) .......................................
3. Make sure brush holders (C) are clean and brushes
are not binding in holders. The full brush surface
should ride on the commutator.
103000
PN=427
60
20
20
RG,RG34710,2269 1915MAR971/1
Test Brush Holder for Ground
If dial indicator swings toward zero, the positive brush
holder is grounded and should be replaced.
RG,RG34710,2270 1915MAR971/1
Inspect Brush Springs
1. Inspect and replace brush springs if they are distorted
or discolored.
2. Measure brush spring tension with a spring scale.
Specification
Brush SpringMinimum Tension 22 N (80 ounce-force) ............................
103000
PN=428
60
20
21
RG,RG34710,2271 1909OCT001/2
Install New Bushings40MT, 41MT, and
42MT
NOTE: See exploded view earlier in this group.
1. Remove all plugs (53) and lubricating wick (52).
2. Replace bushings if worn beyond specification.
Specification
Starter Motor Drive Housing
Bushing (40MT, 41MT, 42MT)
ID 15.8815.93 mm (0.6250.627
in.)
...........................................................
Maximum Serviceable ID 16.18 mm (0.637 in.) .........................................
Starter Motor Lever Housing
Bushing (40MT, 41MT, 42MT)
ID 24.4624.51 mm (0.9630.965
in.)
...........................................................
Starter Motor Commutator End
Frame Bushing (40MT, 41MT,
42MT)ID 16.8716.97 mm (0.6640.668
in.)
.............................................
NOTE: The overrunning clutch drive bushing (91) is not
replaceable. Entire drive must be replaced if
bushing is worn.
NOTE: When replacing lever housing bushing, seal plug
(68, refer to exploded view) must be removed.
Install new seal plug after replacing bushing.
3. Remove commutator end frame bushing using the
4. Drive old bushing out and drive new bushing in to
same depth as old bushing. Use the following disks
from D01045AA Bushing, Bearing and Seal Driver Set.
Bushing Location Pilot Disk Disk Driver
Drive Housing 27492 27494
Lever Housing 27496 27498
Commutator 27491 27495
103000
PN=429
60
20
22
RG,RG34710,2271 1909OCT002/2
R
2
5
2
2
1
U
N
1
7
A
P
R
8
9
Install Plug ADrill Bushing
BPlug
COil Wick
bushing (A).
6. Saturate new wicks (C) with SAE 10W clean engine oil
and install.
7. Install plug (B) and tighten securely.
103000
PN=430
60
20
23
RG,RG34710,2272 1909OCT001/3
Install New Bushings50MT
NOTE: See exploded view earlier in this group.
1. Remove plugs (53) and lubricating wicks (52).
2. Replace bushings if worn more than wear tolerance
given.
Specification
Starter Motor Drive Housing
Bushing (50MT)ID 15.8815.90 mm
(0.62500.6260 in.)
......................................................
Oil Clearance 0.050.10 mm (0.00200.0040
in.)
.........................................
Starter Motor Lever Housing
Bushing (50MT)ID 21.4121.44 mm
(0.84300.8440 in.)
......................................................
Oil Clearance 0.480.53 mm (0.01900.0210
in.)
.........................................
Starter Motor Commutator End
Frame Bushing (50MT)ID 14.2714.30 mm
(0.56200.5630 in.)
..........................................
Wear Tolerance 14.55 mm (0.5730 in.) ......................................................
Oil Clearance 0.050.10mm (0.00200.0040
in.)
...........................................
NOTE: The overrunning clutch drive bushing (91) is not
replaceable. Entire drive must be replaced if
bushing is worn.
NOTE: When replacing lever housing bushing, seal plug
(68, refer to exploded view) must be removed.
Install new seal plug after replacing bushing.
3. Remove commutator end frame bushing using the
4. Drive old bushing out and drive new bushing in to
same depth as old bushing. Use the following disks
from D01045AA Bushing, Bearing and Seal Driver Set.
103000
PN=431
60
20
24
RG,RG34710,2272 1909OCT002/3
Bushing Location Pilot Disk Disk Driver
Drive Housing 27492 27494
Lever Housing 27496 27498
Commutator 27491 27495
RG,RG34710,2272 1909OCT003/3
R
2
5
2
2
1
U
N
1
7
A
P
R
8
9
Install Plug ADrill Bushing
BPlug
COil Wick
bushing (A).
6. Saturate new wicks (C) with SAE 10W clean engine oil
and install.
7. Install plug (B) and tighten securely.
RG,RG34710,2273 1915MAR971/1
a brush.
103000
PN=432
60
20
25
RG,RG34710,2274 1915MAR971/1
Inspect Armature
X
1
4
5
1
U
N
2
5
J
A
N
8
9
RG,RG34710,2275 1915MAR971/1
R
G
7
8
0
7
4
C
1
U
N
0
9
J
A
N
9
0
A short circuit most often occurs because of copper dust
or filings between segments. Clean commutator segments
to correct this short.
103000
PN=433
60
20
26
RG,RG34710,2276 1915MAR971/1
T
9
0
2
5
3
U
N
2
0
N
O
V
8
9
RG,RG34710,2277 1915MAR971/1
T
3
1
4
2
6
U
N
2
7
J
U
L
8
9
lead at a time.
two segments is open. Replace armature.
103000
PN=434
60
20
27
RG,RG34710,2278 1915MAR971/1
Inspect Solenoid Plunger and Shift Lever
Assembly
R
G
3
4
3
5
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
Solenoid Plunger/Shift Lever Assembly
APlug
BPlunger
CWear Pads
DOverrunning Clutch
1. Remove plug (A) and inspect plunger and shift lever
assembly for wear or damage.
2. Press plunger (B) inward and check tension on plunger
spring. Spring should not compress easily. Replace
plunger assembly if spring is weak.
3. Inspect shift lever wear pads (C) for wear or damage.
If damaged, replace both wear pads.
4. Inspect overrunning clutch (D) for wear or damage.
Replace as necessary.
RG,RG34710,2279 1915MAR971/1
Inspect Overrunning Clutch and Pinion
Rotate the pinion. Pinion gear should rotate smoothly (but
not easily) in one direction. The pinion gear should not
rotate in the opposite direction.
If pinion gear does not rotate smoothly or if it is worn,
chipped, or burred, it should be replaced.
103000
PN=435
60
20
28
RG,RG34710,2280 1915MAR971/1
R
G
3
4
3
6
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
ATerminal Plate
BContact Disk
CTerminal Studs
DGasket
1. Remove terminal plate (A) and inspect all parts.
Replace contact disk (B) and terminal studs (C), if they
are badly corroded.
Be sure all connections are clean and tight.
2. Replace gasket (D), if corroded or damaged.
3. Wipe parts with mineral spirits and brush. Dry with a
clean cloth.
motor.
RG,RG34710,2281 1915MAR971/1
Assemble Solenoid
R
G
3
4
3
6
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
Assemble Solenoid
ATerminal Plate
BContact Disk
CTerminal Studs
DGasket
1. Place new gasket (D) on solenoid housing.
2. Align terminal studs (C) and contact disk (B).
3. Tighten terminal plate (A) cap screws securely.
103000
PN=436
60
20
29
RG,RG34710,2282 1915MAR971/8
R
G
3
4
3
7
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
Shift Lever Housing
AGasket
BShift Lever
CSeal plug
DShift Lever Shaft
EBrake Washer
NOTE: Always use new O-rings, packing, and gaskets
when assembling starter motor.
1. Lubricate bearing surfaces with Delco-Remy No.
1960954 Lubricant or its equivalent.
2. Install seal plug (C), gasket (A), and brake washer (E)
into shift lever housing.
RG,RG34710,2282 1915MAR972/8
R
G
3
4
3
5
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
Shift Lever
AAdjusting Hole Plug
BPlunger
CWear Pads
DOverrunning Clutch
3. Install wear pads (C) and overrunning clutch (D).
4. Make sure plunger (B) moves shift lever back and forth
easily.
NOTE: Do not install adjusting hole plug (A) until pinion
clearance has been checked.
103000
PN=437
60
20
30
RG,RG34710,2282 1915MAR973/8
R
G
3
4
3
2
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
Install Armature
AArmature
5. Carefully install armature (A) into field frame. Be sure
spacer is installed on end of armature shaft before
installing into main frame.
RG,RG34710,2282 1915MAR974/8
R
G
3
4
3
1
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
Install Shift Lever Housing
AReference Mark
BDrive End Housing
CShift Lever Housing
DOverrunning Clutch
NOTE: Series 42MT starter motors have TORX
screws
for all external fasteners. Tighten screws to same
torque values as given for conventional screws.
6. Install shift lever housing (C), making sure armature
shaft goes through overrunning clutch (D). Tighten cap
Specification
Shift Lever Housing Cap
7. Align reference marks (A) (made prior to disassembly)
and install drive end housing (B). Make sure armature
shaft fits through drive housing bushing.Tighten special
Specification
Drive End Housing Cap Screws
Torque 1823 Nm (159204 lb-in.) ........................................................
103000
PN=438
60
20
31
RG,RG34710,2282 1915MAR975/8
R
G
3
4
2
1
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
Pull Brushes
ASpring
BBrushes
CBrush Holder
8. Pull brushes (B) up against brush holder (C) and
spring (A). Pull brushes up far enough to allow
installation of the commutator.
RG,RG34710,2282 1915MAR976/8
R
G
3
4
2
0
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
Install Bush Assembly
ABrush Strap Machine Screws
BBrush Leads
9. Install bush assembly onto commutator. Press brushes
down until spring clips over brush.
10. Press brush leads (B) down onto brush holder. Be
sure that the leads DO NOT touch each other.
11. Install brush strap machine screws (A), and tighten
brush strap securely to brush holder.
103000
PN=439
60
20
32
RG,RG34710,2282 1915MAR977/8
R
G
3
4
2
9
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
Bush Assembly and End Frame
AO-Ring (2 Used)
BMachine Screw (2 Used)
CReference Marks
DCap Screw (4 Used)
12. Carefully press brush assembly and end frame into
main frame and align reference mark (C) (made prior
to disassembly).
13. Install O-ring (A) and install field winding
lead-to-brush holder machine screws (B). Tighten cap
screws securely. Install field brush cover plugs
(shown removed).
14. Install commutator end frame cap screws and tighten
to specifications.
Specification
RG,RG34710,2282 1915MAR978/8
R
G
3
4
2
7
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
Install Solenoid
BField Winding Connector
CSolenoid-to-Field Frame Cap Screws
15. Install solenoid. Be sure plunger and boot are
installed correctly. Tighten solenoid-to-field frame cap
screws (C) securely.
16. Install solenoid ground wire (A) and field winding
connector (B). Tighten all connections securely.
RG,RG34710,2283 1915MAR971/2
R
G
3
4
2
4
U
N
3
1
J
U
L
8
9
Screwdriver Blade
1. Disconnect solenoid ground wire and connect a 12-volt
battery to solenoid SW and ground terminals.
2. Briefly touch a screwdriver blade across motor and
ground terminals to pull solenoid plunger in.
103000
PN=440
60
20
33
RG,RG34710,2283 1915MAR972/2
R
3
2
5
7
1
U
N
0
9
J
A
N
9
0
Pinion Clearance
APlug Removed
BSelf-Locking Nut (Turn to Adjust Clearance)
CPinion
DPress on Clutch to Take Up Movement
E8.33 to 9.92 mm (0.3280.391 in.) Clearance
3. Push pinion back toward armature (arrow).
4. Measure distance between pinion (C) and drive
housing.
Correct pinion clearance (E) is as follows:
Specification
Pinion-to-Drive Housing
Clearance 8.339.92 mm (0.3280.391 in.) ............................................
5. If pinion clearance is not within specifications, turn
self-locking nut (B) to adjust clearance.
6. After adjusting to correct pinion clearance, install
adjusting hole plug and tighten securely.
103000
PN=441
60
20
34
103000
PN=442
Section 65
John Deere/Denso Starter Motors
Contents
Page Page 65
Group 05Starting Circuit Theory of Operation Install Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-27
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-05-1 Make No-Load Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-29
Starter Motor Operation (Conventional Group 15John Deere/Denso Gear Reduction
Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-05-2 Starter Motor Repair
Starter Motor Operation (Gear Reduction Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-1
Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-05-3 Service Equipment and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-1
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-2
John Deere/Denso Gear Reduction Starter
Group 10John Deere/Denso Conventional Starter
Motor Repair Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-2
Motor Repair
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-1
Motor Test Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-3
Bench Test Starter Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-4
Dealer Fabricated Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-2
No-Load Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-5
Other Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-3
Exploded View of Gear Reduction Starter
John Deere/Denso Conventional Starter
Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-6
Motor Repair Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-4
Disassemble Field Frame, Armature, and
Brush Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-6
Motor Test Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-5
Inspect and Repair Armature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-8
Test Starter Motor Before Disassembly . . . . . .65-10-7
Inspect Brushes and Brush Holder . . . . . . . . .65-15-12
Make Solenoid Pull-In Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-7
Inspect Field Coils. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-14
Make Solenoid Return Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-9
Assemble Field Frame, Armature, and
Make No-Load Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-9
Brush Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-15
Diagnose No-Load Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-10
Disassemble Gear Train and Overrunning
Disassemble Starter Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-10
Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-18
Assemble Gear Train and Overrunning
Motor Exploded View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-14
Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-21
Install New Bushings/Needle Bearings . . . . . .65-10-15
Disassemble, Inspect, and Repair Starter
Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-24
Assemble Solenoid Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-26
Repair Armature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-18
Inspect Overrunning Clutch and Pinion . . . . . .65-10-18
Make Grounded Circuit Test for Field
Windings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-19
Windings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-19
Remove Field Windings (If Necessary) . . . . . .65-10-20
Install Field Windings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-21
Inspect and Repair Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-21
Test Brush Holder for Grounds . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-22
Measure Brush Spring Tension . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-22
Disassemble Solenoid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-23
103000
PN=1
Contents
65
103000
PN=2
Group 05
65
05
1
RG,RG34710,2284 1915MAR971/1
General Information
RG,RG34710,2285 1915MAR971/1
R
G
1
3
1
3
U
N
2
0
A
P
R
8
9
Starting Circuit Operation
AWire from Relay
BCable from Battery
CPull-In Winding
DHold-In Winding
ESolenoid Plunger
FMain Contacts
GField Windings
HCommutator Brushes
IArmature
JShunt Windings
through both pull-in winding (C) and hold-in winding (D) of
starter motor to ground.
(H).
rotation and prevent overspeeding of motor.
103000
PN=445
65
05
2
RG,RG34710,2286 1915MAR971/1
Starter Motor Operation (Conventional Type)
R
2
5
2
2
8
U
N
1
4
N
O
V
8
8
Starter Motor (Conventional Type)
5Shunt Field Terminal 11Thrust Washer 17Bushing 23Bushing
flywheel.
released.
103000
PN=446
65
05
3
RG,RG34710,2287 1909OCT001/2
Starter Motor Operation (Gear Reduction Type)
R
G
8
6
1
4
U
N
0
3
D
E
C
9
7
Starter Motor (Gear Reduction Type)
1Pinion Gear 4Brush 7Field Windings 10Solenoid Assembly
2Idle (Reducing) Gear 5Brush Spring 8Armature 11Overrunning Clutch
3Drive Gear 6Field Frame 9Solenoid Plunger
The reduction or R type starter motor is a positive
shift type and consists of the motor, reduction gear,
overrunning clutch, and solenoid switch. The solenoid
switch and overrunning clutch mechanism are on the
same axis as shown.
In a conventional starter motor the armature and
overrunning pinion rotate at the same speed. In a
reduction-type starter motor, the armature rotation is
reduced by one-fourth to one-third by the reduction
gears, and is transmitted to the pinion through the
clutch mechanism.
Operation is as follows:
When solenoid (10) engages, it pushes overrunning
clutch drive (11) to engage pinion gear (1) in starter
gear on flywheel. As armature (8) turns, it cranks
engine.
When engine starts, overrunning clutch (11) spins
freely on shaft. This prevents overspeeding of
armature by flywheel.
103000
PN=447
65
05
4
RG,RG34710,2287 1909OCT002/2
released.
windings (7) and armature (8).
Overrunning clutch (11) retracts, disengaging pinion
gear (1) from flywheel.
103000
PN=448
Group 10
John Deere/Denso Conventional Starter Motor Repair
65
10
1
OUO1004,0000B9B 1925SEP001/2
Essential Tools
OUO1004,0000B9B 1925SEP002/2
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
OUO1004,0000B9C 1925SEP001/2
OUO1004,0000B9C 1925SEP002/2
103000
PN=449
65
10
2
RG,RG34710,2290 1915MAR971/1
Dealer Fabricated Tools
R
1
8
9
7
2
U
N
1
1
A
P
R
8
9
Starter Motor Commutator, Center Bearing and Drive End
Bushing Tool
Commutator and Drive End Bushing Tool
Dimension Removal Installation
A 25.4 mm (1 in.) 25.4 mm (1 in.)
B 18.618.7 mm 18.618.7 mm (0.731
(0.7310.736 in.) 0.736 in.)
C 16.816.9 mm 16.816.9 mm (0.661
(0.6610.665 in.) 0.665 in.)
D 50.8 mm (2 in.) 100.08 mm (3.94 in.)
E 22.923.1 mm 0.460.56 mm (0.018
(0.9010.909 in.) 0.022 in.)
F 19.920.1 mm 19.920.1 mm (0.783
(0.7830.791 in.) 0.791 in.)
Center Bearing Bushing Tool
Dimension Removal Installation
A 39.9 mm (1.57 in.) 39.9 mm (1.57 in.)
B 34.534.8 mm 34.534.8 mm (1.36
(1.361.37 in.) 1.37 in.)
C 29.730.0 mm 29.730.0 mm (1.17
(1.171.18 in.) 1.18 in.)
D 50.8 mm (2 in.) 50.8 mm (2 in.)
E 24.125.9 mm 0.460.51 mm (0.018
(0.951.02 in.) 0.02 in.)
F 22.024.0 mm 25.325.4 mm (0.996
(0.8660.945 in.) 1.000 in.)
103000
PN=450
65
10
3
OUO1004,0000B9D 1925SEP001/1
Other Material
Number Name Use
brushes.
103000
PN=451
65
10
4
OUO1004,0000BB0 1926SEP001/1
Commutator and Drive End Bushing ID 17.00017.028 mm (0.6693
0.6704 in.)
Oil Clearance 0.0910.178 mm (0.00360.0070
in.)
Bushing Depth 0.200.56 mm (0.0080.022 in.)
Center Housing Bushing ID 30.02330.074 mm (1.1821.84
in.)
Maximum Oil Clearance 0.599 mm (0.0236 in.)
Bushing Depth 0.430.81 mm (0.0170.032 in.)
Standard Commutator Runout 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
Armature Undercut Depth 0.79 mm (0.0312 in.)
Commutator OD 48 mm (1.89 in.)
Minimum OD 46 mm (1.81 in.)
Pole Shoe Cap Screws Torque 41 Nm (30 lb-ft)
Brush Spring Minimum Tension 11 N (40 ounce-force)
Shift Lever Pivot Cap Screw Torque 41 Nm (30 lb-ft)
Center Housing-to-Field Frame Cap Torque 8 Nm (71 lb-in.)
Screw
Armature End Play Torque 0.050.50 mm (0.0020.020 in.)
Drive End Housing-to-Center Torque 14 Nm (124 lb-in.)
Housing Cap Screws
103000
PN=452
65
10
5
RG,RG34710,2292 1908SEP001/2
John Deere Part Denso Part No. System Rating kW Motor No Load Test RPM
No. Voltage Type Voltage Current Draw (Min.)
Amps (Max.)
AR41627 028000-3290 12 F 4.0 11.7 130 3100
AR46886 028000-3811 12 F 5.0 11.7 130 3100
AR55639 028000-3290 12 F 4.0 11.7 130 3100
AR62154 028000-3810, 028000-3811 12 F 5.0 11.7 130 3100
AR63341 028000-3970 12 F 4.0 11.7 130 3100
AR63341 028000-3971 12 F 4.0 11.7 130 3100
AR77254 028000-3291 12 F 4.0 11.7 130 3100
AR77254 028000-3291 12 F 4.0 11.7 130 3100
AR84333 028000-5250 24 F 7.5 23.5 75 4200
CH12084 028000-7640 12 R 1.0 11.5 90 3000
CH12096 028000-5660 12 R 2.5 11.0 180 3500
CH15586 028000-7640 12 R 1.0 11.5 90 3000
CH19282 128000-0740 12 R 1.0 11.5 90 3000
CH19284 128000-0710 12 R 1.4 11.5 90 3500
CH19285 128000-0790 12 R 2.5 11.0 180 3500
RE13722 028000-3292 12 F 4.0 11.7 130 3100
RE15663 028000-5251 24 F 7.5 23.5 75 4200
RE15718 128000-0480 24 F 7.5 23.5 75 4800
RE23900 128000-3690 12 F 4.0 11.7 130 3100
RE38336 128000-5970, 128000-5971 12 IIF 4.0 11.7 130 3300
RE38369 128000-7170 24 IIF 7.5 23.5 80 3500
RE39832 128000-7230 12 IIF 4.0 11.7 130 3300
RE39833 128000-7240 24 IIF 7.5 23.5 80 3500
RE40595 128000-8303 24 R 4.5 23.0 90 3500
RE41799 028000-8400 12 R 2.5 11.0 180 3500
RE42670 128000-7250 12 IIF 4.0 11.7 130 3300
RE43266 128000-5972, 228000-2360 12 IIF 4.0 11.7 130 3300
RE43421 128000-7230 12 IIF 4.0 11.7 130 3300
RE43422 128000-0480 24 F 7.5 23.5 75 4800
RE44151 128000-7172 24 IIF 7.5 23.5 80 3500
RE44511 228000-2390 24 IIF 7.5 23.5 80 3500
RE44515 128000-7172 24 IIF 7.5 23.5 80 3500
RE45328 128000-7172, 228000-2390 24 IIF 7.5 23.5 80 3500
RE48827 128000-8301 24 R 4.5 23.0 90 3500
RE500199 228000-7011 24 R 7.8 23 120 3800
RE500345 228000-6570 24 R 7.5 23 120 3800
103000
PN=453
65
10
6
RG,RG34710,2292 1908SEP002/2
John Deere Part Denso Part No. System Rating kW Motor No Load Test RPM
No. Voltage Type Voltage Current Draw (Min.)
Amps (Max.)
RE501060 228000-7411 24 R 7.8 23 120 3800
RE501150 228000-7410 24 R 7.8 23 120 3800
RE501294 228000-7871 12 R 4.8 11 220 4200
RE502811 228000-8470 12 R 4.8 11 220 4200
RE504244 228000-9140 12 R 4.8 11 220 4200
RE504245 228000-9150 24 R 7.8 23 120 3800
RE505465 228000-9630 24 R 7.8 23 120 3800
RE54416 128000-5973, 228000-2360 12 IIF 4.0 11.7 130 3300
RE54874 228000-2370 12 IIF 4.0 11.7 130 3300
RE54909 228002-2380 12 IIF 4.0 11.7 130 3300
RE55378 228000-2370 12 IIF 4.0 11.7 130 3300
RE55641 228000-2390 24 IIF 7.5 23.5 80 3500
RE57078 228000-2390 24 IIF 7.5 23.5 80 3500
RE59583 228000-4690 12 IIF 4.0 11.7 130 3300
RE59584 228000-4730 24 IIF 7.5 23.5 80 3500
RE59585 228000-4611 24 IIF 7.5 23.5 80 3500
RE59596 228000-4700 12 IIF 4.0 11.7 130 3300
RE59589 228000-4601 12 IIF 4.0 11.7 130 3300
RE61517 228000-4610 24 IIF 7.5 23.5 80 3500
RE65100 228000-4630 12 IIF 4.0 11.7 130 3300
RE65173 228000-4730 24 IIF 7.5 23.5 80 3500
RE65174 228000-4611 24 IIF 7.5 23.5 80 3500
RE65176 228000-4601 12 IIF 4.0 11.7 130 3300
RE65191 228000-4700 12 IIF 4.0 11.7 130 3300
RE70958 228000-6560 24 R 7.8 23 120 3800
RE70961 228000-7010 24 R 7.8 23 120 3800
RE79474 228000-6550 12 R 4.8 11 220 4200
NOTE: Earlier Denso starter motors may have the original
Nippondenso label.
103000
PN=454
65
10
7
RG,RG34710,2294 1915MAR971/2
R
2
6
5
6
9
N
U
N
0
9
F
E
B
9
0
Turn Overrunning Clutch Drive
1. Turn overrunning clutch drive by hand. Clutch drive
only.
RG,RG34710,2294 1915MAR972/2
R
2
6
5
7
0
N
U
N
0
9
F
E
B
9
0
Turn Armature
bushings, or bent shaft.
repair starter motor.
IMPORTANT: Do not conduct the no-load test unless
armature turns freely. Damage to the
starter motor may result.
RG,RG34710,2295 1915MAR971/4
Make Solenoid Pull-In Test
R
G
3
8
9
2
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Shunt Field Winding Lead and Cover
AShunt Field Winding Lead
BTerminal Cover
1. To prevent damage, solenoid must be on starter motor
when testing the windings.
2. Remove shunt field winding lead (A) from terminal on
field frame.
3. Remove terminal cover (B).
103000
PN=455
65
10
8
RG,RG34710,2295 1915MAR972/4
R
G
3
8
9
3
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Remove Field Coil Connector
AField Coil Connector
4. Remove field coil connector (A).
RG,RG34710,2295 1915MAR973/4
R
G
4
6
3
6
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
8
9
Make Connections
A12-Volt Battery
BVoltmeter
CCarbon Pile Resistor
DJumper Wire
With 8 volts applied, the solenoid should push the
pinion out to the pinion stop when the jumper wire (D)
is connected. The drive gear should remain out at the
pinion stop. Current through jumper wire will be
approximately 90 amps. Use a heavy jumper wire and
remove as soon as the pinion is at stop.
RG,RG34710,2295 1915MAR974/4
R
G
3
8
9
5
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Move Shift Lever
AShift Lever
If solenoid does not engage, remove solenoid and
manually move shift lever (A) back and forth. If lever
moves smoothly, pull-in winding is defective and
solenoid must be replaced. If not, disassemble and
repair starter.
If solenoid engages but then chatters instead of staying
firmly engaged, the hold-in winding is defective and
solenoid must be replaced. Be sure solenoid ground
wire is connected to starter frame.
103000
PN=456
65
10
9
RG,RG34710,2296 1915MAR971/1
Make Solenoid Return Test
R
G
3
8
9
6
U
N
0
5
D
E
C
9
7
Make Solenoid Return Test
ASwitch
2. Close the switch (A).
3. Pull the drive out until the pinion contacts the pinion
stop. When released, the drive should return without
hesitation.
RG,RG34710,2297 1915MAR971/1
Make No-Load Test
R
G
1
1
1
6
3
U
N
2
8
S
E
P
0
0
Make Connections
AAmmeter
BBattery
CStarter Frame
DTachometer
EBattery Terminal
FSwitch
GField Coil Connector
1. Make connections as shown, and use an ammeter (A)
capable of measuring several hundred amps.
2. Measure current draw and compare with specifications
given earlier in this group.
voltmeter between motor terminal and frame. Observe
voltage during test. Voltage may be reduced because
of high current draw on battery.
specified, diagnose problem as follows:
103000
PN=457
65
10
10
RG,RG34710,2298 1915MAR971/1
Diagnose No-Load Test
Fails to Operate-Low Current Draw (Approx. 25
Amps)
Open series field circuit.
Open armature coils.
Defective brush contact with commutator.
Fails to Operate-High Current Draw
Grounded terminal or fields.
Seized bearings.
Low Speed-Low Current Draw
Low Speed-High Current Draw
Excessive friction
Shorted armature
Grounded armature or fields.
High Speed-Low Current Draw
Open shunt field circuit.
High Speed-High Current Draw
Shorted series field coils.
RG,RG34710,2299 1915MAR971/10
Disassemble Starter Motor
R
G
3
8
9
8
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Solenoid Cap Screws
ASolenoid Cap Screws
NOTE: Starter motor has metric bolts and nuts except for
those on switch cover.
1. Remove solenoid cap screws (A) and lock washers.
IMPORTANT: Whenever starter motor is
disassembled, for any reason, lubricate
as follows: Apply a coat of ESSO
Beacon 325 or Delco-Remy Lubricant
No. 1960954 to both end bearings.
Grease reservoirs for both end
bearings, armature shaft except center
bearing area, brake washer, solenoid
plunger, both ends of shaft lever, wear
pads, and shaft lever pivot shaft.
103000
PN=458
65
10
11
RG,RG34710,2299 1915MAR972/10
R
G
3
8
9
9
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Lift Plunger Shaft
APlunger Shaft
2. Remove solenoid from center bearing housing by lifting
plunger shaft (A) up and away from shift lever.
RG,RG34710,2299 1915MAR973/10
R
G
2
7
0
5
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
8
9
Remove End Frame Cover and Gasket
3. Remove end frame cover and gasket.
RG,RG34710,2299 1915MAR974/10
R
G
3
9
0
0
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Inpect Brush Leads and O-Ring
ABrush Leads
BCommutator End Frame Cap Screws
CO-Ring
4. Inspect brush leads (A) for fraying or corrosion.
NOTE: If only new brushes are going to be installed, it
isnt necessary to remove the commutator end
frame.
5. Remove commutator end frame cap screws (B) with
washers. Inspect O-ring (C) for wear.
103000
PN=459
65
10
12
RG,RG34710,2299 1915MAR975/10
R
G
3
9
0
1
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Remove Cap Screws and Ground Straps
ABrush Lead Cap Screws
BBrush Ground Straps
6. Remove brush lead cap screws (A).
7. Remove brush ground straps (B).
RG,RG34710,2299 1915MAR976/10
R
G
3
9
0
2
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Remove Brush
AO-Ring Pick
BBrush Spring
CBrush
8. Use an O-ring pick (A) or other suitable tool to pull
brush spring (B) back and remove brush (C).
RG,RG34710,2299 1915MAR977/10
R
G
3
9
0
3
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Remove Drive End Housing
AShift Lever Pivot
BAllen Screw (6 used)
CDrive End Housing
DCap Screw (2 Used)
9. Remove shift lever pivot (A).
NOTE: Before removal of drive end housing, place
alignment marks on drive end housing and center
bearing housing for aid in reassembly.
10. Remove drive end housing Allen screws (B) and
center bearing housing cap screws (D).
11. Remove drive end housing (C).
103000
PN=460
65
10
13
RG,RG34710,2299 1915MAR978/10
R
2
6
5
5
8
U
N
0
9
F
E
B
9
0
Slide Pinion Stop
APipe Coupling
BPinion Stop
12. Use a pipe coupling (A) or other metal cylinder to
drive pinion stop (B) toward pinion.
13. Remove retaining ring and slide pinion stop off shaft.
RG,RG34710,2299 1915MAR979/10
R
G
3
9
0
4
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Inspect for Damage
AOverrunning Clutch
BBrake Washer
CShift Lever
DWear Pads
14. Carefully remove overrunning clutch (A), brake
washer (B), shift lever (C), and wear pads (D) from
center bearing housing and armature shaft. Inspect
wear pads for excessive wear or damage. Replace
wear pads if necessary.
RG,RG34710,2299 1915MAR9710/10
R
G
3
9
0
5
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Remove Armature
AField Frame
BArmature
CCenter Bearing Housing
15. Remove center bearing housing (C).
16. Carefully remove armature (B) from field frame (A).
103000
PN=461
65
10
14
OUO1004,0000B48 1915SEP001/1
John Deere/Denso Conventional Starter Motor Exploded View
R
G
4
5
4
1
U
N
1
5
D
E
C
8
8
Starter Motor Components
1Drive End Bushing 11Shunt Winding Lead 21Field Winding 31Gasket
2Drive End Housing 12Armature 22Pole Shoe (4 Used) 32Commutator End Frame
3O-Ring 13Bakelite Washer 23Square Washer Bushing
4Overrunning Clutch 14Oil Seal 24Insulating Bushing 33Brush (4 Used)
5Shift Lever Pivot 15Center Bearing Bushing 25Square Insulator 34Brush Spring (4 Used)
6O-Ring 16Oil Felt 26Special Bolt 35Commutator End Frame
7Shift Lever 17Brake Washer 27Field Coil Connector Bushing
8Center Bearing Housing 18Pinion Stop 28Terminal Cover 36Field Frame
9Solenoid Winding 19Snap Ring 29Brush Ground Strap 37Shims (as required)
10Solenoid Switch Cover 20Shunt Winding Ground 30End Frame Cover
Screw
103000
PN=462
65
10
15
RG,RG34710,2300 1909OCT001/1
Install New Bushings/Needle Bearings
NOTE: Refer to exploded view on previous page.
1. If needed, install new bushings (1, 15, and 32).
2. Install a new oil seal (14) and oil felt (16) saturated
with clean engine oil.
3. Make a bushing tool as shown earlier in Dealer
Fabricated Tools or use the following components
from the D01045AA Bushing, Bearing, and Seal
Driver Set.
Commutator and Drive End Bushing Tools
Bushing Bushing
Component Removal Installation
Handle 27487 27487
Disk (Spacers) 27491 27492
Disk (Pilot) 27493 27493
Disk 27494 27495
4. Install commutator and drive end bushing and
determine depth. Compare to specification below.
5. Ream bushing, if necessary, so following
specifications are maintained.
Specification
Commutator and Drive End
(0.66930.6704 in.)
........................................................
Wear Limit 17.120 mm (0.674 in.) ........................................................
(0.00360.0070 in.)
..........................................................
Wear Limit 0.41 mm (0.016 in.) ............................................................
Bushing Depth 0.200.56 mm (0.0080.022
in.)
....................................
6. Install center bushing and oil seal using tools and
specifications listed below.
Center Bushing Tools
Component Bushing Oil Seal
Handle 27487 27487
Disk 27505 27512
Disk (pilot) 27501 27501
Specification
Center Housing BushingID 30.02330.074 mm
(1.1821.84 in.)
.............................
Maximum Oil Clearance 0.599 mm (0.0236 in.) ..................................
Bushing Depth 0.430.81 mm (0.0170.032
in.)
....................................
RG,RG34710,2301 1915MAR971/1
IMPORTANT: Do not immerse the solenoid, field
windings, or armature in cleaning
solvent because it may damage the
insulation.
1. Clean parts by wiping with a cloth or brush,
moistened with mineral spirits.
2. Dry with compressed air.
3. Clean the drive end housing, overrunning clutch,
center bearing housing, and commutator end frame
the same way.
All other parts which are not made of rubber or
mentioned previously, can be dipped in cleaning
solvent to remove all oil and dirt.
103000
PN=463
65
10
16
RG,RG34710,2302 1915MAR971/1
Inspect Armature
X
1
4
5
1
U
N
2
5
J
A
N
8
9
Inspect Armature
1. Place armature in V-blocks and check for bent shaft. If
shaft is bent, replace armature.
Inspect armature using the following specifications:
Specification
Standard CommutatorRunout 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) .................................
Wear Limit 0.38 mm (0.016 in.) ..................................................................
ArmatureUndercut Depth 0.79 mm (0.0312 in.) ......................................
Wear Limit 0.20 mm (0.008 in.) ..................................................................
CommutatorOD 48 mm (1.89 in.) ............................................................
Minimum OD 46 mm (1.81 in.) ....................................................................
ArmatureEnd Play 0.050.50 mm (0.0020.020 in.) ............................
2. Check armature for opens, shorts and grounds. Burned
edge of commutator bar indicates an open circuit.
DPSG,OUOE003,29 1918DEC981/1
R
G
7
8
0
7
4
C
1
U
N
0
9
J
A
N
9
0
Place Armature in Growler
1. Place armature in a growler and hold hacksaw blade
2. If coil is shorted, the blade will be attracted to and
A short circuit most often occurs because of copper
dust or filings between two commutator segments.
Clean commutator segments to correct this short.
103000
PN=464
65
10
17
RG,RG34710,2303 1915MAR971/1
T
9
0
2
5
3
U
N
2
0
N
O
V
8
9
RG,RG34710,2304 1915MAR971/1
T
3
1
4
2
6
N
Y
U
N
2
7
J
U
L
8
9
lead at a time.
two segment is open. Replace armature.
103000
PN=465
65
10
18
RG,RG34710,2305 1915MAR971/1
Repair Armature
1. If commutator bars are rough or burned, clean with 00
sandpaper. Never use emery cloth.
2. Clean all dust from armature.
IMPORTANT: Do not clean armature with solvent.
Solvent could damage insulation on
windings. Use only mineral spirits and a
clean cloth or brush. Wipe dry with a
clean cloth.
RG,RG34710,2306 1915MAR971/1
Inspect Overrunning Clutch and Pinion
1. Rotate the pinion. Pinion gear should rotate smoothly
(but not easily) in one direction. The pinion gear should
not rotate in the opposite direction.
If pinion gear does not rotate smoothly or if it is worn,
chipped, or burred, it should be replaced.
103000
PN=466
65
10
19
RG,RG34710,2307 1915MAR971/1
Make Grounded Circuit Test for Field
Windings
T
3
5
1
9
8
U
N
2
8
J
U
L
8
9
Make Grounded Circuit Test
1. Remove screw and hang eyelet terminal in the air.
3. Place one test lead on a clean spot on the field frame.
Place other leads on the copper terminal bolt as
shown.
windings.
RG,RG34710,2308 1915MAR971/1
T
3
1
4
2
8
N
Y
U
N
2
7
J
U
L
8
9
1. Set the ohmmeter on its lowest scale.
If the ohmmeter does not swing to zero, it is open
103000
PN=467
65
10
20
RG,RG34710,2309 1915MAR971/1
T
3
1
4
2
9
N
Y
U
N
2
7
J
U
L
8
9
2. Place one test lead on the naked field end. Place other
lead on the copper terminal bolt.
If ohmmeter dial indicator does not swing to zero, the
field windings are open circuited. Replace field
windings.
RG,RG34710,2310 1915MAR971/1
Remove Field Windings (If Necessary)
R
2
6
5
5
5
N
U
N
0
9
F
E
B
9
0
1. Use a large screwdriver bit and socket wrench on pole
shoe cap screws.
2. Scribe mark on pole shoe and field frame for proper
assembly.
IMPORTANT: Do not tightly squeeze side of main
frame in a vise or strike with a hammer.
Damage may result.
If an impact screwdriver is used to loosen screws,
support each pole shoe individually using a pole shoe
spreader or the nose of an anvil.
Remove windings very carefully. Windings are easily
damaged, causing shorts, opens, or grounds.
103000
PN=468
65
10
21
RG,RG34710,2311 1915MAR971/1
R
G
4
9
5
8
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
8
9
AEarlier Field Winding Shunt Lead
BLater Field Winding Shunt Lead
NOTE: Two different field winding assemblies are
available. Starter motors with date code 9U0001
and lower have shunt wire lead (A), while those
with date code 10U001 and higher have shunt
wire lead (B). Shunt wire lead (A) will be too short
for the later starter motors.
1. Carefully insert field windings.
2. Align scribe marks on pole shoes and field frame.
3. Tighten pole shoe screws to specifications.
Specification
Pole Shoe Cap ScrewsTorque 41 Nm (30 lb-ft) ....................................
RG,RG34710,2312 1915MAR971/1
Inspect and Repair Brushes
Replace brushes if they are oil soaked, worn, damaged,
or worn beyond specification.
Specification
If brushes are burned or rough, use 00 sandpaper to
clean commutator contact area of brushes. Never use
emery cloth. Clean all dust from brush before reassembly.
103000
PN=469
65
10
22
RG,RG34710,2313 1915MAR971/1
Test Brush Holder for Grounds
T
3
1
4
3
0
N
Y
U
N
2
7
J
U
L
8
9
Test Brush Holder for Grounds
If needle swings toward zero, the positive brush holder
is grounded and should be replaced.
RG,RG34710,2314 1915MAR971/1
Measure Brush Spring Tension
T
3
1
4
3
1
N
Y
U
N
2
7
J
U
L
8
9
Measure Brush Spring Tension
Measure spring tension with a spring scale.
Brush spring tension should be as specified, just as the
spring leaves the brush holder.
Specification
Brush SpringMinimum Tension 11 N (40 ounce-force) ............................
When measuring tension, scale should be parallel with
edge of brush holder.
103000
PN=470
65
10
23
RG,RG34710,2315 1915MAR971/1
R
G
3
9
0
6
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
ASwitch Cover
BShunt Winding Lead
CS Terminal
DSolenoid Winding and Plunger Assembly
EPlunger Cover
FPull-In Winding Terminal
GGaskets
HPacking
1. Remove nut, washer and gasket from solenoid S
terminal (C).
2. Remove nut, washer and gasket from pull-in terminal
(F).
3. Remove switch cover (A).
4. Inspect all solenoid parts for wear, dirt, and corrosion.
5. Wipe all parts and connections with mineral spirits and
a clean cloth or brush. Dry with a clean cloth.
Firm pressure should be felt on the plunger when fully
depressed. If plunger is weak, replace solenoid winding
and plunger assembly.
6. Place gaskets on pull-in terminal and S terminal.
7. Align main contact vertically.
8. Place packing on switch cover.
9. Tighten switch cover screws to solenoid winding and
plunger assembly securely.
motor.
103000
PN=471
65
10
24
RG,RG34710,2316 1915MAR971/9
R
G
3
9
0
4
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
AOverrunning Clutch
BBrake Washer
CShift Lever
DWear Pads
1. Lubricate both ends of shift lever (C) and wear pads
(D) on overrunning clutch (A), with a multi-purpose
lubricant.
2. Lubricate brake washer (B) and place on end of
overrunning clutch.
NOTE: Avoid excessive lubrication.
RG,RG34710,2316 1915MAR972/9
R
G
3
9
0
7
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Install and Inspect
AOverrunning Clutch
BCenter Bearing Housing
CShift Lever Pivot
DO-Ring
3. Place shift lever and overrunning clutch (A) up into
center bearing housing (B).
4. Install shift lever pivot (C) through shift lever and
tighten to specifications.
Specification
Shift Lever Pivot Cap Screw
Torque 41 Nm (30 lb-ft) .............................................................................
5. Bend washered edge of shift lever pivot down to
prevent loosening.
6. Lubricate bearing in center bearing housing
generously, but not excessively with either Esso
Beacon 325 or Delco-Remy Lubricant No. 1960954.
7. Inspect O-ring (D) for wear and damage. Replace if
necessary.
103000
PN=472
65
10
25
RG,RG34710,2316 1915MAR973/9
R
G
3
9
0
8
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Install Center Bearing Housing
AField Frame
BOverrunning Clutch Assembly
CArmature Shaft
DPinion Stop
ERetaining Ring
FWasher (remove after using)
GCap Screws
8. Carefully install armature into field frame (A).
9. Place center bearing housing with overrunning clutch
assembly (B) onto armature shaft (C) and against field
frame.
Make sure O-ring in center bearing housing is not
twisted or crimped when placed against field frame.
10. Slide pinion stop over ring using a washer (F) and
two pair of pliers.
11. Remove washer.
12. Tighten all center bearing housing cap screws (G) in
field frame to specifications.
Specification
Center Housing-to-Field Frame
Cap ScrewTorque 8 Nm (71 lb-in.) .........................................................
NOTE: Before installing drive end housing, check
armature end play. Using a dial indicator, place a
tip against end of armature shaft on drive end. If
end play is not within specifications, add or
remove shims (37, see exploded view) to obtain
correct end play.
Specification
Armature End PlayTorque 0.050.50 mm (0.0020.020 in.) ...............
RG,RG34710,2316 1915MAR974/9
R
G
4
2
0
5
U
N
0
8
S
E
P
8
9
Install Drive End Housing ADrive End Housing
BDrive End Bushing
CDrive End Allen-Head Bolts
13. Install drive end housing (A) against center bearing
housing. Armature shaft must come through drive end
bushing (B).
14. Tighten drive end Allen-head bolts (C) to
specifications.
Specification
Drive End Housing-to-Center
Housing Cap ScrewsTorque 14 Nm (124 lb-in.) .....................................
103000
PN=473
65
10
26
RG,RG34710,2316 1915MAR975/9
R
G
3
9
0
2
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Install Brushes
AO-Ring Pick
BBrush Springs
CBrushes
15. Place commutator end frame over armature.
NOTE: Be sure commutator end frame notches fit
correctly in field frame.
16. Using O-ring pick (A) or other suitable tool, raise
brush springs (B) and install brushes (C).
RG,RG34710,2316 1915MAR976/9
R
G
3
9
0
9
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Twist Brush Leads
AInsulated Brush
BBrush Leads
CSpring
17. Twist brush leads (B) 180 degrees.
18. Press leads of insulated brush (A) down against
brush. Make sure spring (C) is fully seated on top of
brush.
RG,RG34710,2316 1915MAR977/9
R
G
3
9
0
1
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Install Brush Ground Straps
ABrush Cap Screws
BBrush Ground Straps
19. Install brush ground straps (B).
20. Screw brush cap screws (A) down securely.
NOTE: Make sure field winding lead and shunt winding
leads are tightened down with the brush cap
screws.
103000
PN=474
65
10
27
RG,RG34710,2316 1915MAR978/9
R
G
3
9
0
0
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Position Brush Leads
ABrush Leads
BWashers and Cap Screws
CO-Ring
21. Install washers and cap screws (B) through
commutator end frame.
22. Tighten screws to specifications.
Specification
ScrewsTorque 14 Nm (124 lb-in.) ...........................................................
Make sure brush leads (A) are properly positioned.
NOTE: Replace O-ring (C) if cracked or worn.
RG,RG34710,2316 1915MAR979/9
R
G
2
7
0
5
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
8
9
End Frame Cover
23. Place end frame cover onto field frame.
24. Install end frame cover washers, lock washers and
cap screws. Tighten securely.
RG,RG34710,2317 1915MAR971/4
Install Solenoid
R
G
3
8
9
9
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Solenoid Plunger Shaft
ASolenoid Plunger Shaft
1. Install solenoid plunger shaft (A) up onto shift lever.
103000
PN=475
65
10
28
RG,RG34710,2317 1915MAR972/4
R
G
3
8
9
8
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Lock Washers
ASolenoid Cap Screws and Lock Washers
2. Push solenoid assembly forward up against center
bearing housing.
3. Screw solenoid cap screws with lock washers (A) into
solenoid and tighten securely.
RG,RG34710,2317 1915MAR973/4
R
G
3
8
9
3
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Install Field Coil Connector
AField Coil Connector
4. Install field coil connector (A), washers and nuts.
Tighten nuts securely.
RG,RG34710,2317 1915MAR974/4
R
G
3
8
9
2
U
N
0
9
N
O
V
8
9
Install Terminal Cover
AShunt Lead Wire
BTerminal Cover
5. Install shunt lead wire (A), lock washer, and nut.
Tighten nut securely.
6. Install terminal cover (B) on solenoid securely.
103000
PN=476
65
10
29
RG,RG34710,2318 1915MAR971/1
Make No-Load Test
R
G
1
1
1
6
3
U
N
2
8
S
E
P
0
0
Make No-Load Test
AAmmeter
BBattery
CStart Frame
DTachometer
EBattery Terminal
FSwitch
2. Measure current draw and compare with specifications
given earlier in this group.
specified, diagnose problem by referring to Diagnose
No-Load Test chart earlier in this group.
103000
PN=477
65
10
30
103000
PN=478
Group 15
John Deere/Denso Gear Reduction Starter Motor Repair
65
15
1
OUO1004,0000B9F 1925SEP001/2
Essential Tools
OUO1004,0000B9F 1925SEP002/2
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
OUO1004,0000BA0 1925SEP001/5
OUO1004,0000BA0 1925SEP002/5
Armature Growler
Test windings for shorts.
103000
PN=479
OUO1004,0000BA0 1925SEP003/5
Bearing Puller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D01203AA
Remove bearings.
65
15
2
OUO1004,0000BA0 1925SEP004/5
Bearing Puller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D01217AA
Remove bearings.
OUO1004,0000BA0 1925SEP005/5
Bushing, Bearing and Seal Drive Set. . . . . . . D01045AA
bushings.
OUO1004,0000BA1 1925SEP001/1
Other Material
Number Name Use
brushes.
OUO1004,0000BA2 1925SEP001/1
Armature Undercut Depth 0.08 mm (0.031 in.)
Service Minimum 0.20 mm (0.008 in.)
Commutator OD (New Part) 36 mm (1.41 in.)
Wear Limit 35 mm (1.38 in.)
Commutator Runout (New Part) 0.02 mm (0.0008 in.)
Negative Brushes Minimum Length 9.0 mm (0.35 in.)
Field Coil Brushes Minimum Length 12.7 mm (0.500 in.)
103000
PN=480
65
15
3
RG,RG34710,2322 1908SEP001/1
John Deere Denso System Rating kW Motor No Load Test RPM (Min.)
Part No. Part No. Voltage Type Voltage Current Draw
Amps (Max.)
RE19275 028000-8400 12 R 2.5 11 180 3500
RE40092 028000-8290 12 R 2.5 11 200 3000
RE50165 228000-0840 12 R 2.5 11 200 3000
RE51447 028000-8401 12 R 2.5 11 200 3000
RE54090 128000-8291 12 R 2.5 11 200 3000
RE54091 228000-0841 12 R 2.5 11 200 3000
RE54092 028000-8402 12 R 2.5 11 200 3000
RE59588 228000-0844 12 R 2.5 11 200 3000
RE59595 128000-8294 12 R 2.5 11 200 3000
RE68470 228000-6471 12 R 2.7 11 200 3000
RE69704 228000-6530, 12 R 4.0 11 220 4200
228000-6531
RE69705 228000-6560 24 R 7.5 23 120 3800
RE70473 228000-6540 12 R 4.8 11 220 4200
RE70474 228000-6550, 12 R 4.8 11 220 4200
228000-6551
RE70475 228000-6570 24 R 7.5 23 120 3800
RE70959 228000-6540 12 R 4.8 11 220 4200
RE70960 228000-6550 12 R 4.8 11 220 4200
NOTE: Earlier Denso starter motors may have the original
Nippondenso label.
103000
PN=481
65
15
4
RG,RG34710,2323 1915MAR971/1
Bench Test Starter Motor
R
W
2
1
5
8
U
N
0
6
M
A
R
9
0
Turn Overrunning Clutch
NOTE: Perform bench tests before disassembling the
starter motor to determine the cause of the
problem.
1. Turn overrunning clutch drive clockwise by hand.
Pinion should turn freely.
2. Turn pinion counterclockwise. A definite resistance
should be felt. If clutch assembly is defective,
disassemble the starter clutch.
3. If armature turns freely and the clutch is not defective,
test starter under no-load conditions as follows.
NOTE: Starter motors illustrated in this group are
equipped with a four-hole mounting flange instead
of one that has two holes. In addition, later R 4.0
kW and R 7.5 kW starter motors have the brush
assemblies at the opposite end of the armature.
Service procedures are not affected.
103000
PN=482
65
15
5
RG,RG34710,2324 1915MAR971/1
No-Load Test
R
W
2
1
5
9
U
N
0
1
D
E
C
8
8
No-Load Test
A12-Volt Battery
BBattery Terminal
CStarter Frame
DRemote Start Switch
ESwitch Terminal
NOTE: Do not conduct the no-load test unless the
armature turns freely.
1. Connect a 12-volt battery (A) to starter battery terminal
(B) and starter frame (C) as shown. Use heavy-duty
cables.
2. Connect a remote start switch (D) between switch
terminal (E) and battery terminal (B).
3. When switch is activated, starter should engage and
run.
4. If solenoid only chatters, hold-in winding is
open-circuited. If nothing happens, either the pull-in
winding is open-circuited or mechanical parts are
sticking. To check for sticking, remove solenoid end
cover and push plunger by hand.
5. If solenoid engages properly, but motor does not run,
check main contact points, bearings, brushes,
reduction gears, armature, and field windings.
NOTE: The solenoid cannot be repaired, although
mechanical parts may be replaced. Disassemble
solenoid to determine cause of problem.
103000
PN=483
65
15
6
RG,RG34710,2334 1915MAR971/1
Exploded View of Gear Reduction Starter Motor
R
G
8
6
1
5
U
N
1
6
S
E
P
9
9
Gear-Reduction Starter Motor
1End Frame 6Armature 11Idler Gear 15Return Spring
2O-Ring 7Front Bearing 12Retainer 16Steel Ball
3Field Frame 8Brush (4 Used) 13Roller (5 Used) 17Overrunning Clutch
4O-Ring 9Brush Holder 14Solenoid Assembly 18Motor Frame
5Rear Bearing 10Drive Gear
RG,RG34710,2325 1915MAR971/4
Disassemble Field Frame, Armature, and
Brush Holder
R
W
1
0
0
5
8
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Disconnect Field Lead
AField Lead
NOTE: Bench test the starter motor before disassembly.
1. Disconnect field lead (A) from solenoid.
2. Remove two through bolts (B) and separate field frame
assembly from motor frame.
103000
PN=484
65
15
7
RG,RG34710,2325 1915MAR972/4
R
W
1
0
0
5
9
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Remove Cap from Frame Assembly
3. Remove two screws from brush end cap and remove
cap from frame assembly.
RG,RG34710,2325 1915MAR973/4
R
W
1
0
0
6
7
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Field Coil Brushes
AField Coil Brushes
4. Lift two field coil brush springs away and pull field coil
brushes (A) away from brush holder assembly.
103000
PN=485
65
15
8
RG,RG34710,2325 1915MAR974/4
R
W
1
0
0
6
8
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Brush Holder
ABrush Holder
5. Lift two negative brush springs away and pull brushes
back about 6 mm (0.250 in.). Release springs to hold
brushes in place in brush holder (A).
6. Remove brush holder from frame assembly and
armature.
7. Remove armature from frame assembly.
RG,RG34710,2326 1915MAR971/8
Inspect and Repair Armature
R
W
2
1
6
6
U
N
0
6
M
A
R
9
0
Inspect and Repair Armature
1. Remove armature from field frame assembly. See
Disassemble Field Frame, Armature and Brush Holder
earlier in this group.
IMPORTANT: Do not clean armature with solvent.
Solvent could damage insulation on
windings. Use only mineral spirits and a
brush.
2. Visually inspect armature. Look for signs of dragging
against pole shoes.
Specification
ArmatureUndercut Depth 0.08 mm (0.031 in.) ........................................
Service Minimum 0.20 mm (0.008 in.) ........................................................
103000
PN=486
65
15
9
RG,RG34710,2326 1915MAR972/8
R
W
2
1
6
7
U
N
2
6
F
E
B
9
3
Ohmmeter
3. Check for grounded windings using an ohmmeter as
shown, or a test lamp. Place ohmmeter probes on
commutator bar and armature shaft. If test shows
continuity (needle movement) a winding is grounded
and the armature must be replaced.
NOTE: Operating symptoms of grounded windings would
be that the starter motor cranks engine slowly or
not at all. On no-load test, the starter motor would
have low armature speed and high current draw,
or fail to operate and have high current draw.
RG,RG34710,2326 1915MAR973/8
R
W
2
1
6
8
U
N
0
1
D
E
C
8
8
Growler
NOTE: Operating symptoms of short-circuited windings
would be that the starter motor cranks engine
slowly. On no-load test, motor has low armature
speed and high current draw.
4. Check for short-circuited windings using a growler such
as shown.
5. Place armature in growler and hold a hacksaw blade
above each slot while slowly rotating the armature. The
blade will be attracted to and repelled (vibrating
motion) from the slot.
NOTE: A short circuit most often occurs because of
copper dust or fillings between two commutator
segments.
6. If test indicates short-circuited windings, clean the
commutator of dust and filings and recheck the
armature. If test still indicates a short circuit, replace
the armature.
103000
PN=487
65
15
10
RG,RG34710,2326 1915MAR974/8
R
W
1
0
0
6
0
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Ohmmeter Probes
7. Check for open-circuited windings using an ohmmeter
as shown, or a test lamp. Place ohmmeter probes on
two different commutator bars. If test shows no
continuity (no needle movement), there is an open
circuit and the armature must be replaced.
NOTE: Operating symptoms of open-circuited windings
would be that the starter motor cranks engine
slowly. On no-load test, motor has low armature
speed and high current draw.
RG,RG34710,2326 1915MAR975/8
R
W
1
0
0
6
1
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Check Commutator
ACommutator
8. Check commutator (A), looking for roughness or
burned commutator bars.
9. If necessary, clean and touch up with 00 sandpaper.
NEVER use emery cloth. Clean all dust from armature
when finished.
10. Turn down slightly on a lathe if commutator is out of
round, badly burned, or rough. Remove only enough
metal to eliminate the problem. After turning down,
undercut the insulation between bars to 0.50.8 mm
(0.0190.031 in.) deep. Touch up commutator with
sandpaper and clean metal chips and dust from
armature when finished.
Specification
CommutatorOD (New Part) 36 mm (1.41 in.) .........................................
Wear Limit 35 mm (1.38 in.) .......................................................................
CommutatorRunout (New Part) 0.02 mm (0.0008 in.) ............................
Wear Limit 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) ..................................................................
103000
PN=488
65
15
11
RG,RG34710,2326 1915MAR976/8
R
W
1
0
0
6
9
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Front and Rear Armature Bearings
11. Inspect front and rear armature bearings for smooth,
quiet operation. Replace as necessary.
12. Remove bearings by using D01217AA Bearing Puller
and D01203AA Bearing Puller as shown.
RG,RG34710,2326 1915MAR977/8
R
W
1
0
0
7
0
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
15.88 mm (0.625 in.) ID Pipe
A15.88 mm (0.625 in.) ID Pipe
IMPORTANT: Install both bearings with the sealed
side toward the middle of the armature.
13. Install new bearing on the rear of armature using a
piece of 15.88 mm (0.625 in.) ID pipe (A) drilled out
to 17.45 mm (0.687 in.) ID. Be sure to drive only on
the inner race. Make sure bearing is tight against
shoulder of shaft.
NOTE: Pipe must be drilled out to the larger size to allow
it to pass over the splined end of the armature.
103000
PN=489
65
15
12
RG,RG34710,2326 1915MAR978/8
R
W
1
0
0
7
1
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Install Bearing
ABearing
14. Install bearing (A) with sealed side of bearing toward
middle of armature on commutator end of armature
using 27491 1/2 in. driver disk from D01045AA
Bushing, Bearing and Seal Drive Set. Drive only on
the inner race. Install bearing until tight against
shoulder of shaft.
RG,RG34710,2327 1915MAR971/4
Inspect Brushes and Brush Holder
R
W
1
0
0
7
2
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Measure Negative Brushes
1. Measure negative brushes mounted on brush holder. If
worn below specification, replace the brush holder
assembly.
Specification
Negative BrushesMinimum
Length 9.0 mm (0.35 in.) .............................................................................
103000
PN=490
65
15
13
RG,RG34710,2327 1915MAR972/4
R
W
1
0
0
7
3
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Measure Field Coil Brushes
2. Measure the field coil brushes attached to the field
frame assembly. If worn below specified length,
replace the entire field frame assembly.
Specification
Field Coil BrushesMinimum
Length 12.7 mm (0.500 in.) .........................................................................
RG,RG34710,2327 1915MAR973/4
R
W
1
0
0
7
4
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Test Brush Holder with Ohmmeter
3. Test the brush holder using an ohmmeter as shown, or
a test light. Place one lead of tester to the negative
brush holder and the other lead to field brush holder. If
there is continuity (needle movement), replace the
brush holder.
103000
PN=491
65
15
14
RG,RG34710,2327 1915MAR974/4
R
W
1
0
0
7
5
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Check Brush Springs
4. Check the brush springs to be sure they are not weak
or distorted. Replace as necessary.
5. Remove spring using a pair of needle nose pliers.
Raise brush end of spring from holder and pry spring
upward from lug on holder with a screwdriver.
6. To install, start spring on lug and wind spring so brush
end of spring fits in brush holder, while at the same
time pushing the spring on the lug.
RG,RG34710,2328 1915MAR971/2
Inspect Field Coils
R
W
1
0
0
7
6
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Check for Gounded Field Winding
1. Check for grounded field winding using an ohmmeter
as shown, or a test light. Touch one lead to a field coil
brush and the other lead to the field frame. Be sure the
brush lead is not touching the frame. If there is
continuity (needle movement), the coil is grounded and
the field frame assembly must be replaced.
103000
PN=492
65
15
15
RG,RG34710,2328 1915MAR972/2
R
W
1
0
0
7
7
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Check for Open Field Coil
2. Check for open field coil using an ohmmeter as shown,
or a test light. Touch a lead to each field coil brush. If
there is no continuity (no needle movement), the field
coil is open and the field frame assembly must be
replaced.
RG,RG34710,2329 1915MAR971/5
Assemble Field Frame, Armature, and Brush
Holder
R
W
1
0
0
9
5
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Field Frame, Armature and Brush Holder
1. Place armature in field frame assembly and place in
vise.
2. Lift the two negative brush springs away and pull
brushes back about 6 mm (0.250 in.). Release the
spring to lock the brushes in the outward position.
3. Place brush holder on armature and frame assembly.
103000
PN=493
65
15
16
RG,RG34710,2329 1915MAR972/5
R
W
1
0
0
6
7
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Place Brushes in Holders
ABrushes
4. Lift two field coil brush springs away from holder and
place brushes (A) in holders. Allow springs to hold
brushes against commutator.
5. Push negative brushes inward to allow springs to hold
brushes against commutator.
RG,RG34710,2329 1915MAR973/5
R
W
1
0
0
5
9
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Install Brush End Cap
6. Apply a small amount of Delco-Remy Lubricant No.
1960954, or equivalent, to the open side of the brush
end bearing.
7. Install brush end cap in place and install and tighten
two screws from brush end cap to field frame
assembly.
103000
PN=494
65
15
17
RG,RG34710,2329 1915MAR974/5
R
W
1
0
0
7
8
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Install Felt Washer
AFelt Washer
BIndexing Slot
CField Frame Assembly
8. Apply a small amount of Delco-Remy Lubricant No.
1960954, or equivalent, to the open side of the drive
end bearing.
9. Install felt washer (A) in place on armature shaft.
10. Align indexing slot in solenoid frame (B) with flange
on lip of field frame assembly (C).
NOTE: Some starter motors may have a small-square
shaped locking key which fits into the cast slot (B)
in solenoid frame.
RG,RG34710,2329 1915MAR975/5
R
W
1
0
0
5
8
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Connect Field Lead to Solenoid
AField Lead
11. Install field frame assembly to motor frame.
12. Install and tighten two through bolts (B).
13. Connect field lead (A) to solenoid.
14. Bench test the repaired starter motor as instructed
15. If bench tests indicate that the starter motor is
working, install starter motor on engine as instructed
in machine technical manual.
103000
PN=495
65
15
18
RG,RG34710,2330 1915MAR971/6
Disassemble Gear Train and Overrunning
Clutch
R
W
1
0
0
6
2
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Remove Screws
AScrews (3 Used)
1. Disassemble the field frame assembly from the
housing as previously instructed in this group.
2. Remove three screws (A) and separate gear train
assembly from motor frame.
RG,RG34710,2330 1915MAR972/6
R
3
0
3
8
3
U
N
1
2
F
E
B
9
0
Compress Pinion
3. Place gear assembly in a soft-jaw vise as shown. Be
sure rear vise jaw is against shaft and front jaw is
against pinion.
4. Slowly tighten vise until pinion compresses.
103000
PN=496
65
15
19
RG,RG34710,2330 1915MAR973/6
R
3
0
3
8
4
U
N
1
2
F
E
B
9
0
Remove Snap Ring and Retainer
A5/8 in. ID Pipe
BRetainer
5. Drive back retainer (B) until snap ring is exposed,
using a short length of 5/8 in. ID pipe (A).
6. Remove snap ring and retainer from pinion shaft.
CAUTION: Shaft could be propelled from clutch
unit with considerable force, if spring is not
allowed to extend fully while in vise.
7. Slowly open vise until all spring tension is relieved and
remove gear assembly from vise.
RG,RG34710,2330 1915MAR974/6
R
W
1
0
0
8
0
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Remove Shaft
AShaft with Springs
BClutch Unit
8. Remove drive pinion from shaft.
9. Remove shaft with springs (A) and clutch unit (B) from
housing.
103000
PN=497
65
15
20
RG,RG34710,2330 1915MAR975/6
R
W
1
0
0
8
1
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Inspect Parts for Wear or Damage
AShaft
BSpring
CSpring
DRetainer
EClutch Unit
10. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as
necessary.
11. If clutch unit (E) is defective, the entire unit must be
replaced.
RG,RG34710,2330 1915MAR976/6
R
W
1
0
0
8
2
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Inspect Parts
AThrust Washer
BPinion
CNeedle Rollers (6 used)
DNeedle Roller Retainer
ESolenoid Plunger Spring
FSolenoid Housing
12. Remove the starter pinion (B), needle roller retainer
(D) with six needle rollers (C), and thrust washer (A)
from housing.
13. Remove the spring (E) from the solenoid plunger.
14. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as
necessary.
103000
PN=498
65
15
21
RG,RG34710,2331 1915MAR971/7
Assemble Gear Train and Overrunning
Clutch
R
W
1
0
0
7
9
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Solenoid Plunger Ball in Shaft Bore
ASolenoid Plunger Ball
BShaft Bore
NOTE: Use Delco-Remy No. 1960954 Lubricant or a
similar lubricant when assembling starter motor.
1. Make sure the solenoid plunger ball (A) is in place in
the shaft bore (B). Apply a light coat of grease to the
ball to hold in place.
RG,RG34710,2331 1915MAR972/7
R
W
1
0
0
8
1
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Install Pinion Shaft Assembly into Clutch Unit
APinion Shaft
BSpring
CSpring
DSpring Retainer
EClutch Unit
NOTE: Lubricate the shaft lightly with lubricant before
installing springs.
2. First place the long spring (B) on the pinion shaft, then
the short spring (C), and spring retainer (D).
3. Install pinion shaft assembly into clutch unit (E), as
shown.
103000
PN=499
65
15
22
RG,RG34710,2331 1915MAR973/7
R
W
1
0
0
8
0
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Clutch Unit with Pinion Shaft Assembly
APinion Shaft Assembly
BClutch Unit
4. Install clutch unit (B) with pinion shaft assembly (A)
into housing.
RG,RG34710,2331 1915MAR974/7
R
W
1
0
0
8
3
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Retaining Ring
ARetaining Ring
5. Make sure retaining ring (A) is in drive pinion and is
not worn or damaged.
103000
PN=500
65
15
23
RG,RG34710,2331 1915MAR975/7
R
W
1
0
0
8
4
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Install Retainer and Snap Ring
ADrive Pinion
BRetainer
CSnap Ring
6. Lightly lubricate the pinon shaft and install drive pinion
(A) onto pinion shaft, as shown, with large flange to the
outside of clutch.
7. Place gear assembly in a soft jaw vise, as shown. Be
sure rear vise jaw is against shaft and front jaw is
against pinion.
8. Slowly tighten vise until pinion compresses enough to
allow installation of retainer and retaining ring.
9. Install retainer (B) and snap ring (C) and remove from
vise. Make sure snap ring is seated in retainer.
RG,RG34710,2331 1915MAR976/7
R
W
1
0
0
8
2
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Components
AThrust Washer
BPinion
CNeedle Rollers (6 used)
DNeedle Roller Retainer
ESolenoid Plunger Spring
FSolenoid Housing
10. Apply a thin coating of lubricant to the thrust washer
(A) and install on shaft.
11. Apply a thin coating of lubricant to the needle rollers
(C) and install them into retainer (D).
12. Install the needle roller retainer with needle rollers
into the starter pinion (B).
13. Place the pinion assembly onto the shaft with the
open side of the retainer facing the thrust washer.
14. Install spring (E) on solenoid plunger.
103000
PN=501
65
15
24
RG,RG34710,2331 1915MAR977/7
R
W
1
0
0
6
2
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Screws
AScrews (3 Used)
15. Assemble gear train assembly to frame and install
and tighten three screws (A).
16. Assemble field frame assembly to housing and bench
test the starter as previously instructed in this group.
RG,RG34710,2332 1915MAR971/3
Disassemble, Inspect, and Repair Starter
Solenoid
R
W
1
0
0
8
6
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Remove Solenoid Cover and Gasket
AField Frame Lead
BScrews (3 Used)
1. Remove starter motor from engine.
2. Disconnect field frame lead (A).
3. Remove three screws (B) and remove solenoid cover
and gasket.
103000
PN=502
65
15
25
RG,RG34710,2332 1915MAR972/3
R
W
1
0
0
8
7
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Remove Plunger
APlunger
4. Remove plunger (A).
RG,RG34710,2332 1915MAR973/3
R
W
1
0
0
8
8
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Remove Plunger Spring
APlunger Spring
5. Remove plunger spring (A).
103000
PN=503
65
15
26
RG,RG34710,2333 1915MAR971/4
Assemble Solenoid Assembly
R
W
1
0
0
8
5
L
U
N
2
9
N
O
V
8
9
Exploded View of Solenoid Assembly
AScrew (3 Used) EBolt HNut (2 Used) KSolenoid Housing
BSolenoid Cover FPlate (2 Used) ISpecial Washer (2 Used) LBolt
CGasket GBushing (2 Used) JBushing MPlunger Spring
DPlunger
1. Inspect all solenoid components shown and replace
as necessary if broken or worn.
2. The complete solenoid housing must be replaced if
there is a solenoid problem other than the loose
parts shown.
103000
PN=504
65
15
27
RG,RG34710,2333 1915MAR972/4
R
W
1
0
0
8
8
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Plunger Spring
APlunger Spring
3. Place plunger spring (A) in housing.
RG,RG34710,2333 1915MAR973/4
R
W
1
0
0
8
7
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Solenoid Plunger
APlunger
4. Place solenoid plunger (A) into spring in housing.
103000
PN=505
65
15
28
RG,RG34710,2333 1915MAR974/4
R
W
1
0
0
8
6
U
N
1
0
N
O
V
8
9
Connect Field Frame Lead
AField Frame Lead
BScrews (3 Used)
5. Carefully inspect gasket and replace if hard and brittle
or torn.
6. Install solenoid cover and gasket onto solenoid housing
and install and tighten three screws (B).
7. Connect field frame lead (A).
103000
PN=506
Section 70
Robert Bosch Starter Motors
Contents
Page
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-05-1
Typical Starter Motor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . .70-05-2
70
Group 10Robert Bosch Starter Motor Repair
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-1
Robert Bosch Starter Motor Repair
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-2
Robert Bosch Starter Motor Test
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-3
Make No-Load Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-4
Robert Bosch Starter Motor Cutaway View . . .70-10-6
Robert Bosch Starter Motor Exploded View . . .70-10-7
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-8
Solenoid SwitchRemoval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-8
Carbon Brush PlateRemoval . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-9
ArmatureRemoval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-9
Snap RingRemoval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-10
Cleaning Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-10
Testing Armature for Grounds . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-10
Testing Armature for Short Circuit . . . . . . . . . .70-10-11
Testing Armature for Open Circuit . . . . . . . . . .70-10-11
Turning Commutator Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-12
Testing Commutator for Out-of-Roundness . . .70-10-12
Testing Field Winding for Grounded Circuit . . .70-10-13
Field WindingRemoval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-13
Lubrication of Starter Motor (Before and
During Assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-14
Field WindingInstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-15
Checking Carbon Brush Plate for Grounds . . .70-10-15
Testing Carbon Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-16
Replace Carbon Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-16
Engaging LeverInstallation. . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-17
Checking Armature End Play and Torque . . . .70-10-17
Installing Starter Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-17
103000
PN=1
Contents
70
103000
PN=2
Group 05
RG,RG34710,2335 1915MAR971/1
General Information
70
05
1
RG,RG34710,2336 1915MAR971/1
R
G
1
3
1
3
U
N
2
0
A
P
R
8
9
Typical Starting Circuit
AWire From Relay
BCable from Battery
CPull-In Winding
DHold-In Winding
ESolenoid Plunger
FMain Contacts
GField Windings
HCommutator Brushes
IArmature
JShunt Windings
ground.
(H).
provide additional low-speed torque to assist engine
103000
PN=509
70
05
2
RG,RG34710,2337 1915MAR971/1
R
2
5
2
2
8
U
N
1
4
N
O
V
8
8
5Shunt Field Terminal 11Thrust Washer 17Bushing 23Bushing
flywheel.
released.
103000
PN=510
Group 10
OUO1004,0000BA3 1925SEP001/2
Essential Tools
70
10
1
OUO1004,0000BA3 1925SEP002/2
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
103000
PN=511
70
10
2
OUO1004,0000BA6 1925SEP001/1
Specifications
Commutator (3.0 and 3.1 kW) Minimum OD 42.5 mm (1.67 in.)
Commutator (2.7 kW) Minimum OD 39.5 mm (1.555 in.)
Commutator Insulation Undercut after Turning 0.50.8 mm (0.020.03 in.)
Down
Commutator Maximum Out-of-Round 0.03 mm (0.0012 in.)
Armature Plate Stacks Maximum Out-of-Round 0.05 mm (0.002 in.)
Brushes Minimum Length 7.5 mm (0.30 in.)
Armature (2.7 kW) Braking Torque 0.450.75 Nm (4.06.6 lb-in.)
Overrunning Torque 0.400.55 Nm (3.54.8 lb-in.)
Armature (3.0 and 3.1 kW) Braking Torque 0.51.2 Nm (4.4210.62 lb-in.)
Overrunning Torque 0.350.65 Nm (3.105.75 lb-in.)
103000
PN=512
70
10
3
RG,RG34710,2339 1908SEP001/1
Robert Bosch Starter Motor Test
Specifications
No Load Test
John Deere Bosch System Rating Motor Voltage Amps RPM
Part No. Model No. Voltage kW (Max.)
AL110503 0 001 367 078 12 3.0 11.5 130 7000
AL110504 0 001 369 022 12 3.1 11.5 170 8000
AL41247 0 001 362 312 12 2.7 11.5 125 7000
AL62690 0 001 362 316 12 2.7 11.5 125 7000
AL62772 0 001 369 005 12 3.1 11.5 170 8000
AL78760 0 001 367 075 12 3.0 11.5 130 7000
AL81154 0 001 367 077 12 3.0 11.5 130 7000
RE30493 0 001 362 324 12 2.7 11.5 125 7000
RE65169 0 001 369 021 12 3.1 11.5 170 8000
Item Specification
Minimum voltage of solenoid 8 volts
Testing armature for grounded circuit, voltage 40 volts AC
Testing field coils for grounded circuit, voltage 40 volts AC
Testing field coils for open windings, voltage 612 volts DC
Testing brush holder insulation for grounded circuit, voltage 40 volts AC
103000
PN=513
70
10
4
RG,RG34710,2340 1915MAR971/1
Make No-Load Test
R
G
1
1
1
6
3
U
N
2
8
S
E
P
0
0
Make Connections
AAmmeter
BBattery
CStarter Frame
DTachometer
EBattery Terminal
FSwitch
2. Measure current draw in amps and compare with
specifications given earlier in this group.
specified, diagnose problem per chart which follows.
103000
PN=514
70
10
5
RG,RG34710,2341 1915MAR971/1
Seized bearings
Excessive friction
Shorted armature
this test.
103000
PN=515
70
10
6
RG,RG34710,2342 1915MAR971/1
Robert Bosch Starter Motor Cutaway View
L
1
0
7
0
0
7
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
8
9
Robert Bosch Starter Motor
ASolenoid Switch ECommutator IOverrunning Clutch KDrive Hub
BCommutator End Frame FField Winding (Roller-Type) LEngaging Spring
CCompression Spring GField Frame JPinion MEngaging Lever
DCarbon Brush HGuide Ring
103000
PN=516
70
10
7
RG,RG34710,2343 1915MAR971/1
Robert Bosch Starter Motor Exploded View
L
1
1
7
5
5
9
U
N
0
2
F
E
B
8
9
Starter MotorExploded View
1Starter Motor Assembly 11Pivot Screw 19Center Bearing 28Commutator End Frame
2Hex Nut 12Countersunk Screw (3 20Bushing 29Bushing
3Stud Used) 21Washer (2 Used) 30Carbon Brushes (Kit)
4Cap Screw 13Drive End Frame 22Hex Nut (2 Used) 31Compression Spring (4
5Solenoid Switch Assembly 23Cylinder Head Screw (2 Used)
6Securing Clip 14Bushing Used) 32Carbon Brush Plate
7Cylinder Head Screw 15Snap Ring 24Cover Cap 33Winding
8Hex Nuts (4 Used) 16Stop Ring 25Rubber Ring 34Armature
9Hex Nut 17Bushing 26Fixing Washer 35Stud (2 Used)
10Engaging Lever 18Drive with Pinion 27Shims 36Field Frame
103000
PN=517
70
10
8
RG,RG34710,2344 1915MAR971/1
Disassembly
L
1
0
7
0
0
8
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
8
9
Unscrew Cover Cap and Remove Hex Nuts
ACover Cap
BHex Nuts (2 Used)
Unscrew cover cap (A) and remove fixing washer and
shims. Be careful with rubber ring.
Remove hex nuts (B).
RG,RG34710,2345 1915MAR971/1
Solenoid SwitchRemoval
L
1
0
7
0
0
9
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
8
9
Remove Attaching Screws
AScrews (3 Used)
Disconnect wiring connection from solenoid switch.
Remove attaching screws (A) and pull out solenoid switch
with pinion head.
103000
PN=518
70
10
9
RG,RG34710,2346 1915MAR971/1
Carbon Brush PlateRemoval
L
1
0
7
0
1
0
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
8
9
Carefully remove commutator end frame as shown.
NOTE: When removing commutator end frame, the brush
compression springs may spring out of the brush
holders.
Pull carbon brushes out of carbon brush plate and remove
carbon brush plate from armature shaft.
RG,RG34710,2347 1915MAR971/1
ArmatureRemoval
L
1
0
7
0
1
1
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
8
9
Armature Removal
Carefully pull armature with drive end frame assembly
from field frame (do not damage windings).
Remove engaging lever and armature jointly out of drive
end frame assembly.
103000
PN=519
70
10
10
RG,RG34710,2348 1915MAR971/1
Snap RingRemoval
L
1
0
7
0
1
3
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
8
9
Snap Ring Removal
AStop Ring
BSnap Ring
Drive back stop ring (A) and bend open snap ring (B).
Remove drive with pinion and center bearing from
armature shaft.
RG,RG34710,2349 1915MAR971/1
Cleaning Parts
Wash parts in solvent and dry with compressed air.
NOTE: Armature, windings and drive with pinion must not
be placed in cleaning fluid.
Inspect all parts for wear and mechanical damage.
RG,RG34710,2350 1915MAR971/1
Testing Armature for Grounds
L
1
0
7
0
1
4
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
8
9
Test Armature for Grounds
Set ohmmeter to read on highest scale.
Place one test lead on the armature core or shaft. Place
other lead on commutator.
103000
PN=520
70
10
11
RG,RG34710,2351 1915MAR971/1
Testing Armature for Short Circuit
R
G
7
8
0
7
4
C
1
U
N
0
9
J
A
N
9
0
Test Armature for Short Circuit
filings between two commutator segments. Clean
commutator segments to correct this short.
RG,RG34710,2352 1915MAR971/1
Testing Armature for Open Circuit
Set ohmmeter to read on lowest scale.
Place one test lead on commutator segment. Place other
test lead on an adjacent segment. Repeat this operation
for all segments by moving one lead at a time.
remains stationary, the armature coil between these two
segments is open. Replace armature.
103000
PN=521
70
10
12
RG,RG34710,2353 1915MAR971/1
Turning Commutator Down
L
1
0
7
0
1
6
U
N
0
6
A
P
R
8
9
Turning Commutator Down
ASolenoid Lug
BClaw
CTurn Down Only to Here
Check commutator OD and compare to specifications.
After turning the commutator down, undercut its insulation
to specification with a commutator saw and then
finish-turn.
Specification
Commutator (3.0 and 3.1 kW)
Minimum OD 42.5 mm (1.67 in.) .................................................................
Commutator (2.7 kW)Minimum
OD 39.5 mm (1.555 in.) ..............................................................................
CommutatorInsulation Undercut
after Turning Down 0.50.8 mm (0.020.03 in.) ......................................
RG,RG34710,2354 1915MAR971/1
Testing Commutator for Out-of-Roundness
L
1
0
7
0
1
7
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
8
9
Test Commutator for Out-of-Roundness
Check commutator out-of-round.
Specification
CommutatorMaximum
Out-of-Round 0.03 mm (0.0012 in.) ............................................................
Armature Plate Stacks
Maximum Out-of-Round 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) .............................................
Check armature once again for grounds and short circuits.
103000
PN=522
70
10
13
RG,RG34710,2355 1915MAR971/1
Testing Field Winding for Grounded Circuit
L
1
0
7
0
1
8
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
8
9
Test Field Winding for Grounded Circuits
Set ohmmeter to read on highest scale.
Place one test lead on a clean spot on field frame. Place
other lead on brush lead.
If the ohmmeter indicator swings toward zero, a grounded
circuit is indicated. Replace the field windings.
RG,RG34710,2356 1915MAR971/1
Field WindingRemoval
L
1
0
7
0
1
9
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
8
9
Unscrew Pole Shoe Screws
APole Shoe Screws
Mark position of pole shoes and winding ends and
unscrew pole shoe screws (A).
103000
PN=523
70
10
14
RG,RG34710,2357 1915MAR971/1
L
1
1
3
4
3
1
U
N
0
2
F
E
B
8
9
A1/4-Ohm Resistor
B12-Volt Battery
CField Terminal
EHacksaw Blade
All four field windings are connected in parallel. Test each
Connect a test battery (B) to field terminal (C) and either
insulated brush lead (D), using a resistor (A) to limit
current draw.
Use a hacksaw blade (E) to test winding for magnetism. If
any winding is not magnetic, the winding is open circuited.
Repair or replace windings.
NOTE: Because 1/4-ohm resistors capable of carrying
There is no suitable way to check field windings for short
circuits. Winding resistance is too low to permit detection
of a short circuit.
RG,RG34710,2358 1915MAR971/1
Lubrication of Starter Motor (Before and
During Assembly)
Lubrication Point Lubrication Instructions
Bushings Soak new bushings for at least 1/2 hour before installation.
Armature shaft Coat drive and commutator end journals of shaft, splines and bearing surfaces of
clutch drive with a light film of grease.
Shift Lever Lubricate bearing surfaces and pivot bolts liberally with grease.
Solenoid switch Coat inside of yoke and bolt threads with a light film of grease.
NOTE: Keep contacts free from grease.
103000
PN=524
70
10
15
RG,RG34710,2359 1915MAR971/1
Field WindingInstallation
L
5
5
5
7
1
A
U
N
0
9
M
A
Y
8
9
Field Winding Installation
a85 mm (3.35 in.)
b5 Chamfer
c1214 mm (0.470.55 in.)
d75.8075.85 mm (2.9842.986 in.)
eWall Thickness 1215 mm (0.470.59 in.)
Slightly warm windings and insert together with pole
shoes into field frame. Insert pole shoe screws.
Press suitable mandrel (see illustration) between pole
shoes.
Firmly tighten pole shoe screws and press out mandrel.
Check installed windings for shorted or open circuits.
RG,RG34710,2360 1915MAR971/1
Checking Carbon Brush Plate for Grounds
L
1
0
7
0
2
0
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
8
9
Check Carbon Brush Plate for Grounds
Set ohmmeter on its highest scale.
Place one test lead on commutator end frame. Place
If needle swings toward zero, the positive brush holder is
grounded and should be replaced.
103000
PN=525
70
10
16
RG,RG34710,2361 1915MAR971/1
Testing Carbon Brushes
L
1
0
7
0
2
1
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
8
9
Test Carbon Brushes
aBrush Length
The carbon brushes must move freely in their guides.
Check brush length and compare to specifications.
Specification
BrushesMinimum Length 7.5 mm (0.30 in.) ............................................
RG,RG34710,2362 1915MAR971/1
Replace Carbon Brushes
L
1
1
7
2
3
4
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
8
9
Secure Brushes in Bores
ABrush Bores
Cut off old brushes at end of brush strands.
Secure new brushes in bores (A).
Check for easy movement of carbon brushes in brush
holders.
NOTE: Screws and hex nuts are included in the repair kit.
103000
PN=526
70
10
17
RG,RG34710,2363 1915MAR971/1
Engaging LeverInstallation
L
1
0
7
0
2
3
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
8
9
Engaging Lever Installation
AEngaging Lever
BPins
CGuide
Driving hub pins (B) of engaging lever (A) must engage in
guide (C) of drive pinion.
Screw in studs and slide field frame over armature.
RG,RG34710,2364 1925SEP001/1
Checking Armature End Play and Torque
L
1
0
7
0
2
4
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
8
9
Test Armature End Play
Check end play of armature using a dial indicator.
Specification
ArmatureEnd Play 0.10.3 mm (0.0040.012 in.) ................................
Check armature torque.
Specification
Armature (2.7 kW)Braking
Torque 0.450.75 Nm (4.06.6 lb-in.) ....................................................
Overrunning Torque 0.400.55 Nm (3.54.8 lb-in.) ...............................
Armature (3.0 and 3.1 kW)
Braking Torque 0.51.2 Nm (4.4210.62 lb-in.) .....................................
Overrunning Torque 0.350.65 Nm (3.105.75
lb-in.)
......................................
RG,RG34710,2365 1915MAR971/1
Installing Starter Motor
Refer to machine technical manual for installing starter
motor and adjusting belt tension.
103000
PN=527
70
10
18
103000
PN=528
Section 75
Iskra Starter Motors
Contents
Page
Group 10Iskra Starter Motor Repair
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-1
Dealer Fabricated Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-1
Iskra AZJ-Series Starter Motor Repair
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-3
75
Iskra AZJ-Series Starter Motor Test
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-4
Exploded View of Iskra Starter Motor
(AZJ-Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-5
Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-6
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-7
Disassembly of Starter Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-7
Testing Solenoid Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-11
Testing Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-11
Brush Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-12
Testing Armature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-12
Testing Field Windings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-13
Checking Engaging Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-13
Checking Overrunning Clutch Pinion. . . . . . . .75-10-14
Reassembly of Starter Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-14
103000
PN=1
Contents
75
103000
PN=2
Group 05
RG,RG34710,2366 1915MAR971/1
General Information
75
05
1
RG,RG34710,2367 1915MAR971/1
R
G
1
3
1
3
U
N
2
0
A
P
R
8
9
AWire from Relay
BCable from Battery
CPull-In Winding
DHold-Iin Winding
ESolenoid Plunger
FMain Contacts
GField Windings
HCommutator Brushes
IArmature
JShunt Windings
ground.
(H).
rotation and prevent overheating of motor.
103000
PN=531
75
05
2
RG,RG34710,2368 1915MAR971/1
R
2
5
2
2
8
U
N
1
4
N
O
V
8
8
3Shift Lever 9Brush 15Pole SHoe 21Overrunning Clutch
5Shunt Field Terminal 11Thrust Washers 17Bushing 23Bushing
flywheel.
released.
103000
PN=532
Group 10
Iskra Starter Motor Repair
OUO1004,0000BA7 1925SEP001/2
Essential Tools
75
10
1
OUO1004,0000BA7 1925SEP002/2
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
RG,RG34710,2370 1915MAR971/3
C
D
3
0
4
9
2
U
N
3
1
J
A
N
9
7
Pilot for Retaining Ring
aDia. 15.415.5 mm (0.6060.610 in.)
bDia. 14.414.5 mm (0.5670.571 in.)
c50 mm (1.97 in.)
d25 mm (0.98 in.)
e5 mm (0.20 in.)
f30
gR10 mm (0.39 in.)
Pilot for Retaining Ring Installation
103000
PN=533
75
10 RG,RG34710,2370 1915MAR972/3
C
D
3
0
4
9
3
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Driver for Retaining Ring and Pinion Stop
2
aDia. 25 mm (0.98 in.)
bDia. 15.515.6 mm (0.6100.614 in.)
c75 mm (2.95 in.)
d60 mm (2.36 in.)
eChamfer 45 x 2 mm (0.08 in.)
fChamfer 45 x 0.5 mm (0.02 in.)
Driver for Retaining Ring Installation and for Pinion
Stop Removal
RG,RG34710,2370 1915MAR973/3
C
D
3
0
4
9
4
U
N
3
1
J
A
N
9
7
Dummy Commutator for Brush Holder
aDia. 44.945.1 mm (1.7681.775 in.)
bDia. 20 mm (0.79 in.)
cDia. 50 mm (1.97 in.)
d35 mm (1.38 in.)
e2.5 mm (0.10 in.)
fChamfer 15
g2.5 mm (0.10 in.)
Dummy Commutator for Brush Holder Removal and
Installation
Material: Plastic
103000
PN=534
75
10 OUO1004,0000BAA 1925SEP001/1
Iskra AZJ-Series Starter Motor Repair
Specifications
Engaging Lever Pivot Pin Torque 12 Nm (106 lb-in.)
Commutator End Frame Nuts Torque 6 Nm (53 lb-in.)
Field Winding Terminal Nut Torque 13 Nm (115 lb-in.)
3
103000
PN=535
75
10
4
RG,RG34710,2371 1908SEP001/1
Iskra AZJ-Series Starter Motor Test
Specifications
Solenoid Current Pinion
Pull-In Hold-In
John Deere Iskra Motor System Rating Winding Winding No. of
Part Number Part Number Model Voltage (kW) (Amps) (Amps) Teeth Model
RE500733 11.130.819 AZJ3283 12 3.1 62 14 10 2.54
RE501002
a
11.130.762 AZJ3274 12 3.1 62 14 10 2.54
RE501766
a
11.130.679 AZJ3326 12 3.1 62 14 10 3.175
RE501769
a
11.130.745 AZJ3265 24 4.0 30 6 10 3.175
RE503093 11.130.796 AZJ3325 12 3.0 62 12 10 3.175
RE503118 11.130.797 AZJ3326 24 4.0 30 6 10 2.54
RE503119 11.130.798 AZJ3327 24 4.0 30 6 10 3.175
RE503120 11.130.799 AZJ3328 12 3.1 62 14 10 3.175
RE503632 11.130.936 AZJ3338 24 4.0 30 6 10 3.175
RE504009 11.130.940 AZJ3342 12 3.0 62 12 10 3.175
RE504915 11.130.977 AZJ3350 24 4.0 30 6 10 3.175
RE505744 11.130.794 AZJ4522 12 4.2 62 14 10 3.175
RE505745 11.130.793 AZF4521 12 4.2 62 14 10 2.54
RE59010 11.130.605 AZJ3190 12 3.0 62 14 10 3.17
RE60239
a
11.130.679 AZJ3226 12 3.1 62 14 10 3.175
RE60384 11.130.569 AZJ3181 12 3.1 62 14 10 2.54
RE67086 11.130.662 AZJ3214 24 4.0 30 6 10 2.54
RE67087 11.130.678 AZJ3225 24 4.0 30 6 10 3.175
RE68783 11.130.703 AZJ3241 12 3.1 62 14 10 3.175
RE71007
a
111.307.45 AZJ3265 24 4.0 30 6 10 3.175
a
Not a service part. For service, consult parts catalog.
103000
PN=536
75
10
5
RG,RG34710,2372 1915MAR971/1
Exploded View of Iskra Starter Motor (AZJ-Series)
C
D
3
0
4
9
1
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Iskra Starter Motor (AZJ-Series)
ADrive End Housing DBushing HCommutator End Frame LOverrunning Clutch Pinion
1
BSolenoid
1
EField Winding JBushing MCenter Bearing
CEngaging Lever
1
FBrush Holder KArmature NService Parts Kit
1
GBrushes
1
(4 Used)
1
103000
PN=537
75
10
6
RG,RG34710,2373 1915MAR971/1
Troubleshooting
Symptom Problem
Solution
Fails to operate, no current draw Open field circuit Replace starter motor
Open armature windings Replace starter motor
Defective brush contact with Clean brush holder or replace
commutator brushes
Open solenoid windings Replace solenoid
Defective solenoid contact Replace solenoid
Fails to operate, high current Grounded field windings or armature Replace starter motor
draw windings
Seized bearings Replace starter motor
Low speed, low current draw High internal resistance Replace starter motor
Defective brush contact with Clean brush holder or replace
commutator brushes
Low speed, high current draw Shorted armature Replace starter motor
Grounded armature or field windings Replace starter motor
High speed, high current draw Shorted field windings Replace starter motor
Solenoid switch operates but Worn or broken brushes Clean brush holder and commutator
armature does not rotate and replace brushes
Shorted field windings Replace starter motor
Solenoid quickly engages and Shorted hold-in windings Replace solenoid
disengages
Starter motor spins, but does not Overrunning clutch slipping Replace overrunning clutch
crank the engine
Pinion does not move into mesh with Replace engaging lever or clutch
the gear ring
103000
PN=538
75
10 RG,RG34710,2374 1915MAR971/1
Identification
C
D
3
0
4
9
0
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Parts Identification
The information for parts identification is stamped on the
body of the starter motor as shown.
7
RG,RG34710,2375 1915MAR971/7
Disassembly of Starter Motor
C
D
3
0
4
9
5
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Field Winding Cable and Solenoid Switch
AField Winding Cable
BSolenoid switch
NOTE: Before separating, mark parts so that they can be
reinstalled in their original positions.
1. Disconnect field winding cable (A).
2. Remove the three screws holding the solenoid switch
(B).
103000
PN=539
75
10 RG,RG34710,2375 1915MAR972/7
C
D
3
0
4
9
6
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Remove Solenoid Switch
8
CSpring
DPlunger
3. Remove solenoid switch.
4. Extract spring (C) and plunger (D).
RG,RG34710,2375 1915MAR973/7
C
D
3
0
4
9
7
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Remove Components
ECover
FClip and Washer
GBrush Holder Fixing Screws
HNuts
JCommutator End Frame
5. Remove cover (E).
6. Remove clip and washers (F).
7. Remove screws (G) fixing the brush holder.
8. Unscrew nuts (H) and remove commutator end frame
(J).
103000
PN=540
75
10 RG,RG34710,2375 1915MAR974/7
C
D
3
0
4
9
8
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Remove Brush Holder
9
KInsulation Washer
LBrushes
9. Remove insulation washer (K).
10. Extract positive brushes (L).
11. Install a dummy commutator as shown in Dealer
Fabricated Tools earlier in this group, then remove
the brush holder.
RG,RG34710,2375 1915MAR975/7
C
D
3
0
4
9
9
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Separate Field Winding Frame
MPivot Pin
NField Winding Frame
PArmature/Drive End Housing Assembly
12. Remove pivot pin (M) from engaging lever.
13. Separate field winding frame (N) from armature/drive
end housing assembly (P).
103000
PN=541
75
10 RG,RG34710,2375 1915MAR976/7
C
D
3
0
5
0
0
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Drive End Housing
10
QDrive End Housing
14. Remove studs.
15. Extract armature with clutch and engaging lever from
drive end housing (Q).
RG,RG34710,2375 1915MAR977/7
C
D
3
0
5
0
1
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Remove Components
RPinion Stop
SRetaining Ring
TOverrunning Clutch
UCenter Bearing
16. Using appropriate tool or self-made driver, as shown
in Dealer Fabricated Tools earlier in this group, push
in pinion stop (R) to have access to retaining ring (S).
17. Remove retaining ring and slide out of armature shaft
the overrunning clutch (T), the center bearing (U) and,
if equipped, the armature brake component.
103000
PN=542
75
10 RG,RG34710,2376 1915MAR971/1
Testing Solenoid Switch
C
D
3
0
5
0
2
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
ATerminal
BTerminal
CTerminal
1. Check for continuity between terminals (A) and (B). If
there is no continuity, replace the solenoid switch.
2. Check for continuity between terminals (A) and (C). If
there is continuity, replace the solenoid switch.
3. Perform this test with the plunger removed from the
solenoid body: Apply appropriate voltage (12 volts or
24 volts) between terminal (A) and ground. Connect
the ohmmeter between terminals (B) and (C). Replace
the solenoid switch if the resistance is not infinity.
11
RG,RG34710,2377 1915MAR971/1
Testing Brushes
C
D
3
0
5
0
3
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Test Brushes
ABrush Holder
1. Check positive brush holder (A) by connecting an
ohmmeter between brushes and plate. If the resistance
is not infinity, replace starter motor.
2. Inspect brushes. Brushes must move freely in their
guides. Check brush overall length. Replace brushes if
frozen or too worn.
Specification
103000
PN=543
75
10 DPSG,OUOE003,30 1918DEC981/1
Brush Replacement
C
D
3
0
5
0
4
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Cut off Brush at End of Strand
12
ABrush Strand
1. Cut off old brush at end of brush strand (A).
2. Solder new brush using a 4060% tin-lead mix. Heat
to 230C (446F).
NOTE: This operation needs a specialized tooling.
Eventually, have the brushes replaced by a local
electrical repair station.
RG,RG34710,2378 1915MAR971/1
Testing Armature
C
D
3
0
5
0
5
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Test Armature
ACommutator
BShaft
1. Check the armature insulation by connecting an
ohmmeter between the commutator (A) and the shaft
(B). If test shows continuity (needle movement), the
armature is grounded.
2. Check for armature condition. Space between bars
must be clean and regular. Small defects can be
eliminated using sandpaper and lathe.
3. If insulation is defective or armature is quite worn,
replace the complete starter motor.
103000
PN=544
75
10 RG,RG34710,2379 1915MAR971/1
Testing Field Windings
C
D
3
0
5
0
6
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Test Field Windings
13
ABrush
BField Frame
Check insulation by connecting an ohmmeter between
brush (A) and field frame (B). If ohmmeter swings toward
zero, a grounded circuit is indicated. If defective, replace
the complete starter motor.
RG,RG34710,2380 1915MAR971/1
Checking Engaging Lever
C
D
3
0
5
0
7
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Inspect Wear Pads
AWear Pads
Inspect wear pads (A) for excessive wear or damage.
Replace engaging lever if necessary.
103000
PN=545
75
10 RG,RG34710,2381 1915MAR971/1
Checking Overrunning Clutch Pinion
C
D
3
0
5
0
8
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Check Overrunning Clutch Pinion
1. Check for pinion tooth condition. Slight damage to
teeth can be eliminated by grinding.
NOTE: Damage to teeth can be caused by a malfunction
of electrical system. Also check electrical circuit
for proper operation (switch, relay etc.).
only.
3. If defective, replace overrunning clutch pinion.
14
RG,RG34710,2382 1915MAR971/8
Reassembly of Starter Motor
C
D
3
0
5
0
9
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Reassemble Starter Motor
APinion Stop
BRetaining Ring
NOTE: Use petrolatum-base grease to lubricate
mechanical parts such as shaft in nose bushing,
overrunning clutch pinion on shaft, and shaft in
rear bearing.
Use service parts kit when reassembling the
starter motor. (See (N) in exploded view earlier in
this group.)
1. Install pinion stop (A) with cupped side toward shaft
end.
2. Install retaining ring (B) using suitable tools or
self-made tools as shown in Dealer Fabricated Tools
3. Force pinion stop over retaining ring.
103000
PN=546
75
10 RG,RG34710,2382 1915MAR972/8
C
D
3
0
5
1
0
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Armature and Engaging Lever
15
CEngaging Lever Pads
DDrive Pinion Groove
4. Install armature and engaging lever into drive end
housing. Engaging lever pads (C) must engage in
groove (D) of drive pinion.
RG,RG34710,2382 1915MAR973/8
C
D
3
0
5
1
1
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Field Winding Frame
EPivot Pin
FStuds
GField Winding Frame
5. Install pivot pin (E). Tighten to specifications.
Specification
Engaging Lever Pivot Pin
Torque 12 Nm (106 lb-in.) ..........................................................................
6. Screw in studs (F) with insulation sleeve.
7. Slide field winding frame (G) over armature.
103000
PN=547
75
10 RG,RG34710,2382 1915MAR974/8
C
D
3
0
5
1
2
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Install Parts
16
HBrush Holder
JBrushes
KInsulation Washer
8. Slide brush holder (H) onto commutator. Remove the
dummy commutator.
9. Install positive brushes (J).
10. Install insulation washer (K).
RG,RG34710,2382 1915MAR975/8
C
D
3
0
5
1
3
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Install Commutator End Frame
LScrews
MWashers and Nuts
NThrust Washers and Clip
11. Install commutator end frame.
12. Screw in screws (L) for the brush holder and secure.
13. Install washers and nuts (M). Tighten to
specifications.
Specification
Commutator End Frame Nuts
Torque 6 Nm (53 lb-in.) ..............................................................................
14. Install thrust washers and clip (N).
103000
PN=548
75
10 RG,RG34710,2382 1915MAR976/8
C
D
3
0
5
1
4
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Install Cover
17
PGroove
QCover
RScrews (2 Used)
15. Install O-ring into groove (P).
16. Put grease into cover (Q) and install cover. Tighten
screws (R).
RG,RG34710,2382 1915MAR977/8
C
D
3
0
5
1
5
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Assemble Parts
SPlunger
TSpring
UO-Ring
VSolenoid Body Pilot Groove
17. Install plunger end (S) onto engaging lever.
18. Slide spring (T) into solenoid body.
19. Install O-ring (U) into groove of body pilot (V).
103000
PN=549
75
10 RG,RG34710,2382 1915MAR978/8
C
D
3
0
5
1
6
U
N
0
3
F
E
B
9
7
Tighten Screw and Nut
18
WSolenoid Body Screws
XField Winding Cable Nut
20. Install solenoid body onto starter motor. Tighten
screws (W).
21. Connect field winding cable. Tighten nut (X) to
specifications.
Specification
Field Winding Terminal Nut
Torque 13 Nm (115 lb-in.) ..........................................................................
103000
PN=550
Section 80
Valeo Starter Motors
Contents
Page
Group 10Valeo Starter Motor Repair
Essential Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-10-1
Valeo Starter Motor Repair Specifications . . . . .80-10-1
Valeo Starter Motor Test Specifications. . . . . . .80-10-2
Exploded View of Starter Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . .80-10-3
Disassembly of Starter Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-10-4
Testing Solenoid Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-10-9
Testing Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-10-10
Positive Brush Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-10-10
Testing Armature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-10-11
80
Testing Field Winding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-10-11
Checking Overrunning Clutch Pinion. . . . . . . .80-10-12
Reassembly of Starter Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-10-13
103000
PN=1
Contents
80
103000
PN=2
Group 05
RG,RG34710,2383 1915MAR971/1
General Information
80
05
1
RG,RG34710,2384 1915MAR971/1
R
G
1
3
1
3
U
N
2
0
A
P
R
8
9
AWire From Relay
BCable from Battery
CPull-In Winding
DHold-In Winding
ESolenoid Plunger
FMain Contacts
GField Windings
HCommutator Brushes
IArmature
JShunt Windings
ground.
(H).
103000
PN=553
80
05
2
RG,RG34710,2385 1915MAR971/1
C
D
3
0
4
5
0
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
9
6
ASolenoid Switch DBrush FGear Reduction Assembly HPinion
BField Winding ECommutator GOverrunning Clutch JEngaging Lever
CRear Bearing
When solenoid (A) engages, it pulls engaging lever (J).
Lever pushes overrunning clutch drive (G) to engage
pinion in starter gear on flywheel. As armature turns, it
cranks engine.
flywheel.
released.
disengaging pinion from flywheel.
In this reduction-type starter, the speed of armature
rotation is reduced by the gear reduction assembly (F).
103000
PN=554
Group 10
Valeo Starter Motor Repair
OUO1004,0000BAB 1925SEP001/2
Essential Tools
80
10
1
OUO1004,0000BAB 1925SEP002/2
R
W
1
1
2
7
4
U
N
1
2
D
E
C
8
8
JT05791
OUO1004,0000BAE 1925SEP001/1
Valeo Starter Motor Repair Specifications
Used Brush Minimum Length 8.5 mm (0.22 in.)
Starter Solenoid Mounting Cap Torque 3 Nm (27 lb-in.)
Screws
Housing Through Bolts Torque 7 Nm (62 lb-in.)
Field Winding Terminal Screw Torque 10 Nm (88 lb-in.)
103000
PN=555
RG,RG34710,2387 1908SEP001/1
Valeo Starter Motor Test Specifications
John Deere Valeo Valeo Model System Rating Solenoid Current
Part No. Part No. Voltage (kW) Hold-In Windings
(Amps)
RE60641
a
187031 D7R14 12 2.5 32
RE501680 187031 D7R14 12 2.5 32
RE502156 187031 D7R14 12 2.5 32
a
Not a service part. For service, consult parts catalog.
80
10
2
103000
PN=556
80
10
3
RG,RG34710,2395 1915MAR971/1
Exploded View of Starter Motor
C
D
3
0
4
5
1
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
9
6
Starter Motor
1Pivot Pin
1
7Overrunning Clutch Pinion
1
14Shim
1
21Clip
1
2Engaging Lever/Plunger 8Pinion Stop
1
15Rear Bearing 22Field Winding
Assembly 9Retaining Ring
1
16Clip
1
23Pole Shoe Screw
3Solenoid Spring 10Bushing
1
17Plastic Cap
1
24Field Winding Terminal
4Gear Reduction Assembly 11Armature 18Through Bolt
1
(2 used) Nut
5Solenoid Body
1
12Field Frame 19Brush
1
(4 used) 25Solenoid Attaching Screw
6Cover 13Brush Plate
1
20Brush Spring
1
(3 Used)
1
103000
PN=557
RG,RG34710,2388 1915MAR971/11
Disassembly of Starter Motor
C
D
3
0
4
5
2
U
N
2
2
J
U
L
9
6
Starter Motor Disassembly
80
10
4
AField Winding Cable
1. Disconnect field winding cable (A).
2. Unscrew the two through bolts (B).
RG,RG34710,2388 1915MAR972/11
C
D
3
0
4
5
3
U
N
2
2
J
U
L
9
6
Separate Electric Motor
AElectric Motor
BFront Assembly
CContactor Screw
DPole Shoe Screws
3. Separate electric motor (A) from complete front
assembly (B).
4. Unscrew the screw (C) holding the contactor using a
TORX
screwdriver.
NOTE: Do not unscrew the pole shoe screws (D) as it is
difficult to perform the tighening procedure.
103000
PN=558
RG,RG34710,2388 1915MAR973/11
C
D
3
0
4
5
4
U
N
2
2
J
U
L
9
6
Slide Pinion Stop Off Shaft
80
10
5
AGear Reduction/Solenoid/Overrunning Clutch
Assembly
BDrive End Housing
CPinion Stop
DRetaining Ring
5. Separate gear reduction/solenoid/overrunning clutch
assembly (A) from drive end housing (B).
6. Push pinion stop (C) toward pinion to have access to
the retaining ring (D).
7. Remove retaining ring and slide pinion stop off shaft.
RG,RG34710,2388 1915MAR974/11
C
D
3
0
4
5
5
U
N
2
2
J
U
L
9
6
Remove Pivot Pin
APivot Pin
8. Remove pivot pin (A).
103000
PN=559
RG,RG34710,2388 1915MAR975/11
C
D
3
0
4
5
6
U
N
2
2
J
U
L
9
6
Separate Assemblies
80
10
6
AOverruning Clutch/Engaging Lever/Mobile Core
Assembly
BGear Reduction/Solenoid Body Assembly
9. Separate overruning clutch/engaging lever/mobile core
assembly (A) from gear reduction/solenoid body
assembly (B).
RG,RG34710,2388 1915MAR976/11
C
D
3
0
4
5
7
U
N
2
2
J
U
L
9
6
Contactor
AScrews (2 used)
10. Unscrew the two screws holding the contactor (A)
using TORX
screwdriver.
103000
PN=560
RG,RG34710,2388 1915MAR977/11
C
D
3
0
4
5
8
U
N
2
2
J
U
L
9
6
Cap and Clip
80
10
7
ARear Bearing
BField Frame
CRear Plastic Cap
DClip
11. Before disassembly, mark both the rear bearing (A)
and the field frame (B).
12. Remove rear plastic cap (C) and clip (D).
RG,RG34710,2388 1915MAR978/11
C
D
3
0
4
5
9
U
N
2
2
J
U
L
9
6
Remove Rear Bearing
ARear Bearing
BShims (4 Used)
13. Remove the rear bearing (A).
NOTE: Two shims (B) are located on each side of rear
bearing.
103000
PN=561
RG,RG34710,2388 1915MAR979/11
C
D
3
0
4
6
0
U
N
2
2
J
U
L
9
6
Disassembly Sleeve
80
10
8
ADisassenbly Sleeve
14. Position and push the disassembly sleeve (A) on the
shaft to hold brushes in their housing and remove the
armature.
NOTE: The disassembly sleeve (A) is provided with the
brush repair kit available through John Deere.
RG,RG34710,2388 1915MAR9710/11
C
D
3
0
4
6
1
U
N
2
2
J
U
L
9
6
Remove the Disassembly Sleeve
15. Slide carbon brush plate away from the field frame.
16. Loosen and remove the four brush clips from the
plate. Take care to avoid losing the four springs.
17. Remove the disassembly sleeve.
103000
PN=562
RG,RG34710,2388 1915MAR9711/11
C
D
3
0
4
6
2
U
N
2
2
J
U
L
9
6
Remove Brush Plate
18. Push the two positive brushes inwards and remove
the brush plate from the field frame.
80
10
9
RG,RG34710,2389 1915MAR971/1
Testing Solenoid Switch
C
D
3
0
4
6
3
U
N
2
2
J
U
L
9
6
Test Solenoid Switch
ATerminal
BTerminal
CTerminal
1. Check for continuity between terminals (A) and (B). If
there is no continuity, replace the solenoid switch.
2. Check for continuity between terminals (A) and (C). If
there is continuity, replace the solenoid switch.
3. Apply appropriate voltage (12 volts or 24 volts)
between terminal (A) and ground. Connect the
ohmmeter between terminals (B) and (C). Replace the
solenoid switch if the resistance is not infinity.
NOTE: Solenoid switch is available as a John Deere
service part.
103000
PN=563
RG,RG34710,2390 1915MAR971/1
Testing Brushes
C
D
3
0
4
6
4
U
N
2
2
J
U
L
9
6
Test Brushes
ABrushes
1. Check positive brushes (A) by connecting an
ohmmeter between brushes and plate. The resistance
should be infinity.
2. Inspect brushes. Brushes must move freely in their
guides. Check brush overall length.
Specification
Used BrushMinimum Length 8.5 mm (0.22 in.) ......................................
3. If defective, replace the brush plate assembly.
NOTE: Brush plate assembly is available as a John
Deere Service part.
80
10
10
RG,RG34710,2391 1915MAR971/1
Positive Brush Replacement
C
D
3
0
4
6
5
U
N
2
2
J
U
L
9
6
Positive Brush Replacement ABrush Strand
1. Cut off old brush at end of brush strand (A).
2. Solder new brush using a 4060% tin-lead mix. Heat
to 230C (446F).
NOTE: This operation requires specialized soldering
tools. If not available, have the brushes replaced
by a local electrical repair station.
103000
PN=564
RG,RG34710,2392 1915MAR971/1
Testing Armature
C
D
3
0
4
6
6
U
N
2
2
J
U
L
9
6
Test Armature
ACommutator
BShaft
1. Check the armature insulation by connecting an
ohmmeter between the commutator (A) and the shaft
(B). If test shows continuity (needle movement), the
armature is grounded.
2. Check for armature condition. Space between bars
must be clean and of even depth. Small defects can be
eliminated using sandpaper and a lathe.
3. If insulation is defective or armature is quite worn,
replace the complete starter motor.
80
10
11
RG,RG34710,2393 1915MAR971/1
Testing Field Winding
C
D
3
0
4
6
7
U
N
2
2
J
U
L
9
6
Test Field Winding ABrush
BField Frame
CField Frame Terminal
1. Check insulation by connecting an ohmmeter between
brush (A) and field frame (B). If ohmmeter indicator
swings toward zero, a grounded circuit is indicated.
2. Connect ohmmeter between brush (A) and terminal
(C). Resistance should be below 1 ohm.
3. If defective, replace the complete starter motor.
103000
PN=565
RG,RG34710,2394 1915MAR971/1
Checking Overrunning Clutch Pinion
C
D
3
0
4
6
8
U
N
2
2
J
U
L
9
6
Check Overrunning Clutch Pinion
1. Check for pinion tooth condition. Slight damage on
teeth can be eliminated by grinding.
NOTE: Damage on teeth can be caused by a malfunction
of electrical system. Also check electrical circuit
for proper operation (switch, relay etc.).
only.
3. If defective, replace overrunning clutch pinion.
NOTE: Overrunning clutch pinion is avilable as a John
Deere service part.
80
10
12
103000
PN=566
80
10
13
RG,RG34710,2396 1915MAR971/1
Reassembly of Starter Motor
C
D
3
0
4
6
9
U
N
1
7
J
U
L
9
6
Reassemble Starter Motor
Reassemble starter motor in the reverse sequence of
disassembly procedure.
Use petroleum-base grease to lightly coat mechanical
part assemblies such as shaft in nose bushing, gear
reduction train, overrunning clutch pinion on shaft, and
shaft rear bearing.
Refer to machine technical manual to install starter
motor and adjust belt tension.
Starter Solenoid Mounting Cap Torque 3 Nm (27 lb-in.)
Screws
Housing Through Bolts Torque 7 Nm (62 lb-in.)
Field Winding Terminal Screw Torque 10 Nm (88 lb-in.)
103000
PN=567
80
10
14
103000
PN=568
Index
Page Page
B Specifications, repair. . . . . . . . . . .10-10-2, 10-15-2
Specifications, test . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-3, 10-15-3
Denso alternator
Bosch alternator
Alternator operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-05-1
Regulator operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-05-2
Exploded view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-8
Denso alternator (with add-on regulator)
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-5
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-3
Sectional view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-4
Specifications, repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-2
Specifications, test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-10-2
Denso alternator (with built-in regulator)
Bosch starter motor
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25-15-5
Cutaway view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-6
Exploded view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-7
General information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-05-1
Denso/John Deere starter motor
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-4
Starting circuit operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-05-1
Denso/John Deere starter motor (conventional type)
Starter motor operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-05-2
Exploded view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-14
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-7
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-5
Starter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-05-2
D
Denso/John Deere starter motor (gear recuction
type)
Exploded view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-6 Delco-Remy alternator
Alternator operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-05-1 Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-4
Specifications, repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-2 Regulator operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-05-1
Delco-Remy starter motor Specifications, test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-3
General information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-05-1 Starter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-05-3 Indx
1
Delco-Remy starter motor (10MT, 20MT, 22MT,
E
25MT, 27MT, 28MT)
Cutaway view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-6
Electrical system
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-10-6
Circuit malfunctions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-15-1
Grounded circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-15-5
High resistance circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-15-2
Open circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-15-3
Delco-Remy starter motor (30MT, 35MT, 37MT)
Seven step test procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-15-8
Cutaway view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-6
Shorted circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-15-7
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-15-7
Test equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-15-10
Delco-Remy starter motor (40MT, 41MT, 42MT, I
50MT)
Cutaway view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-6 Inch torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-10-1
Iskra starter motor Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-6
Specifications, repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-3 Exploded view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-5
General information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-05-1 Specifications, test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-4
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-20-5 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-7
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-7 Delco-Remy 10SI, 12SI, and 15SI alternator
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10-4, 10-15-4 Specifications, repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-3
CTM77 (30OCT00) Index-1 Alternators and Starter Motors
103000
PN=1
Index
Page Page
Specifications, test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-4 Motorola alternator
Alternator operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-05-1 Starter motor operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-05-2
Starting circuit operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-05-1 Regulator operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-05-2
Motorola HC-, MA-, MR-Series alternator Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-10-6
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-15-4
J
Motorola SA-Series alternator
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-25-3
John Deere/Denso starter motor Specifications, repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-25-2
General information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-05-1 Specifications, test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-25-2
Starting circuit operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-05-1 Motorola TA-Series alternator
John Deere/Denso starter motor (conventional type) Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-30-3
Exploded view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-14 Specifications, repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-30-2
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-7 Specifications, test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-30-3
Specifications, repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-4 Motorola 8E-Series alternator
Specifications, test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-10-5 General information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-10-3
Starter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-05-2 Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-10-3
John Deere/Denso starter motor (gear reduction Specifications, repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-10-2
type) Specifications, test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-10-2
Exploded view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-6
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-15-4
N
Starter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65-05-3
Niehoff alternator
Load dump circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-05-4
Starting alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-05-1
L
Niehoff 12-volt, 110-amp alternator
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-10-4
Leece-Neville alternator
Indx
2
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45-10-2
Niehoff 24-volt, 50-amp alternator
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20-15-4
M
P
Magneton alternator
Prestolite alternator
Exploded view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-4
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-5
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-10-1
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-10-7
R Metric torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-10-2
Motorola A-, RA-, 8AR-Series alternator
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-20-3 Robert Bosch alternator
Alternator operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-05-1 Specifications, repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-20-1
Specifications, test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-20-2 Exploded view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-8
103000
PN=2
Index
Page
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-5
Sectional view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-10-4
Robert Bosch starter motor
Cut away view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-6
Exploded view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-7
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-10-4
T
Torque values
Inch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-10-1
Metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .05-10-2
V
Valeo alternator
Indx
Regulator operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-05-2
3
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-10-3
Valeo A13N-Series alternator
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35-15-2
Valeo starter motor
Exploded view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-10-3
Repair and test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80-10-4
103000
PN=3
Index
Indx
4
103000
PN=4
SPINE2

CTM77

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CTM77

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CTM77

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COMPONENT

2.9 L12.5 L engines. This manual

242 Thread Lock and Sealer to front

242 Thread Lock and Sealer to

222 Thread Lock and Sealer

222 Thread Lock and Sealer

drivers are required to service the 37MT

drivers are required to service the motor

You might also like